6 Ways to Improve Lawn Drainage and Fix Waterlogged Soil

Good drainage is key to a healthy lawn but as anyone who lives in the UK will know, this isn’t always easy to achieve. Frequent downpours and moisture-laden conditions mean that many lawns will become soggy and spongy in the cooler months of the year. If you have heavy clay or compacted soil, a waterlogged lawn will be more common.

Fortunately, there are a few steps that you can take to improve lawn drainage and prevent waterlogging from happening in the first place. Improving the health of your lawn, aerating the soil, installing drains or trenches and creating alternative water collection areas can all reduce or prevent waterlogging.

Keep reading to find out how to remedy saturated soil and how to create drier, airier conditions for your lawn grass to thrive.

waterlogged lawn

What is a waterlogged lawn?

A waterlogged lawn occurs when there is more water on the surface of the lawn than it can absorb. The water displaces air particles in the soil so that the roots of grass and other plants can’t absorb oxygen and will drown if submerged for long enough.

In waterlogged gardens, pools of water will sit on the surface of the grass and drain away very slowly. Waterlogging usually happens after long periods of heavy rain and if you regularly experience a waterlogged garden, clay or highly compacted soil is likely to be part of the problem. 

At best, a waterlogged lawn will be squelchy and sticky, at worst, there will be visible pools of water that may remain on the grass for days or even weeks.

What causes waterlogged soil? 

During prolonged downpours of heavy rain, the soil becomes saturated. If the rain keeps on pouring, the soil will eventually be unable to absorb any more water, leading it to pool on the surface instead. Waterlogged soil feels soft and squishy and you’ll be able to hear the soil squelch underfoot if you walk across it.

Waterlogging is more common in clay and compacted soils as there are fewer air particles for the water to pass through. Waterlogging can also be caused by poor soil preparation before laying turf or seeding.

waterlogged soil

Why is a waterlogged lawn a problem?

Waterlogging can cause problems for your lawn for many reasons:

How to fix a waterlogged lawn

Although it may seem like a daunting task, there are several ways to improve drainage in your lawn. If your garden is covered in pools of water, you might be wondering how to drain the waterlogged ground. We’ve put together a handy list of waterlogged garden solutions to help you dry out your patch once and for all.

Before you attempt the soggy lawn solutions below, you’ll need to wait for any excess water to drain away. Here’s how to drain a waterlogged lawn:

Using a tool like a garden fork to prick or slit the surface of the ground will help to improve drainage, however, you may end up causing more damage to the lawn by walking on it when it’s waterlogged than you would if you left it to drain away naturally. All of the following waterlogged garden solutions are best done once the water has soaked away.

How to improve lawn drainage and prevent waterlogging

1. Aerate the soil

If your lawn is on the smaller side, you can use a garden fork or hollow tine aerator to punch deep holes in the soil. You can use a towed aerator for larger areas. Soil aeration helps to prevent compaction, allows plants to absorb more nutrients – leading to a thicker, healthier lawn, and improves airflow, ultimately reducing the risk of waterlogging.

You can also consider airblast aeration, where compressed air is blasted into the soil in different directions from a depth of 1 metre. It’s an effective, long-lasting solution for compacted soils.

Adding sand to an aerated lawn will help to aid drainage further.

well aerated lawn

A well-aerated lawn is a healthy lawn. Image credit: @premierlawnsni

2. Improve lawn health 

It sounds obvious, but the healthier the lawn is in the first place, the less likely it is to become waterlogged and even if it does, it’ll bounce back much more quickly.

A strong, healthy lawn will play a key part in your waterlogged lawn remedy plan. Unhealthy lawns usually contain weeds, moss and bare patches. It’s essential to remove these if you have problems with soggy soil.

Use a suitable moss killer to treat any problem areas, make sure to keep your lawn regularly fertilised and overseed when necessary. A strong grass root system should help to reduce waterlogging problems in the future.

keep lawn moss under control

Keep lawn moss under control. Image credit: @girl_.on_.the_.go

3. Dig a soak-away trench

Digging a trench is one of the most effective ways to prevent waterlogging. Drainage trenches can be particularly useful in clay soils which are easily compacted.

Your soak-away trench will need to slope away from the garden and be at least 2 feet wide and 2 feet deep. Make sure you check for any pipes that might be lurking underground before you begin. You’ll need to fill the ditch with around 12 inches of brick rubble followed by 3 inches of gravel then cover it with soil.

a soak-away trench

Image credit: @colinsolman

4. Install a French drain

French drains, so-called because of an American farmer called Henry French, who wrote about them in 1959, are an effective way to divert water away from the lawn and into a drain.

To create a French drain, you’ll need to dig a trench that’s at least 18 inches deep and 9 inches wide. The trench needs to slope downwards, at least 4cm for every 2 metres of trench length. Make sure you check for any pipes that might be running underneath the soil. 

Line the trench with water-permeable landscaping fabric to prevent any plant roots from clogging up the drain. When planning your drain’s location, you’ll need to decide where the water will drain off to.

Next, fill the trench with around 3 inches of gravel, before laying a perforated pipe. Once the pipe is in position, you can cover it with a layer of landscaping fabric, before topping it up with fine gravel. You can leave the gravel showing, or cover it over with turf, depending on its location and your preference.

french drain

Make a feature of your lawn drain. Image credit: @bluecollarscholars

5. Create alternative water collection areas 

Another way to help prevent lawns from becoming submerged and soggy is to try to reduce the amount of water that flows onto it.

If you have garden structures like sheds and greenhouses, drain the water that runs off the roof and collect it in a water butt. It’ll help your grass to stay a bit drier and provide water for the plants that need it during dry spells. 

Installing permeable paths in your garden is an effective way to soak up excess water. Paths made from bark chippings or shingle will work well, or you can lay a path with permeable paving stones which allow the water to flow into the sub-base drainage layers.

woodchip path

Woodchip paths are a good option in waterlogged gardens. Image credit: @alderenviro

6. Plant a bog garden

An alternative way to make the most of poor draining areas in your lawn is to plant a bog garden. Bog garden plants won’t survive in badly waterlogged areas, but they will thrive in moist soils and they’re a great way to attract wildlife to your garden. If you have a patch of soil that remains damp all year round, you may not even need to use a pond liner at the base of the bog garden.

Plants such as hostas, water irises, many types of grass, astilbe and the striking cyperus are all excellent plants for a bog garden.

bog garden

A bog garden can be a beautiful addition to a soggy spot. Image credit: @gail.robinson.funnell

Waterlogged grass can be fixed

Waterlogged grass can be a real problem, especially on lawns with heavy clay or badly compacted soil. Fortunately, there are several solutions for saturated soil. From ensuring your grass is as healthy as it can be to keeping to soil aerated and diverting the water away from your lawn, a boggy garden can thankfully become a thing of the past.

5 Steps to Improve Drainage in Your Clay Soil Lawn

Tired of clay soil constantly undermining your lawn? You don’t have to put up with it, you can fix it.

In this post, we review the nagging problems of growing grass in clay soil and show you how to improve drainage in your clay soil lawn without breaking your back.

You can improve drainage in clay soil lawn in five easy steps. Start with soil conditioning to loosen up the clay particles. Next, aerate your lawn, drill holes and topdress with a mix of compost and sand. As a permanent drainage solution, you can also consider building a drain.

So, all set to get the best out of your clay soil lawn? Read on.

lawn on clay soil

It is possible to grow a glorious lawn on clay soil. Image credit: @claylawn

The problem with clay soil for growing grass

From soil compaction to poor clay soil drainage and aeration, here are some common problems you’ll face with grasses for clay soil:

clay lawn after a long, dry summer

A clay lawn after a long, dry summer. Image credit: @melisrunning

How to improve drainage in clay soil lawns

There’s no single solution for improving drainage in clay soil lawns. You need a combination of different strategies like soil conditioning, aeration, topdressing and more. Together, these will help reduce clay compaction and give you the green and lush lawn you have worked so hard for.

1. Condition the soil

The first step to improving your clay lawn drainage is soil conditioning. Also known as liquid aeration, this process helps loosen up the top few inches of soil. It also improves soil texture, making it easier for water and nutrients to reach the grass roots.

To get started, use a liquid soil conditioner. Spray it all over your lawn. Wait for a couple of hours for the soil to soak up the solution. It will slowly break up the dense clay particles.

You can then move on to work on complementary soil improvement strategies, like aeration and topdressing.

2. Aerate your lawn

Most lawns need regular aeration for water and oxygen to move freely through the soil. But that’s not the only benefit of aeration, it also helps to break up the soil and remove plugs of clay from your lawn.

You can aerate your lawn with a garden rake or rent a petrol-powered lawn aerator. These tools will loosen up clay and compaction so that your grass roots will easily spread and grow healthy.

But remember, aeration is only part of improving turf on clay soil. You also need to amend your soil for long-term results.

3. Drill holes

drilling holes in a clay lawn

Improve air flow by drilling holes in a clay lawn. Image credit: @claylawn

This might sound like a labour-intensive task, but drilling holes is a great way to fight all the clay in your lawn. It’s also much more effective than simply spreading a layer of compost over your lawn.

Start by drilling holes a few inches deep all over your lawn. You can use a large drill auger for the purpose. It will help pull out heavy and compacted clay from your lawn. Fill these holes with organic matter like compost or kitchen scraps.

Tip: Once you fill up the holes, don’t compress the soil. New grass roots will spread easily when the soil is soft.

4. Topdress your lawn

Topdressing means spreading a thin layer of organic matter mixed with sand over your lawn. Doing so has many benefits, like boosting soil nutrients, breaking down thatch, and even improving soil drainage.

When you topdress your clay lawn, the soil microbes break down the thatch layer and improve aeration. Plus, the sand enhances drainage.

Topdressing also allows for better absorption of nutrients. In a matter of weeks, you’ll begin to notice improved drainage and greener grass. That said, don’t smother your grass with topdressing or it may die.

5. Create a lawn drain

badly draining lawn

Even the most badly draining lawns can be improved. Image credit: @greengo_landscaping04

If you have tried all the above methods without any luck, don’t lose hope. You can still improve lawn drainage for growing grass on clay soil. How? Well, by creating a drain.

There are a few options you can choose from, like the French drain, dry creek bed, channel drain, or yard drain. These will permanently solve the drainage issue due to clay soil and they’re very effective for waterlogged or pooled areas on your lawn.

Tip: It’s a good practice to direct and capture excess water from the drain. You can use it later during gardening work.

In a nutshell

Clay soil contains several nutrients that are beneficial for lawn grass. But too much clay can turn your lush lawn into a sickly one. That’s because a clay lawn has poor drainage and your grass won’t like sitting in water for too long.

There are many ways to fix a poorly draining clay lawn. You can start with soil conditioning to break up the clay particles. Then aerate, drill and topdress your lawn. As a final step, you can build a French or channel drain into your lawn.

Improving soil drainage will pump up your overall lawn health too. So go ahead and do it! It will help you create and maintain a lush green lawn that’s a pleasure to look at.

5 STEPS TO IMPROVE DRAINAGE IN YOUR CLAY SOIL LAWN-min

Save this pin for later

Lawn Top Dressing: Why, How, When, Best Soil, Pros & Cons, Cost

Top dressing your lawn is much more than just flinging some soil over the grass. It’s the art of greenifying and levelling your lawn while encouraging better drainage and improving soil biology.

In this post, we go through the why, how, and when of lawn top dressing. We’ll also list the pros and cons of top dressing and answer some frequently asked questions.

Top dressing your lawn will take it from bare and brown to thick and thriving. You can do it by spreading ¼ of an inch of top dressing material over the grass. This will add nutrients to the soil, improve water retention, and prevent erosion. The best time to top dress your lawn is between spring and autumn.

Ready to get to work? Read on to learn all about topdressing your lawn.

What is lawn top dressing?

Lawn top dressing means adding a thin layer of material over the grass. You can spread ¼ of an inch of compost or sand across your lawn. Then work it down evenly by raking or using motorised spreaders. 

Top dressing will improve the soil quality and encourage the grass to grow more vigorously through the top dressing material. You’ll notice a huge difference in the appearance of your lawn after top dressing.

Lawn dressing before and after

Before top dressing, your lawn most likely looks distressed, with bare spots here and there. It may lack the nutrients needed for a dense, lush lawn. Plus, you may also notice plenty of dead grass or thatch. 

Don’t worry. Top dressing will give your lawn the facelift it deserves. 

After top dressing, your lawn’s soil biology will improve. This will break down the thatch layer, improve drainage, and smooth out any bumps and bare patches. What’s more, top dressing will encourage the grass to grow, so walking on it feels like walking on a sponge.

The best soil for top dressing

From sand and topsoil to compost, and custom-blended mixes, there are many top dressing materials you can use. So, which one’s the best for your lawn? We’ll get to that.

But first, ensure that the dressing material matches the underlying soil, says Dr. J. Bryan Unruh, a leading authority on turfgrass. Using a drastically different material will affect the air and water movement, reducing the overall turfgrass quality. 

Now, let’s take a look at the different choices and mixes for top dressing.

top dressing with top soil

Top dressing with topsoil. Image credit: @dean.pullen1

Best sand for top dressing lawns in the UK

There are a few different types of sand available for top dressing. This includes sharp sand, river sand, silver sand, mason sand, play sand and USGA sand.

USGA sand is often the best choice for top dressing lawns in the UK. It’s hydro-washed, very fine and free draining. It’s also quite easy to work into the surface of your lawn. That said, USGA top dressing sand is more expensive than other types of sand, but it’s a good investment that will pay off.

Why top dress a lawn? Pros and cons

When done correctly, top dressing helps with overall lawn care. It smooths the surface of the lawn, controls thatch, and improves the root zone.

Let’s take a closer look at the key reasons for top dressing:

Pros of top dressing

From adding nutrients to the soil to improving aeration, here are the benefits of top dressing your lawn:

Cons of top dressing

Lawn topdressing also comes with certain problems, like encouraging weeds and leaching salts.

When to top dress a lawn in the UK

The best time to top dress a lawn in the UK is anytime between April to October. That’s when the grass is actively growing, with plenty of sun and rain. Top dressing your UK lawn in spring or autumn will aerate the earth and encourage root growth. Ideally, you want to top dress your lawn after scarification and before overseeding.

How to top dress a lawn

You can top dress your lawn in five easy steps. Start by preparing your lawn by loosening the thatch and mowing the grass. Then choose the right top dressing material for your lawn. Next, distribute the top dressing in small parts, spread it evenly, and patiently wait for new growth to sprout. Let’s zoom in on each of these steps.

Step 1 – Prepare your lawn

Before you start spreading soil for your lawn dressing, make sure to prepare the lawn. First, break up the thatch layer. Use a rake or core aerator for this.

Then, mow the lawn very lightly. This will take the new growth off and let the top dressing material easily penetrate the surface. 

Step 2 – Choose the top dressing material

You can use sand, topsoil, compost, or a dressing mix to top dress your lawn. Choose the top dressing material that matches the soil already present on your lawn.

For best results, use a finely screened mix of sand and compost. This will feed your lawn as well as fill out any uneven patches in it.

Step 3 – Apply the top dressing

The next step is to apply the top dressing material to your lawn. You can fill the dressing in a barrel and distribute it in small parts around the lawn. Alternatively, you can fling it using a shovel or your hands.

Don’t worry if you’re not able to apply it evenly. Apply approximately 1/4 inch at a time, and not more, otherwise, it can hamper healthy grass growth.

apply top dressing

Image credit: @robertkhoushabeh

Step 4 – Spread the top dressing

Time to get your lawn dressed! In this step, you’ll have to spread the dressing material to see if there are gaps or excessive material in some places.

For this, you will need a steel rake. Use it upside-down to push and pull the soil around till you get an even surface. Then use a metal leveller and move it back and forth again. This will help the soil to move down the blades of grass.

Finally, use a traditional garden rake and move the dressing material around the edges of your lawn for a perfect finish. 

raking top dressing

Image credit: @robertkhoushabeh

Step 5 – Allow new growth to sprout

Water your lawn to allow the top dressing to settle down. Also, avoid heavy foot traffic for the next week. Then wait for new growth to sprout.

This might take a while. But slowly, you’ll begin to notice better drainage, decomposing thatch, and fresh, new growth.

What to top dress a lawn with?

You don’t need sophisticated tools to top dress your lawn. A simple garden rake, metal leveller, and drag map are more than enough. But if you have a large lawn and a sufficient budget, you can consider investing in an eco lawn dresser.

How much top dressing do I need?

The answer depends on how long your lawn grass is. The rule of thumb is to apply the top dressing one centimetre deep. That way, you will need 1 cubic metre for every 100 square metres of lawn.

That said, if you bury the grass too deeply in a layer of top dressing, you’ll starve it of sunlight. So, gently move any excessive top dressing material, allowing the grass blades to poke through.

What to do after top dressing

After top dressing, sprinkle your lawn lightly to allow the material to settle. Give your lawn a few days’ rest. That means no raking or mowing. Be patient and before long, you’ll see the green results of all your hard work.

lawn after topdressing

A lawn after top dressing. Image credit: @kennettsgardenscapes2021

How much does it cost to top dress your lawn?

The cost to top dress your lawn largely depends on its current condition and the areas that need a little bit of extra work. Roughly speaking, top dressing will cost you around £1.60 per square metre. This excludes delivery and other miscellaneous costs.

You can buy top dressing for lawns at your local nursery, garden centre, or home improvement store. You can also look up online stores that deliver top dressing soil to your area.

FAQs

If you have some more lingering doubts about the why, how, and when of top dressing your lawn, these FAQs might come to your rescue:

Can you put top soil over grass to level it?

Yes, you can put topsoil on the grass to level your lawn. Just spread it around evenly with a rake and leveller and you’re good to go. But make sure not to apply it too thickly or you may smother the grass.

Will grass grow over topsoil?

Yes, your existing lawn grass will grow over topsoil. Once you have top dressed your lawn with topsoil, you might have to wait a few seasons before the grass grows back thick and lush.

What is the best top dressing for lawns?

Compost is often the best top dressing for lawns. It’s rich in organic matter and nutrients. That means goodbye thatch and hello lush growth. 

Tips for a greener lawn

You can turn your lawn from bare to beautiful without slaving away in the dirt for hours. How? By top dressing lawn the right way.

The key is to top dress your lawn lightly and gradually. Have patience with the process, and you can turn a patchy eyesore into a green and healthy lawn.

LAWN TOP DRESSING WHY, HOW, WHEN, BEST SOIL, PROS & CONS, COST-min

Save this pin for later

The Different Types of Garden Soil

It’s not the most glamorous substance out there but soil, a mixture of organic matter, minerals, gases, liquids, and organisms, is a unique, life-supporting environment.  A layer of soil covers the earth’s crust like protective skin.  Soil coverage can range from a sprinkling of a few millimetres to several feet deep.

There are myriad soil types that have wide-ranging properties depending on their composition. We often talk about soils as being chalky, sandy, clay-like, peaty, silty or loamy. The 6 different soil types, and our interactions with them, have a huge impact on what can and can’t be grown successfully in your garden or plot.

different types of garden soil

Image credit: @growarber

Let’s take a closer look at each soil type and what it means for your growing patch:

Chalky soil

chalky soil

Image credit: @allotment_3b

Chalky soils are very alkaline and mainly consist of calcium carbonate. This soil type can be light or heavy and has a pH (the measure of acidity or alkalinity of the soil) of 7.1-8.0.

You might be able to see chalky deposits on the top of your soil but if you’re unsure, add a teaspoon of soil to a jar of vinegar and see if it bubbles, if it does, it contains chalk or lime.

Chalky soil is good for plants that like good drainage and aren’t particularly reliant on nutrients. When planting, add plenty of mulch and fertilise plants regularly.

Sandy soil

sandy soil

Image credit: @valdaya.vinos

Sandy soils are usually light as they contain plenty of sand and very little clay. This soil type drains easily and feels gritty to the touch. Sandy soil will have a pH of 4-6.

Because sandy soil drains freely, it doesn’t retain many nutrients. You’ll need to add organic amendments for the best growing results.

Sandy soil loving plants include tulips and hibiscus, and vegetables like carrots, squash and collard greens.

Clay soil

clay soil

Image credit: @samin.blog

One of the tricker soil types, clay soil is thick, heavy and stays wet and boggy in winter while cracking dry in hot summers. This soil type drains extremely slowly but it does retain nutrients well. Clay soils are alkaline with a pH between 8-10.

I have this soil type in my garden and, although the grass is a no-go zone over winter (read bog garden); wisteria, jasmine, honeysuckle, climbing hydrangea, photinia, box, a grapevine, grasses and palms, ferns, lavender and a beautiful magnolia are all thriving in it.

Peaty soil

peaty soil

Image credit: @mellywellywoo

Peaty soil is quite dark in colour and feels spongy to touch. It heats up quickly and retains water well. Peaty soil has a pH of 3.7-5.2.

Light, less acidic peat soils are among the most fertile and celery, carrots, onions and lettuce will grow happily in it.

Peaty soil can be found throughout the country from the highlands of Scotland to the Somerset levels but the demand for compost has made peatlands one of the most endangered natural habitats in the UK.

Silty soil

silty soil

Image credit: @urbano.urbangreen

Silty soil is rich in nutrients and holds moisture well. Its fine particles make it soft to touch and it’s easy to work, making it perfect for planting. Silty soil can range from slightly acidic to slightly alkaline.

Most vegetables will grow happily in this soil type along with moisture-loving trees, shrubs, climbers and perennials.

Loamy soil

loamy soil

Image credit: Pinterest

The creme de la creme of the soil world, loamy soil benefits from a mix of sand, silt and clay in similar amounts. This soil is fine-textured and might feel a bit damp. Loamy soil has a pH of 5.5-6.5 making it slightly acidic.

Loamy soil has the right balance of nutrients, water retention, structure and drainage and is perfect for lawns and plants of all kinds.

How can I find out which soil type my garden has?

There are a few simple ways to determine your soil type:

Soak

Pour water over a patch of soil and see how long it takes to drain. Fast draining soils are sandy or loamy whereas clay soils will drain slowly.

Squeeze

squeeze soil

Clay soil will hold its shape when squished. Image credit:@tenthacrefarm

Grab a handful of soil and see how it feels, clay soil will stick together, sandy soil will be gritty and crumbly, peat is spongy and loam or silty soil will feel smooth.

Settle

You’ll need a transparent, lidded container like a jam jar or large test tube for this test. Add a good handful of soil, top with water, shake and let rest for 12-24 hours.

You can also perform a pH test and kits are readily available from garden centres or online.

How do I know if my soil is healthy?

It’s difficult to grow healthy plants and bumper crops without healthy soil. Soil health is the ability for soil to function effectively as a living ecosystem that can sustain plants, livestock and humans. Soil rich in nutrients is usually dark brown to black in colour but you can dig a little deeper to discover more…

There will be plenty of worms

These wriggly wonders may make you squirm, but the presence of worms in your soil is essential for good soil health. Worms improve soil structure, water movement, nutrient cycling and plant growth. Dig up a few inches of soil, if you see more than 3 or more worms, it’s a strong indicator that the soil is healthy, no worms means there’s not enough organic matter for them to feed on.

Well covered roots

well covered roots

Image credit: @gothelneyfarmer

As roots are completely reliant on soil, their appearance is an excellent indicator of soil health. Pull up a weed from your garden or plot and look closely at the roots, are they covered with soil and well spread? You might notice crumbly soil is covering the roots, known as a ‘rhizosheath’.

It’s easy to work

If your soil is compacted and hard to dig, workability is low and chances are that plants and organisms such as worms will struggle to thrive there. Workable soil allows water to penetrate easily and reach the roots and it’s much less prone to compaction.

How can I improve the health of my soil?

There are several ways to improve the health of your soil, creating better conditions for your plants and the environment:

Reduce tillage

Tillage is a mechanical method of loosening and aerating soil before planting, think of rotavating before a new lawn is laid. Excessive soil turnover can be detrimental to soil health in the long term and is best avoided if you can manage your garden or allotment soil by hand. Avoiding tilling keeps biodegraded organic matter on the surface of the soil, helping the soil to maintain a structure where rain can easily penetrate. You can easily use a fork to loosen the top layers of soil without destroying the essential microorganisms before sowing or planting.

Grow cover crops

Bare soil is unhappy soil, try to keep the soil covered, even if you aren’t growing crops. The cover crop will help to prevent erosion and produce nutrients to enrich the soil.

Amend your soil

Most soil types will benefit from a regular addition of well-rotted manure or compost. Add a layer of at least 5cm and fork in well. You can also amend the pH of the soil and add sand to improve drainage.

Read more: What’s the best soil for a planter box?

THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF GARDEN SOIL-min

Save this pin for later

What’s the Best Soil for a Planter Box?

Soil is the main provider of nutrients for your plants so it’s important to know each plant’s nutritional requirements before filling a planter box with soil for the first time. The types of soil that are required for specific plants are discussed below but first, let’s look at some soil basics for all planter boxes.

best soil for a planter box

Image credit: @flowerstreetaz

1. Drainage

Rainwater is quickly absorbed by flowerbed plants, meaning their roots are rarely saturated but in a pot or a planter box, the water has nowhere to go. Some plants don’t mind their roots being moist but others hate it. For this reason, it’s a good idea to add some pebbles, sand or eggshells to the bottom of your planter box to aid drainage.

This is really important for herbs, squashes and flowers although cucumbers might be happy with some extra moisture.

Very few plants I know (apart from rice and mangroves) like to sit in water so make sure your planter box can cope with the water you give it.

2. Fertiliser

It is important to meet the needs of all the plants in the planter box so don’t add manure or fertiliser for one plant hoping that another won’t notice!

3. Soil compaction

Over time, the soil in pots and planter boxes becomes compacted, making it difficult for the roots to spread easily or for new seeds to emerge from the soil. You can keep adding a new layer of mulch to planter boxes so that plants always have good soil to feed them. Another idea is to completely change the soil every 2 years.

Also, consider the water that you use for watering your potted plants. Like all indoor plants, the water used has an impact. Chlorinated tap water often leaves a visible salt residue on the soil over time.

Try to avoid this by using collected rainwater or distilled water. That way, your plants are getting watered as if they are in the wild and most of them will thank you for it. Set up a water butt to collect rainwater if you can.

rainwater water butt

Collect rainwater in a water butt. Image credit: @longhillcarriage

Which soil mix is best for plants in a planter box?

If you are planning to grow roses in your planter box, then your soil mix will be very different to the soil needed for herbs.

Plants that need deep, rich soil with manure and plenty of organic matter include:

Hydrangeas need acidic soil to thrive. Try adding some wood ash, leaf mould, lime or homemade compost to change the PH level for acid-loving plants, including blueberries which need ericaceous (acidic) soil.

Some plants, like nasturtiums, will thrive in poor soil with few nutrients and not much water. Herbs like rosemary and thyme and a range of wildflowers prefer sandy, loose soil and aren’t too fussy about the richness. So check the requirements of each plant and decide if you need to divide the planter into sections before choosing the soil for a planter box.

planter box soil

Photo by Jonathan Kemper on Unsplash

Do I need to add fertiliser to my planter box?

Some plants in your planter box will require extra feeding as they grow while others are happy to use whatever soil is available. Wisteria and roses benefit from a regular feed as do tomatoes and aubergines but other plants can be almost neglected and will survive just fine without feeds.

You can aid the hungriest plants by providing slow-release fertiliser in capsules in the soil. You can also add nutrients naturally by placing some comfrey leaves in the soil when you plant. These leaves are super fertilisers, releasing calcium, iron, potassium, magnesium, vitamin B12 and trace elements as they break down, benefitting the health of your plants over a long period of time.

plants in the soil

Well fed plants are happy plants! Image credit: @les.vos

Other natural feeds can be made by using the weeds in your garden! You can make feeds by placing the leaves of the weeds in water and allowing them to settle for 4-5 weeks. Then just add the solution to your watering can to give your hungriest plants a boost.

Aubergine plants love some natural fertiliser, particularly when in flower, so nourish their gorgeous purple flowers with your homemade concoctions. Any younger gardening enthusiasts can be taught about chemistry while you do this!

Other “weeds” which make excellent plant fertilisers include plants you’ll find growing happily in your garden. See the nutrients they provide in the list below. Free feed and weed, what’s not to like?

Natural plant fertilisers

To make ‘weed tea’, soak the chopped leaves of the below nutrient-rich plants in water for up to 4 weeks and add the sieved water to your plants as an effective natural food:

Chicory: calcium, potassium, magnesium

Coltsfoot: calcium, copper, iron, potassium, magnesium

Comfrey: calcium, iron, potassium, magnesium and vitamin B12

Dandelion: calcium, copper, iron, potassium and phosphorus

Meadowsweet: calcium, iron, magnesium and phosphorus

Nettles: calcium, copper, iron and potassium

Plantains: calcium, copper, iron, potassium, and magnesium

Silverweed: calcium, copper, iron, potassium, and magnesium

Vetches: copper, potassium and phosphorus

Watercress: calcium, iron, potassium, magnesium and phosphorus

A word of warning about feeding; many plants will grow more foliage than flowers when they are fertilised so if you are hoping for flowers, check the plant labels first. Nasturtiums produce hundreds of flowers in impoverished soil but if you feed them, they turn their efforts to producing an abundance of leaves rather than flowers.

weeds fro

Use the weeds from your garden to feed your plants. Image credit: @the.indie.elf

What soil mix will suit herbs in my planter box?

Gardeners often choose to place their herbs in one place, making it convenient for the kitchen. It’s also relaxing to watch the bees on flowers and enjoy the aromatic scents. Place your herb planter box in a location where you can enjoy it.

In a planter box, it’s important to remember that different herbs prefer distinct types of soil and also that the aromatic scent from sage, for example, can cause other nearby plants to fail. With this in mind, see suggestions for soil suitable for annual, biennial, and perennial herbs below.

herbs in different soil

Consider planting herbs in different soils for best results. Image credit: @small_garden_big_ideas

Can I add household waste to my planter box?

Adding leftovers to your plants can be worthwhile and help reduce the amount of landfill waste. Experienced gardeners may tell you casually that adding eggshells here and coffee grounds there will give fantastic results.

Some items listed below are recommended but only in small amounts. If you place a week’s supply of tea bags onto one plant, you may kill it off with your kindness! Adding any of these items to your compost bin is always a good idea, where they will decompose slowly adding richness and nourishment for plants in a balanced combination.

coffee grounds in garden

Use coffee grounds sparingly in your garden. Image credit: @gardening.with.ingrid

Choose peat-free soil

If you are buying soil for your planter box from a garden centre, always choose the peat-free varieties.  Conserving vital peatlands is essential in the fight to combat climate change. Peatlands store carbon, help to prevent flooding and provide homes for animals. You can read more about how you can go peat-free here.

What’s the best soil for a planter box-min

Save this pin for later

The Best Teak Oil For Outdoor Furniture

Teak furniture is a great investment, but you need to care for it properly if you want your furniture to look great for years to come.

You might have heard the best way to do this is to use teak oil and now be wondering which teak oil to use.  Let’s take a look at the best teak oil for outdoor furniture.

best teak oil for outdoor furniture

Teak needs a little TLC and a regular coat of oil to stay looking its best. Credit: Shutterstock

What’s the best teak oil for garden furniture?

All teak oils may look very similar, but they aren’t all made the same. Different brands use different mixes of ingredients. This leads to differences in quality as well as price.  Before you run off to buy teak oil, however, you might want to know that the best treatment for outdoor teak furniture is NOT teak oil.

If you’re doing research online or buying teak furniture from an online store, you might unintentionally be given bad advice. A lot of the online stores don’t have contact with the furniture and therefore doesn’t really care if the care instructions are correctly given or not.

You don’t need to apply teak oil to newly bought teak furniture. Teak wood contains its own natural oil that will keep the wood safe from weather, pest and rot damage. By applying more oil, you can create a sticky residue on the furniture since very little oil will be absorbed. This happens due to the wood being already saturated with its own oil.

Worst case scenario, applying extra oil may actually lead to the natural oils being depleted. Commercial teak oil contains ingredients that may contain some chemicals that break down natural teak oil. Over time your furniture will start to look dry and become vulnerable to outside damage caused by pests, weather and rot.

Why teak oil can harm your outdoor teak furniture

Teak is one of the best woods for garden furniture and may look great with that golden hue after being oiled, but over time you will notice the colour of your furniture fading away faster. Even the best teak oil doesn’t seem to keep up with the damage being done to the exterior of your furniture.

This is due to the oil actually causing the damage. If you apply teak oil to furniture that still contains its own natural oils, the teak oil won’t be absorbed by the wood. This creates a moist residue on your furniture and the perfect breeding ground for bacteria, mould and fungi.  You may notice dark spots appearing on the surface of the wood. These black spots are caused by fungi or mould growth that is fed by the unabsorbed surface oil.

Artificial teak oil also contains chemicals that break down natural oils in the wood. This exposes the wood to rot, weather damage and pests.

How to keep your teak furniture looking as good as new

Teak wood naturally turns a silvery grey colour as it ages. If you don’t mind this process, you can simply let it happen and your wooden furniture will look great for years to come. The wood will stay weather, rot and pest resistant for much longer as well.

aged teak furniture

Aged teak furniture can look beautiful. Credit: Farawayfurniture

To care for your teak furniture, simply use teak cleaner to deeply clean your furniture every few months. This will keep your furniture dirt-free and looking great.

If you would like to keep the stunning golden hue of newly bough teak furniture around for longer, you can consider using teak sealant to lock in the colour. Teak wood fades due to oxidation and UV ray damage. If you seal the wood, the oxidation process is slowed down and UV rays are blocked from the surface.

Keep in mind that this doesn’t mean the wood won’t lose its colour over time. There are special sealants on the market specifically designed for use on teak. These sealants shouldn’t affect the natural oils in the wood keeping it weather, rot and pest resistant. The sealant will only need reapplying once a year if done correctly.

The best oil for teak

If you still prefer to oil your teak furniture instead, there are a few options to choose from.

before and after teak oil treatment of wood

Before and after applying teak oil. Credit: Shutterstock

Keep in mind that you will need to reapply the oil every one to three months to keep your furniture looking great. If you’re not scared to do the work, consider the following oils for your teak furniture:

Starbrite Premium Golden Teak Oil

This oil has a reputation for preserving the golden hue of teak for a long time. This oil is also quite gentle on your teak which means it will keep the surface in good condition for longer than most. Once your teak gets older and loses some of its natural oils, this teak oil will penetrate the wood preventing it from getting damaged.

Furniture Clinic Teak Oil

This oil is quite thick in viscosity and is often used to resurrect old, damaged wooden furniture. It is meant for teak and other hardwoods. The main ingredients in this oil are tung oil as well as linseed oil. It does take much longer to dry than most oils so make sure not to apply it too thickly.

FAQs

Is there a difference between teak oil and danish oil?

The main difference between teak oil and danish oil is the way they dry. Teak oil usually dries to a matt finish where danish oil has a more glossy finish.

How often should you oil teak garden furniture?

Every 2 to 3 months. The oil will only preserve the teak colour for around two to three months before it will start fading. At this point, you will need to reapply the oil.

How do you protect outdoor teak furniture?

The best way to protect outdoor teak furniture is to apply a teak sealant. The sealant will prevent oxidation and UV damage which in turn will preserve the golden hue of your furniture for longer.

THE BEST TEAK OIL FOR OUTDOOR FURNITURE

Save this pin for later

Why Is Well-Draining Soil Important For Plant Health?

As gardeners, we often hear about the importance of well-draining soil, but what does that really mean and how does it affect our plants?

In this article, we will look at the importance of well-draining soil for plant health, how to recognise drainage problems and what to do about them.

Why is well-draining soil important?

Well-drained soil has spaces between the soil particles which hold water and oxygen. These two elements are both necessary to keep your plants healthy.

Well-drained soil retains water for long enough to allow roots to absorb what they need but also drains quickly enough to allow the plant’s roots to keep breathing.

watering sprouts

Credit: Shutterstock

If your soil retains water for too long, it can cause the plant to drown and develop root rot in the process. Poorly drained soil also makes it very difficult for the roots to grow and spread since the soil particles are packed so tightly together.

How to check soil drainage

If you’re worried about your soil not draining quickly enough, you can do a simple test to determine how fast it lets water through. Dig a hole of around 30 centimetres (12 inches) wide and deep (it doesn’t have to be exact) and fill it with water.

Once the water drains, fill it again and take note of how long the second round of water takes to drain.  If you have soil that drains well, you should notice around a 2.5 to 5 centimetre (1-2 inch) drop in water level every hour. If your soil drains any slower or faster than that, you might have to make some adjustments.

Benefits of well-drained soil

Well-drained soil has quite a few benefits for plants. Here are the most important ones:

Signs of poorly drained soil

If you have poorly drained soil, it will become obvious pretty quickly. Water will pool instead of draining away and the soil will be very compacted. Poorly drained soil usually contains a lot of clay.  In clay soils, the particles are very small making it easy for them to create a dense, near solid structure. There is very little space for anything in between these particles which includes water and oxygen.

It is also very difficult for plants to push these particles apart to expand their root systems. This can lead to poor growth and even death unless you choose a plant that prefers these conditions.

earth and clay

Clay soil holds a large amount of water; credit: Shutterstock

If your plant prefers well-drained soil, you will quickly notice a loss of vitality, dull, yellowing leaves, a horrible smell coming from the base of the plant due to root rot and even mould growth on the soil. Very quickly you will notice falling leaves and your plant will rot away and die.

Problems with soil that drains too well

On the opposite end of the spectrum, you get sandy soils that drain too well. In this type of soil, the water drains through so quickly that the plant can’t absorb enough of it to sustain itself. If this is your soil, you will notice signs of drought stress in your plants such as:

basil plant wilting

When the soil drains too well plants suffer from drought stress; credit: Shutterstock

How to improve soil drainage

It is fairly simple to correct drainage for both clay and sandy soils. Simply add organic matter like shredded leaves, compost, hemlock bark, or peat to your soil. You can even use a combination of these for the best results.

For poorly drained soils, organic matter that doesn’t absorb water like hemlock bark works best. The bark will increase the airspace between the particles which will, in turn, improve drainage and aeration.

pine tree bark mulch

Fix poorly drained soils with tree bark; credit: Shutterstock

In soils that drain too fast, compost, peat and shredded leaves work great to retain some water. This will allow the plants to absorb what they need before it all drains away.

For the best results, your amendments must make up at least 30% of the total volume of your garden bed. If you’re unsure how much to use, simply spread around 7.5 to 10 centimetres (3-4 inches) of organic matter across the surface of your garden bed.

Make sure to work this organic matter well into the first 20 to 30 centimetres (8-12 inches) of soil to improve drainage enough for plants to survive.

FAQs

What happens to plants with poor drainage?

Plants that are left to stand in saturated soil for a long time will start to develop root rot, their growth will be affected, the leaves will turn yellow and start to fall off. If the plant is closely inspected you will notice lesions where the leaves burst due to being too swollen with water.

plant dying

Over saturated soil causes root rot; credit: Shutterstock

Eventually, the plant will slowly wither away and die.

Which is the fastest draining soil?

The fastest draining soil type is sandy soil. The particles are very large which creates large air pockets between them. This allows water to drain through very quickly.

What are the 6 types of soil?

Soil is classified into 6 categories namely clay soil, loamy soil, peaty soil, chalky, silty soil and sandy soil. Of all these soils, loamy soil is the best for creating a well-drained substrate for plants.

WHY IS WELL-DRAINING SOIL IMPORTANT FOR PLANT HEALTH-min

Save this pin for later

How to Improve Your Garden Soil in 6 Steps

High-quality soil is essential for growing healthy, strong plants. Whether you want better yields from crops, more abundant blooms from flowering plants, or to simply give your foliage a better chance against pests and diseases, the condition of your soil is a fundamental factor. Knowing how to improve your garden soil is important; keeping it in a good condition is a continuous process that needs to be worked on every season.

a gardening fork and trowel on a background of dark soil

The basics of great garden soil

The best garden soil to support your plants will be rich in nutrients, minerals, beneficial microorganisms and organic matter. Its consistency should both absorb water and allow for drainage, support your plant while still creating room for root development and provide air circulation. Improving your soil is about understanding deficiencies in the earth that you have, and rebalancing its composition so that it can nourish your plants and support all everything growing in it.

Soil naturally ranges in consistency, from heavy and clay-based to light and sandy. Clay compacts easily, becomes waterlogged and ultimately suffocates plants. Sandy soil, on the other hand, allows moisture to drain faster than plants can absorb it. The ideal consistency is somewhere in the middle, where the soil has a loamy consistency and is rich in organic matter.

How to improve your garden soil in 6 steps

Any type of soil can be transformed into healthy garden soil with a little dedication and hard work. Improving your soil takes time and is an ongoing process. Organic matter needs to be replenished frequently to keep the cycle going. Below are seven ways you can improve garden soil.

close-up of a hand holding earth - how to improve your garden soil

1. Start by testing your soil

You won’t know what’s going on with your soil unless you look. Start by identifying the type of soil you have – whether it’s chalky, clay-based, sandy etc. –  you can usually add some water to it and feel the consistency between your fingers. The Royal Horticultural Society has some great information on understanding soil types.

The next step is to understand the current composition and mineral balance of your soil. You can get a professional survey done, but it will be much cheaper to start with a home testing kit, which you can find at most garden centres or buy online. Soil tests will tell you about the levels of nitrogen, potassium, calcium, magnesium, phosphorus, sulphur, organic matter and lead in your garden, as well as the pH balance. Knowing this will help you understand how to improve your garden soil by boosting elements that are deficient.

It’s good practice to carry out a soil test every few years to check the balance of your soil, and that your routine for conditioning your soil is working properly.

garden compost ideas: a small enclosure made from pallets to keep a compost pile contained

2. Combine it with compost

The simplest thing you can do to improve your garden soil quality is to mix decomposed organic matter – compost – into your flower beds and vegetable patches. It improves the soil structure, feeds the microorganisms living in it and helps your garden earth retain nutrients and moisture, while allowing better drainage and air circulation. Compost can also neutralise your soil’s pH, and generally give your plants the support they need to fend off disease.

Compost is made from natural, carbon-based materials that have broken down – like grass clippings, coffee grounds, dried leaves, vegetable scraps and untreated cardboard. Once it’s decomposed together, the consistency of compost will create vital pockets of air in clay-based soil, and help sandier earth clump together so that plants can thrive. It will also provide organic matter for tiny organisms in the soil to consume and convert into the nutrients your plants need to feed on.

Making your own compost is a great way to sustainably manage some of your household waste. Our complete guide to composting will tell you more.

a wheelbarrow full of well-rotted animal manure to improve garden soil

3. Mix in manure

Aged animal manure from chickens, cows, rabbits, horses and sheep will improve your soil structure, and is high in nutrients that will fertilise your soil. It’s important that you use well-rotted manure that’s at least several months old, as fresh manure can harm both plants and humans.

If you’re buying manure, it’s important that it comes from animals that haven’t been eating hay or grass covered with pesticides. These chemicals can pass through into the manure, and then remain in your soil for a long time.

garden tips for selling your home include putting mulch on your flower beds

4. Add a layer of mulch

Covering the surface of your garden beds with mulch is going to improve your garden soil in several ways. It’s great for helping your soil retain its moisture and keep the ground cool and, more importantly, mulch will also slowly break down to release more nutrients into the soil. Plus, mulch stifles weed growth and makes your garden look more attractive, with uniformly-mulched beds that look neat and tidy.

a row of crops covered in mulch, between two wooden sleepers for walking on

5. Keep your soil loose

Compacted soil is bad news for your garden. Not only does it limit water flow and stifle the microorganisms that create the nutrients for your plants to feed on, it makes it harder for your plants to grow the fine roots they need to search for water and nutrients elsewhere. It’s a vicious circle, and usually results in dehydrated soil that starves the foliage above.

There are several things that contribute to compacted soil, but all of them can be fixed. Clay-based soil is the most likely to become compacted, especially after heavy rain or snow. Regularly mixing in loamy compost will help to rebalance the texture of clay-based soil. Waterlogged soil will also compact easily, which is why it’s important not to over-water your garden, and to allow it a couple of days to drain after wet weather.

The final thing you can do is avoid walking over the soil you intend to grow plants in. It’s much better to have designated flower beds with lawns or paths between them that you can walk on.

6. Rotate your crops

Crop rotation is an essential part of growing vegetables in your garden long-term, as different plants will absorb different elements from the soil. There will also be a build-up of soil-based pests and diseases that target particular crops, so planting something different in the same soil the following year will kill off most of the pests and keep the soil healthy. Failing to rotate your crops will force them to struggle against depleted soil nutrients and greater numbers of pests and pathogens that can cause problems.

Three years is the recommended gap between planting the same crop in the soil. So, the best routine is to divide your vegetable bed into four sections, and rotate the crops into a new section each year (bonus points if you can leave one section fallow for a year). It’s also helpful to know that some plants can replenish certain components in the soil – for example, peas and nasturtiums will deposit nitrogen back into the ground, which is useful after growing a nitrogen-hungry crop, like corn or brassicas.


Learning how to improve your garden soil is the best way to grow happy, healthy plants and crops year after year. Although there’s no quick fix, consistently conditioning your soil will reward you with stronger plants, higher-quality crops and bigger, brighter blooms. Happy growing!

HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR GARDEN SOIL IN 6 STEPS-min

Save this pin for later

What to Do in the Garden in September: 18 Gardening Jobs to Do Now

Falling at the end of summer and the beginning of autumn, September can be a month of contrasts. Early September days are often warm and sunny but the end of the month can signal the start of autumnal storms. September is a time for harvesting, tidying, and preparing the garden and greenhouse for the cooler, more tumultuous months ahead.

Many summer flowering plants will have finished blooming by September, but you can still get colour from later flowering plants like anemones, echinacea and rudbeckia. In terms of harvesting the fruits and vegetables of your labour, the garden in September can be a bumper month for crops.

Keep reading to discover the jobs to do in your September garden and what flowers and vegetables you can plant now. 

what to do in the garden in september

Image credit: @ogrodowisko_pl

Gardening in September: what you should be doing in the garden now

Summer’s not quite over and early September can bring high temperatures and dry days so don’t pack the watering can away just yet! As well as harvesting crops, keeping your grass in tip-top condition and continuing with weeding, there are many other September gardening jobs to keep you busy. Here’s our list of garden tasks for September:

The lawn

  1. The rate of grass growth is dependent on the weather and a warm September will mean you’ll still be needing to mow the grass regularly.
  2. Keep on top of watering your grass, especially if you’ve sown grass seed or laid new turf.
  3. Continue to keep weeds in check. Depending on the size of your lawn you can hand weed or use a spot weedkiller. Keeping your lawn healthy and well-watered is the best defence against weeds
  4. You can give any worn-out grassy areas a refresh by watering, applying an autumn lawn feed and over-seeding if necessary.
lush autumn lawn

Keep your lawn looking lush into autumn. Image credit: @gartenheidisuess

The garden

  1. Don’t stop watering! If rainfall is sparse, keep watering potted plants and vegetables.
  2. September is the time for many crops to be harvested. Onions, apples, pears, cucumbers, beans, raspberries, cherry tomatoes, courgettes and potatoes can be picked now.
  3. Get seed harvesting! As well as picking fruit and vegetables, you can carefully harvest seeds from your favourite flowers. Cornflowers, poppies, nasturtiums, marigolds and snapdragons are all easy plants to collect seeds from. Place the harvested seeds into an envelope and don’t forget to write what seeds are inside! Hand-collected seeds make excellent presents.
poppy seeds harvest

Poppy seeds are easy and fun to harvest. Image credit: @handmadebynatureuk

  1. Divide clumps of perennials that have finished flowering like bleeding hearts, lily of the valley, day lilies and peonies. You can also lift and divide large lavender plants by cutting the root ball into two. 
  2. Add colour to borders with plants like late-flowering anemones, rudbeckia, sedum and asters.
radiant rudbeckia

Add colour to the garden in September with radiant rudbeckia. Image credit: @the_garden_keeper

  1. Plant colourful autumn containers to keep your garden looking beautiful.
  2. If you have a pond, September is a good time to place a net over it to catch any falling leaves.
  3. If you’ve brought houseplants outside to enjoy the summer sun, it’s time to bring them back indoors.
  4. Growing pumpkins or squash? They won’t be ready to harvest just yet, but you can help to boost their growth by removing any leaves that are shading the fruit, covering them with a thick blanket on cooler nights and fertilising the plants. 
grow arching pumpkins

A creative way to grow pumpkins. Image credit: @kellogggarden

The greenhouse

  1. Give the greenhouse a good clear out before winter. Make sure that it’s in good condition too and make any repairs as necessary to see it through the winter months.
  2. You can plant herbs to grow over autumn and winter.
  3. September is a good month to give the greenhouse windows a wash.
prepare greenhouse before winter

Make sure your greenhouse is in good shape before winter sets in. Image credit: @johannavireaho

  1. Move any tender perennials into the greenhouse. This needs to happen when temperatures fall below 12-15ºC so, depending on where you are in the country, this may be next month.
  2. There are several flowers that you can grow in your greenhouse and plant directly outside this month. See the ‘Flowers to plant in September’ section below for more details.

What to plant in September

Although the temperature will start to fall in September, there are still plenty of flowers and vegetables that can be grown this month, both outside and under cover.

If you’re wondering what to sow in September, here’s our pick of the bunch to plant in your garden, greenhouse or allotment:

Vegetables to plant in September

September can be an excellent month for vegetable growing; the combination of still-warm-from-summer soil and cooler air temperatures is ideal for many vegetable crops.

Broad beans – For an early spring crop you can sow broad beans directly into the ground or start them off under cover, planting the seedlings out after 6 weeks. You’ll need to cover the plants with fleece in freezing weather.

Cabbage – Plant out cabbage seedlings that were started inside. Cabbages will grow best in firm, moist, alkaline soil and will take 4 to 6 months to mature.

plant out cabbages

Plant out cabbages for a delicious harvest next year. Image credit: @trug_and_lettuce

Chinese broccoli – Fast growing and perfect for stir-fries, you can sow Chinese broccoli directly into the ground or in pots, keep the soil moist and it’ll be ready to harvest in 6-8 weeks.

Garlic – You can plant garlic outside in September, the plants will overwinter and put out new green shoots in spring.

sow garlic into the ground

Sow garlic into the ground or in raised beds. Image credit: @diaryofaladygardener

Onions – Choose onion sets that are suitable for planting in autumn and plant now for an early crop.

Pak Choi – This easy-to-grow plant can be sown in large pots, raised beds or into the ground and should germinate quickly.

Radishes – Super quick and easy to grow, you can sow radishes into September. Sow seeds directly into the soil and you’ll be rewarded with juicy radishes a few weeks later.

Rocket – Plant rocket seeds into the ground or in pots, September is the last month for growing rocket outside but you can continue to grow this delicious leafy green inside during the cooler months.

rocket will flourish in pots

Rocket will flourish in pots. Image credit: @veg_garden_girl

Salad leaves – You can still enjoy fresh salad into autumn. Sow seeds into pots in a sheltered, sunny outdoor spot or you can grow them in the greenhouse or your kitchen.

Spinach – Spinach sown now will be ready to harvest in the spring. You can sow seeds into the soil or in pots. The plants will need to be covered from October if planted outside.

Turnips – You can sow turnip seeds directly into the soil and harvest the baby turnips in 6 weeks or so.

Flowers to plant in September

These are some of the best flower seeds to plant in September for welcome spring colour:

Calendula – Plant seeds 1cm deep outside where they are to flower for a display of sunshine in June and July. 

Cornflowers – Sow seeds undercover in September for early blooms the following year.

Larkspur – You can sow larkspur seeds outside now.

elegant blooms of larkspur

The elegant blooms of larkspur. Image credit: @homesown_flowers

Marigolds – Sow marigold seeds in shallow rows or sprinkle the seeds on top of the compost in pots outside.

Nigella – These beautiful flowers can also be sown outside in the ground or in pots for a burst of spring colour.

Poppies – Poppy seeds can be scattered outside where they are to grow.

sowing poppies in september

Poppies sown in September will bloom in early summer. Image credit: @kathi228888

Flowers that you can plant in your borders to plug gaps left by spent summer bloomers, brighten dull spots and fill pots include rudbeckia, pansies, heathers, helenium, sedum and chrysanthemums.

If you’re keen to start planting tulip or daffodil bulbs, it’s best to wait a little longer until October or November.

Conclusion

From harvesting tasty fruits and vegetables to preparing your garden for the cooler months, September is a rewarding month in the garden.

It’s a great time to get organised too, you can plant vegetables to enjoy in a few weeks’ time and get ahead in your spring garden by sowing pretty flower seeds.

What to Do in the Garden in July: 10 Gardening Jobs to Do Now

July is usually one of the hottest months of the year, but that’s no excuse to abandon your garden and greenhouse to the heat.

Gardening in July is a busy time; jobs include deadheading plants that can bloom again, mowing and fertilising your lawn, harvesting vegetables and fruit trees, and keeping an eye out for pests. There are also plenty of things to plant, from fast-growing lettuce and herbs to autumn, winter and spring veg. And, since it can be hot, it’s also crucial to keep flowers, trees and vegetables well-watered.

Read on to find out what to do in the garden in July and what to plant and sow this time of the year.

what to do in the garden in july

July is the time for beautiful blooms. Image credit: @the_little_end_cottage

Gardening in July: what you should be doing in the garden now

There’s no shortage of July gardening jobs you can do. From deadheading plants in the flower beds to keep them blooming and harvesting summer crops, to minding the small but important things like topping up bird baths and water features, here’s a list of the key things you should be doing in the garden in July:

1. Deadhead plants that can bloom again

Keep an eye on your flower beds, borders, pots and hanging baskets and remove withered flowers and spent blooms. Throughout this month, deadhead any plants that can bloom again to encourage the growth of new flowers.

deadhead plants

Image credit: @niff_barnes

2. Give your lawn a high cut

In July grass can lose moisture fast. You may notice this as the blades of grass lose colour and begin to droop. Regular mowing is still important, but allowing the grass to grow taller can help it shade the soil and retain moisture. It will also rob weeds of sunlight, making it harder for them to take over your lawn.

3. Keep your lawn and plants well-watered

Many gardens in the UK don’t get enough rainfall in July. Unless you water your garden regularly, it will struggle to stay healthy.

keep the lawn watered

Image credit: @loveheartsathome

4. Fertilise your lawn, plants and vegetables

You can continue to fertilise your lawn and most plants in July. Follow the instructions that come with the fertilisers you use. Don’t over-fertilise your lawn or plants to make up for the heat and dryness of summer.

5. Harvest mid-summer crops

Some July gardening jobs bring rewards faster than others. Your July garden can provide bountiful crops at this point in summer, from fragrant herbs to tasty veg and delicious fruits like cherries, peaches and apricots.

Tip: Picking cherries with stalks makes the fruits last longer after harvest, but can easily damage the spurs from which the fruits develop. For a rich crop next year, leave the stalks in the tree or pick the cherries carefully without damaging the spurs.

harvest mid-summer crops

Image credit: @akitafan_jp

6. Prune trees and bushes that need it

Pruning and trimming help to keep your trees and bushes healthy and looking at their best.

7. Deal with weeds

Weeds thrive in the summer heat so stay vigilant and remove them early on before they can become a problem.

8. Check for pests and remove them

Many pests won’t mind the heat of July. On the contrary, they can easily proliferate in and out of your greenhouse. You have to stay on your guard or you may run the risk of losing crops and plants.

check for pests

Encourage natural predators to do the hard work for you. Image credit: @rymannslandiv

9. Pinch out crop plants and trees that can benefit from it

Pinching out means removing new shoots from the stem or side branches of a plant. It’s a form of pruning that can help balance the foliage and crop production of a plant. It ensures that a bushy plant doesn’t put all its energy into growing greenery at the expense of crops.

10. Mind the small things in your garden

Last but not least, don’t forget about a few small but important jobs you can do in and around your garden at this time of the year.

dried blanket weed

Blanket weed can be dried and composted. Image credit: @peyrefic

What to plant in July

From fast-growing herbs and salad leaves to autumn, winter and spring crops like Brussels sprouts, winter cabbages and Swiss chard, there are plenty of things you can plant in July, both outdoors and in your greenhouse. Plants you can sow now include forget-me-nots, scented annuals like petunia and marigold, and winter and spring-flowering plants.

Let’s take a closer look at the many vegetables and flowers you can plant in July:

Vegetables to plant in July

You can plant more than salad leaves and herbs in your vegetable garden in July. Here’s a list of vegetables to plant in July including both fast and slow crops that you can enjoy next year.

keep container herbs close to the house

Keep container herbs close to the house for easy picking. Image credit:@wilderfolly

Flowers to plant in July

Flower seeds to plant in July include forget-me-nots, geraniums, echinacea, delphinium, pansies, foxgloves and sweet williams. Here are a few more ideas of flowers to plant in July in the UK to add colour and beauty to your garden:

The Wrap Up

As you can see, July can be a busy month for a gardener in the UK but that doesn’t mean you have to toil and sweat to keep things green and colourful in your garden.

Prioritise your gardening tasks according to the weather and tackle them systematically. You can fit most of them early in the morning or in the evening.

Don’t work in your garden during the midday heat. Watering, pruning, trimming or harvesting plants then isn’t healthy. And you also run the risk of heatstroke.

In the end, gardening in July can be a pleasure. Stay organised and don’t do more than you have to. That way, you can enjoy the process of caring for your garden even in the middle of a sweltering summer.

What to do in the Garden in June – 22 Gardening Jobs to do Now

The month of the summer solstice, June is filled with long, sunny days. June’s birth flower is the rose and these spectacular flowers will be coming into bloom, along with peonies, lavender, hydrangea, salvia and decadent dahlias.

From sowing salad crops and pruning fruit trees to planting delicious vegetables and harvesting the first of your strawberries, June is a productive month in the gardening calendar. Keep reading to find out what to do in the garden in June.

Gardening in June: what you should be doing in the garden now

June is the first month of summer and it often brings sustained hot temperatures. As well as keeping on top of watering your plants, there are many other June gardening jobs to keep you busy.

The lawn

  1. If you’ve given your lawn a good feed in spring, you should be seeing the benefits in June. Grass growth is at its fastest in June and grass will be coming into flower (bad news for hayfever sufferers). Give the lawn a regular mow – at least once a week to keep it thick and lush.
  2. If you’ve recently laid new turf, you’ll need to water it a few times a week, daily in dry weather, for the first month or so.
  3. This June was the hottest on record in the UK – if temperatures are high for long periods, weekly mowing won’t be needed but try to mow every 10-14 days.
  4. Keep weeds in check by manually removing them or using a spot weedkiller.
  5. June is an excellent time to give your lawnmower a little TLC – check the blades and make sure to remove any damp grass from the mower after every cut.
  6. If your garden gets a lot of use in summer, it’s a good idea to give worn grassy areas a boost by watering and fertilising them.
watering the lawn in june

Image credit: @amazingcarpathen

The garden

  1. June can be a warm, dry month. You’ll need to water your garden daily during dry spells. Early morning or evening is the best time to water plants on hot days. Try not to splash the leaves as you sprinkle.
  2. If you have a wisteria, it’ll be going crazy in June, sending masses of long tendrils out after flowering. Keep it in check by cutting the new tendrils back to around 20cm. This will help the plant put its energy into flowering again next year, rather than producing masses of green leaves.
  3. As well as tending to fast-growing vines, keep vigorous hedges in check by trimming them every 6 weeks or so.
trim hedges in june

June is the perfect month for hedge trimming. Image credit: @jones.garden.care

  1. Go for a June prune and tidy up shrubs that flowered in spring such as lilac, forsythia and weigela.
  2. If you didn’t put plant supports in last month, now’s the time to stake perennials like crocosmia and peonies and support roses. Obelisks and handmade willow supports are attractive options.
  3. June is a fabulous month for roses. If yours are suffering from disease, give them a spray. Also, look out for the destructive sawfly larvae which can decimate rose leaves. You can easily pick off the larvae or spray the rose with water to dislodge them.
  4. Ever heard of the Chelsea chop? The beginning of June is the perfect time to give late-flowering perennials a trim. You can remove the top shoots from plants like echinacea, lavender, aster, campanula, sedum and helianthus to encourage bushier plants and more flowers. Cut as much as a third from the top of the plant with sharp shears to delay flowering and keep your flowerbeds looking neat throughout summer.
chelsea chop

Get Chelsea chopping! Image credit: @the.garden.house

  1. If you haven’t already (I can never wait this long!) it’s time to put colourful hanging baskets outside. You might have been growing seedlings in preparation, have one in the greenhouse ready to go, or you can buy bedding plants from the garden centre to make an instant hanging display. You can grow vegetables in hanging baskets too. Make sure to harden off any plants that have been growing indoors over a few days before they make the permanent transition to outdoors.
  2. As well as hanging baskets, plant up outdoor containers and flower boxes. You can grow an impressive range of flowers, vegetables and herbs in containers.
  3. Get your weed on! The June garden is full of vigorous growth and that includes weeds. Try to fit in a daily walk of the garden, picking out any rogue weeds as you go, it’s an easy way to keep on top of the weeds and stops them from getting out of control. Weeds like bindweed will need to be dug out as they’ll regrow quickly from left-behind roots. 
  4. You might be able to harvest lettuce, strawberries, radishes and early potatoes now.
harvest strawberries in june

June is strawberry harvesting time. Image credit: @leah.laughs

The greenhouse

  1. You can pinch out any tomato side shoots this month. Just remove any new shoots that sprout between each leaf.
  2. It’s time to plant out any tender vegetables like beans, courgettes, sweetcorn and tomatoes.
  3. You might want to add some shade to your greenhouse to prevent leaf scorch on hot, sunny days.
  4. Keep checking for greenhouse pests like snails, red spider mites and whitefly.
  5. Make sure that everything in the greenhouse is well-watered and fed. Flowering and fruiting plants will benefit from a weekly feed.
greenhouse in june

Image credit: @violetgreydecorative

What to plant in June

June is one of the most productive and beautiful months in the gardening calendar. The garden should be looking resplendent with blooming flowers and bushes and (hopefully) a thick, lush lawn.

June is also a safe time to plant everything outside because frosts will be a distant memory. Keep reading to find out what fruit, vegetables and flowers you can sow and plant out in your June garden.

Vegetables to plant in June

Wondering what to sow in June? here’s our pick of the bunch to sow in your garden or allotment:

SOW

Beetroot – Sow seeds where they are to grow in a sunny spot. Cover seeds with an inch of compost.

Cucumbers – Outdoor varieties can be sown outside in a warm sunny patch or a large pot. Cover the seed with an inch of soil. Cucumbers like fertile soil so add in plenty of compost. 

Lettuce and salad leaves – Sow seeds directly outside in rows.

French beans – Sow seeds in pots in a warm spot before transferring the seedlings into the ground. Nasturtium flowers are great companion plants for beans – read more about them below. 

Pak Choi – This easy-to-grow plant can be sown in large pots or into the ground and should germinate quickly.

Peas – Sow peas roughly 3 inches apart into a shallow trench then cover with soil. Make sure you have stakes ready to go!

Radishes – Very easy to grow (great for children) and ready in as little as 4 weeks, sow radish seeds directly into the soil. 

Runner beans – Sow beans directly into the ground, about 2 inches deep. Runner beans will also grow well in large containers.

Pumpkin and Squash – For an autumn feast, sow pumpkin and squash seeds outside now. They’ll need to be spaced at least 3 feet apart and covered with a cloche until they germinate.

plant squash in june

Image credit: @plot_162

PLANT OUT

If you’ve started growing vegetable plants indoors, here’s a list of what you can plant outside in June:

Beans (runner and French) – Read more about growing beans.

Brussels sprouts

Cabbage – discover more about growing cabbage.

Celery

Courgettes

Cucumbers – learn more about growing cucumbers.

Sweetcorn – read more about growing sweetcorn.

Tomatoes – find out more about growing tomatoes.

Make sure to harden off young vegetable plants over a few days, gradually extending the time they spend outside before planting them out.  It’s a good idea to feed young vegetable plants weekly, they’ll also need watering regularly.

plant sweetcorn in june

Young sweetcorn ready for planting out. Image credit: @harvest0622

Flowers to plant in June

To keep your garden in bloom for weeks on end, these are some of the seeds to plant in June which will flower in late summer and early autumn:

Canterbury bells – These sweet little flowers can be sown with just the tiniest covering of soil. They’ll need to be kept moist to germinate.

Coreopsis – You can plant long-flowering coreopsis seeds straight into your garden where they are to grow. Cover seeds with a thin layer of soil and keep them moist.

Delphiniums – These show-stopping, tall flowers look incredible at the back of a border. Sow seeds in pots from Feb to June.

Nasturtiums – Easy to grow, these colourful little flowers can be planted as companions next to beans or used to fill up empty spaces in borders. They’ll also climb up a trellis. Nasturtiums are edible and they’re a fantastic addition to salads and perfect for decorating summer cakes and desserts.

Sweet williams – Sow sweet williams seeds in June for flowers next year. They can be started in pots.

Sunflowers – Perfect for kids, these cheery flowers can still be sown in June. Plant seeds at the beginning of the month. You can pop the seeds into the soil where they are to grow or sow in large containers.

sunflowers in june

Image credit: @twigsandvines

You can now plant out any flower seedlings that you’ve started indoors like daisies, strawflowers and cosmos. June is a great time for planting colourful shop-bought bedding plants like petunias, alstroemeria, dahlias and geraniums.

Watch out for slugs and snails who love to nibble on new shoots. You can use plastic bottles that are cut off at the top and place them over the seedlings to protect the leaves while they establish, or try some of our other suggestions for keeping snails out of the garden.

Conclusion

The month of June is when you can really begin to reap the fruits of your gardening efforts earlier in the year, both figuratively and literally.

Admire the beautiful blooms, taste the fruit, vegetables and salads of your first harvests and keep on top of watering, mowing, deadheading and pruning to keep your garden looking gorgeous throughout summer and beyond.

Best 4-Stroke Lawn Mowers UK 2023

Corded electric and cordless battery-powered lawnmowers are becoming increasingly popular, especially if you have a small garden. If you have a medium to large garden, petrol mowers are a good option as they are powerful, easy to use and deliver excellent cut quality and neat finishes.

Although 2-stroke lawn mowers are still available, most petrol lawn mowers have 4-stroke engines as they provide steady, consistent power, are more fuel efficient and are less noisy than 2-stroke engines.

Four-stroke machines are also more environmentally friendly than 2-stroke engines, where burnt oil is released into the air with the exhaust.

Choosing the 4-stroke petrol mower most suited to your garden’s size and layout can be difficult, considering the variety of 4-stroke lawn mowers available.

We have compiled a list of eight 4-stroke lawnmowers to guide you in choosing the mower that best suits your requirements.

Our Top 4-Stroke Lawn Mower Picks

The following are what we consider to be the top 4-stroke lawnmowers.

12/18/2023 11:42 am GMT Lasso Brag

Best 4-Stroke Lawn Mowers to Buy in 2023

best 4 stroke lawn mower uk 2023

Listed below are our reviews of the top 4-stroke lawnmowers for 2023.

Hyundai HYM510SP 4-Stroke Petrol Lawn Mower

Best Petrol Rotary Mower 
Hyundai 196cc Petrol Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

The Hyundai HYM510SP has a powerful 4-stroke petrol engine that is started via a recoil pull-start. A self-propelled motor drives the larger rear wheels so there is no need to push the lawn mower. Just walk behind the it, guiding it in the direction you want to go.

A 51cm cutting width and a large 70L grass box on the HYM510 SP allow you to work on medium and large lawns. The grass box features a level indicator that makes it easy to know when it needs to be emptied and the box is easy to remove and put back on.

You can adjust the cutting height to suit your requirements and the growing season. There are six cutting height options, ranging from 25mm to 75mm, and they are quick and easy to adjust using a simple central lever.

This mower has 4-in1 cutting options; 1) cut and mulch, 2) cut and collect in the rear collection box, 3) side discharge, and 4) rear discharge.

The Hyundai HYM510SP includes a mulching plug, not the case with many other brands. With a mulching plug, the clippings are cut into tiny pieces and spread back over the lawn, adding moisture and nutrients to improve your lawn’s condition.

Foldable handles make this mower compact and easy to transport and store. A garden hose connector is included so that the underside of the deck and the blade can easily be cleaned by running the machine while the garden hose is connected.

A 3-year Platinum Hyundai warranty is a great advantage, and for safety, it includes the OPC (Operator Presence Control) lever to stop the engine as soon as it is released.

This powerful, well-made lawn mower is built for performance and durability and is an excellent choice for more extensive gardens.

Pros:

Cons:

Honda Izy HRG 466 SK Self-Propelled Petrol Lawn Mower

Honda Izy HRG 466 SK 4-Wheel Self Propelled Petrol Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

Honda is a brand known for its hard-working, durable and reliable engines. The Honda Izy HRG 466 SK has a powerful 160cc engine that is self-propelled, making it easy to guide around your garden. It has a built-in auto choke and the recoil start is easy to use and reliable.

The cutting deck is constructed of lightweight pressed steel, is built to last and is powder coated for additional protection against corrosion and UV rays. With a cutting width of 46cm, the deck features Honda’s Intelligent blade, designed to twist rather than break when it hits a solid object.

You can choose from six cutting heights ranging from 20mm to 74mm. These are easily set by adjusting two levers, one on the front and one on the back, making your lawnmower ready for any length you need. It is ideal for medium-sized gardens of up to 1200m2.

A 55-litre high airflow grass collection bag made from ultra-fine mesh, combined with the rotating blades, creates a vacuum that ensures maximum collection without affecting the airflow. When cutting wet grass, you can remove the back and let it discharge from the rear.

This Honda Izy HRG 466 SK can be used to mulch, but an optional mulching kit must be purchased separately.

The powerful self-propulsion makes it perfect to use in gardens with banks or slopes. The Honda Izy HRG 466 SK is easy to use with a durable solid build that will provide you with years of reliable service and an excellent quality cut.

Pros:

Cons:

Webb Classic WER410 SP Self-Propelled Petrol Mower

Best 4-Sroke Lawn Mower for Best Value for Money
Webb Classic WER410 SP Self-Propelled Petrol Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

The Webb WER410SP is a self-propelled lawn mower for small to medium-sized gardens. With a compact 41cm cutting width and weighing 26 kg, it is easy to manoeuvre and performs well when moving around obstacles and cutting uphill. It copes well on rough and uneven lawns.

This mower is powered by a robust and powerful 4-stroke engine developed by Webb, a reliable British brand renowned for quality and performance. The Webb DVO 130 132cc engine is fuel efficient, with low vibrations and quiet operation.

Fitted with a rugged 41cm steel cutter deck, the WebbWER410SP has a single lever to adjust the cutting height to seven different positions ranging from 25mm to 75mm, allowing you to choose the most effective blade position to suit the grass conditions.

Grass clippings can be collected in a 45-litre capacity grass catcher, or if the grass is wet or long, the clippings can be discharged to the rear.

Pros:

Cons:

Mountfield HP41 Petrol Mower

Best for Ease of Use
Mountfield HP41 Petrol Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

The Mountfield HP41 is a hand-propelled petrol-driven lawnmower with a 39cm cutting width. This mower is ideal for small-sized gardens up to 250m2 and is excellent value for money.

Powered by a 4-stroke, 123cc STIGA ST 120 Autochoke engine, the HP41 is very easy to start, with a standard recoil rope system.

Constructed with a rugged, rust-resistant polypropylene chassis, the Mountfield HP41 is sturdily built and very lightweight, making the mower easy to manoeuvre even though it is not self-propelled and has to be pushed.

Each wheel is fitted with a height adjuster, offering five pre-set cutting positions ranging from 25mm to 70mm for successfully managing longer, rougher grass.

All trimmings are collected into the textile grass bag which has a capacity of 40 litres and is easy to remove and empty. The handle is easily folded down for compact storage and easy transportation.

Pros:

Cons:

Cobra MX534SPH Petrol Rotary Lawn Mower

Best Mulching Lawn Mower for Large Lawns
Cobra MX534SPH 53cm Petrol Rotary Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

The Cobra MX534SPH self-propelled lawn mower has a 4-speed gearbox, a cutting width of 53cm and comes fitted with a reliable 167cc 4-stroke Honda GCVX170 engine that is easy to start using the cord attached to one side of the handlebar.

A four-speed self-propulsion system allows you to select your preferred walking pace. From a slow 2.5kph that will enable you to move around obstacles, to a fast walking speed of 3.9kph, this mower will take the strain off mowing more extensive lawns.

This mower comes with a 53cm cutting deck making it ideal for large lawns of more than 700m2, and it can be adjusted with a lever to select one of six cutting heights from 25mm to 75mm. The MX534SPH cuts grass effectively, irrespective of how long or wet the grass is.

This model allows you to mow in three ways: conventionally using the 65-litre grass collector, downwards mulching, and sideways mulching where the cuttings are thrown out of the side using the included chute.

Pros:

Cons:

Sprint 2691794 420SP Self-Propelled Petrol Lawn Mower

Best Self-Propelled
Sprint 2691794 420SP Self-propelled Petrol Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

With a Briggs & Stratton 300E 125cc engine, the Sprint is a powerful, compact, lightweight self-propelled 4-stroke petrol lawn mower.

This mower has a durable steel cutting deck of 42cm, which, combined with the 60-litre grass collection bag, makes it suitable for medium-sized lawns. The clippings can either be collected in the grass bag or discharged from the back of the mower.

Six cutting heights ranging from 28mm to 92mm are easily adjustable using two levers. The handle height can be adjusted for maximum comfort and folded to reduce space when storing or transporting.

Even though it is constructed from steel, the mower only weighs 25.2kg making it easy to carry and transport. Its light weight makes it simple to use and manoeuvre. It works well in wet and dry weather and the self-propelled speed of 3.6kph is acceptable for most gardeners.

Pros:

Cons:

Stihl RM 448 VC 4-Stroke Petrol Mower

Best 4-Stroke Petrol Mower for Ease of Use
Stihl RM 448 VC 4-Stroke Petrol Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

The Stihl RM 448 C is a 4-stroke 166cc petrol mower with a 46cm polymer cutting deck suitable for cutting lawns up to 1200 square metres. With Ready/Start technology, the engine can be reliably started up, whether the engine is cold or warm.

A sturdy, unique, height-adjustable mono handlebar system makes emptying the grass collection box simple and quick. The handlebar can also be folded to allow for compact storage or transport.

This Stihl model features variable self-propulsion that moves the mower from a slow to a faster walking pace by pushing or pulling the lever on the handlebar. The central-cutting height adjustment is spring-loaded, making it easy to set the cutting height to one of six settings ranging from 25-76mm.

The Highlift blade on the Stihl rm 448 C gives the lawn a clean, precise finish and ensures optimal filling of the 55-litre grass collection box. The grass level indicator on the box will show you when it needs to be emptied.

The lightweight polymer housing combines robustness with protection from heat and UV radiation.

This unit weighs only 28 kg, and with easy-running wheels equipped with a traction pattern and directional stability tread pattern, it is easy to manoeuvre and comfortable for mowing for long periods.

Pros:

Cons:

Cub Cadet LR1MR76Compact Rear-Collect Ride-On Mower

Best 4-Stroke Ride-On Mower
Cub Cadet LR1MR76Compact Rear-Collect Ride-On Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

If want to upgrade your walk-behind mower to a ride-on mower compact enough to fit through narrow spaces, the Cub Cadet LR1 MR76 is a practical choice with its space-saving design and ability to cover expansive areas quickly.

The LR1 MR76 is powered by a 382cc single-cylinder OHV, 4-stroke electric start engine manufactured by Club Cadet and has a 4.9-litre fuel tank that helps reduce the times you have to refuel.

Cub Cadet has equipped this model with a six-speed, foot-pedal-operated Transmatic drive, and it has a tight 46cm turning circle that ensures that obstacles and tricky corners are negotiated without any trouble.

The CUB Cadet LR1 MR76 has three mowing modes (collection, rear discharge, and mulching), enabling you to select the mode that would be most effective for the conditions, and it comes with a 200-litre grass collection bag.

A five-step cutting height ranging from 38-95mm allows you to adjust the deck to suit the length of the grass, getting the finish you desire. Turf-saver tyres provide good traction and ensure the mower’s weight does not damage the lawn surface.

Pros:

Cons:

How to Buy the Best 4-Stroke Petrol Lawn Mowers

There are several factors to consider when buying a 4-stroke petrol mower to ensure you get the best value for money and the mower that’s best suited to your garden.

Size and Type of Garden

Not all gardens are the same and what you need from a 4-stroke petrol lawn mower will depend on the requirements of your garden.

For example, if you have a large open garden, a large cutting width is better, however, if you have intricate spaces and obstacles to cut around, a more compact and manoeuvrable mower will be more suitable.

Propulsion Type

Petrol mowers can be categorised by propulsion type and how they are used.

Push Lawn Mowers must be pushed to mow your grass. They are small and best suited to flat areas of 800m2 or less with obstacles such as flower beds as they are easier to handle.

Self-propelled Mowers have a drive system (like a car) that pushes the mower forward once engaged. All you need to do is steer. They are best for sloped lawns and gardens exceeding 700m2.

Ride-on Mowers are designed for large areas of land of over 2500m2 but can be used on smaller gardens of at least 1500m2 if you are looking for comfort and want to complete the task quickly.

Engine Power and Capacity

The power of 4-stroke petrol lawnmowers is indicated by the capacity of their engines which is measured in cc (cubic centimetres). The engine size you require will depend on the size and terrain of your garden. The higher the cc, the better it can cut long, wet grass and tackle more challenging landscapes.

Cutting Width

The cutting width of push and self-propelled 4-stroke lawnmowers can range from 40 to 56cm depending on the model. The wider the cutting width, the less time it will take to mow, especially if you have an open stretch of lawn.

If your garden has obstacles to navigate, such as trees and garden beds, a lawnmower with a narrower cutting width may be advisable.

Cutting Height

Lawnmowers can have four to eight cutting height settings ranging from 15 to 75mm. Adjustable heights allow you to set the cutting blades to suit the length and thickness of the grass. A well-trimmed lawn should be cut to a height of around 20 to 30mm.

Grass Box

Emptying the grass box less often will cut down on your mowing time. A collection bag with a minimum capacity of 50L will be adequate for a surface area of up to 1200m2. More extensive gardens would require a bag with a greater holding capacity.

Mulching

A lawnmower with a mulching option is worth considering. Mulching can make your soil richer and save time due to not having to empty the collection bag if mowing a large lawn.

Quality of Mower Deck

The deck’s strength will vary depending on the material used to make it. Lightweight decks constructed from polypropylene or aluminium may be durable for regular small to medium gardens.

Steel or die-cast aluminium decks will be more robust but heavier and are recommended for thick overgrown areas or professional use.

Lawnmower Weight

Some lawnmowers are heavy and can be challenging to move to the storage area or to transport.

Electric or Manual Ignition

Most quality lawnmower models use a manual recoil start consisting of a cord fitted with a pull handle to drive the motor and start the lawnmower. Although they work effectively, an Electric Ignition is a convenient feature, especially if you don’t have much strength in your arms.

Frequently Asked Questions

How does a 4-stroke lawn mower engine work?

A 4-stroke engine is an internal combustion engine that utilises four piston strokes (intake, compression, power and exhaust) to complete one operating cycle. In those 4-strokes, the piston goes around twice in the engine, so the spark plug fires every other rotation.

A complete operation in a 4-stroke engine requires two revolutions (720 deg) of the crankshaft. There are two separate valves in a 4-stroke engine, one for intake and one for exhaust.

How often should you replace the oil on a 4-stroke lawn mower?

The oil on a 4-stroke lawn mower should be changed at least once a year. Old oil must be drained completely, replace the oil filter and then re-fill with new oil. Oil levels must be checked before use and topped up if necessary.

What oil should be used for a 4-stroke lawn mower?

SAE-30 is a suitable oil for your mower, however, referring to your owner’s manual is still advisable. If you are mowing in cold winter temperatures, then it is advisable to use a multi-grade motor oil such as 5W30 or 10W30

How often do you need to change spark plugs on a 4-stroke lawn mower?

It is recommended to replace the spark plugs once a year or after 30 engine hours to ensure that your engine remains at optimum performance. Your lawn mower needs regular annual maintenance, so replacing spark plugs as part of your maintenance routine is advisable.

Conclusion

Selecting the correct mower with the wide variety of 4-stroke lawnmowers available on the market can be difficult. You must assess the property you maintain and decide what size and power level you need.

We trust that you can choose the lawnmower best suited to your requirements after considering all the recommended 4-stroke mowers and what to look for as detailed in this guide. If you have any questions or comments, please let us know in the feedback section below.

Best Lawn Sprinklers UK 2023 – The Key to a Golf Course Lawn 

It’s an iconic image: the guy in a dressing gown, shorts and Crocs, out on the front lawn on a Sunday morning, beer in one hand, hosepipe in the other. But there are very good reasons why you don’t want to be (and shouldn’t be) that guy.

The person you want to be (and should be) is the one sitting in their front room reading the newspaper while outside a sprinkler is watering the lawn for them. Here’s our guide to the best lawn sprinklers on the market.

Our Garden Sprinklers Top Picks

Best Rotary for Large Gardens
Best Oscillating for Medium Gardens
Best Oscillating for Large Gardens
Best Rotary for Small to Medium Gardens
Best Rotary for Medium Gardens
Best Bar for Large Gardens
Best Rotary for Small Gardens
Best Travelling for Very Large Gardens
Best Impact for Medium Gardens
Best Impact for Large Gardens
Best Rotary for Large Gardens
Best Oscillating for Medium Gardens
Best Rotary for Small to Medium Gardens
Best Rotary for Medium Gardens
Best Rotary for Small Gardens
Best Travelling for Very Large Gardens
Best Impact for Medium Gardens
12/18/2023 02:20 pm GMT Lasso Brag

3 reasons why you shouldn’t be watering the lawn yourself

I can’t be sure but I suspect somewhere along the line everyone got the idea that the people with sprinklers were just too lazy to water the lawn themselves. In fact, the opposite is true: setting up a lawn sprinkler takes a little time and effort but it’s well worth it.

Here are 3 very good reasons why you shouldn’t be watering the lawn yourself:

Hosepipes waste water

There’s no way you can tell how much water you’re using or whether it’s too much or too little. Chances are, by the time you’re done, some parts of your garden are going to be waterlogged while others are just barely moist.

Hosepipes are inefficient 

Not only are hosepipes wasteful of water, a limited resource, but they’re also grossly inefficient. Sprinklers, on the other hand, spray water evenly across a wide area in fine droplets that are easily absorbed into the soil.

Hosepipes can be a waste of time 

Watering the garden by hand is time-consuming and stepping in puddles is not nearly as relaxing as it sounds. You’d be better off taking a nap or re-watching an episode of the Great British Bake-Off.

That being said, there are times when a hosepipe is the best solution, so they are still needed. You might need to clean paving, water pot plants, or target specific areas. You will also need a quality hosepipe to get the water to your sprinkler. 

The Best Sprinklers to Buy in 2023

Keep reading to discover our pick of the best lawn sprinklers and make that lush golf-course-looking turf a reality.

best lawn sprinklers uk 2023

Hozelock Rotating Pro Garden Sprinkler

Best Rotary Sprinkler for Large Gardens
Hozelock Rotating Pro Garden Sprinkler
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

The Hozelock Pro has two spray patterns, a 360° rotating head and a hydraulic motor for even watering. Its coverage area of 314m² makes it suitable for lawns, flower beds and vegetable gardens. 

The sprinkler head is fitted atop a solid metal spike that, once driven into the lawn, provides a secure, stable platform that won’t tilt or move out of position.

To accommodate irregularly-shaped gardens, the pattern can be adjusted so it only sprays a triangular segment of the full circle.

Pro tip: If the earth is dry, the spike can be hard to drive home. Rather than pushing down too hard on the sprinkler head and possibly damaging it, soak the ground until it’s soft enough to receive the spike.

 Pros:

Cons: 

Gardena Aqua S Rectangular Garden Sprinkler 

Best Oscillating Sprinkler for Medium Gardens
Gardena Aqua S Rectangular Garden Sprinkler
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This sprinkler is made from UV and frost-resistant plastic. A rust-resistant, easily removable, tap-washable metal filter keeps dirt out of the mechanism. Limescale build-up in the nozzles can be removed with a handy pin on the underside of the sprinkler screw cap. You can adjust the angle of the nozzles with the sliders on each end of the sprinkler head.

By combining the sliders (the 2 orange sliders that control the width of the spray) and the little knob that sets the rate of flow, it’s possible to water a specific area.

 Pros:

Cons: 

Kärcher Premium Garden Sprinkler

Best Oscillating Sprinkler for Large Gardens
Kärcher Premium Oscillating Sprinkler - OS 5.320SV
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

With the Premium sprinkler, Kärcher has indeed reinvented rain. It is well-built, highly configurable and well worth the extra few pounds. 

It comes with built-in metal prongs that anchor it in place, an internal filter to keep the mechanism dirt-free and a cleaning pin to remove limescale. It has a protection lever that lets you adjust the settings without getting drenched or you can just switch it off at the tap.

Pro tip: Watching a couple of YouTube videos before setting it up will save you from having to decipher a user manual that is as much a hindrance as it is a help.

 Pros:

Cons: 

Wisdomwell Rotary Garden Sprinkler

Best Rotary Sprinkler for Small to Medium Gardens
Wisdomwell Rotary Garden Sprinkler
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

The Wisdomwell is made of plastic and acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), the same material as Lego. It’s an extremely tough plastic polymer that’s highly resistant to water, temperature differentials and ultraviolet light. It was specifically designed to keep its shape regardless of circumstances.

Each of the three swivel arms has 4 nozzles; one vertical and 3 adjustable. The nozzle angles (15-45°) are used to control the swivel speed.

Pro Tip: The Wisdomwell doesn’t come with the pin accessory used to remove limescale build-up from the nozzles but a 50-50 mixture of white vinegar and water in a squirt bottle will do the trick. Spray it on then come back in 30 minutes and scrub clean.

 Pros:

Cons: 

Madeking Garden Sprinkler

Best Rotary Sprinkler for Medium Gardens
Madeking Garden Sprinkler
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

 The Madeking is identical to the Wisdomwell, apart from the design of the base, the cost and one key feature…

The Madeking can accommodate two hosepipes at the same time while Wisdomwell needs a two-way adapter (a European double-pass, included in the package).

The nozzle-cleaning tip outlined above applies here as well. Bear in mind that limescale must be removed regularly. If allowed to build up, it goes rock hard.

 Pros:

Cons: 

Cost Wise Lawn Bar Garden Sprinkler

Best Bar Sprinkler for Large Gardens
Cost Wise Lawn Bar Garden Sprinkler
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Oscillating sprinklers wave to and fro. The Cost Wise is a rectangular bar oscillating sprinkler with a single row of nozzles that can be adjusted independently. The length of the spray is contingent on the water pressure which is also adjustable. Orange sliders limit the spray zone.

There is a nozzle-cleaning pin embedded in the case, just press and twist to release it.

This sprinkler was not meant to live outdoors. You’ll need to bring it in over winter and when not in use.

 Pros:

Cons: 

HTLY SPR Rotary Garden Sprinkler

Best Rotary Sprinkler for Small Gardens
Htly Spr Rotary Garden Sprinkler
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

To clear up any confusion, I should point out that rotary sprinklers are not the same as impact sprinklers.

Impact sprinklers employ a spring to turn in a circle. The swivel head advances by degrees. Rotary sprinklers use water pressure to advance continuously. The motion of an impact sprinkler is jerky while a rotary’s action is smooth. Impact sprinklers tend to be noisy and require more maintenance. 

While still affordable, the HTLY SPR costs a bit more than other sprinklers but it’s made of ABS which is a lot more durable than other plastics.

The setup controls can produce a circular pattern, a fan pattern or a straight stream.

 Pros:

Cons: 

Nelson RainTrain Travelling Sprinkler

Best Travelling Sprinkler for Very Large Gardens
Nelson RainTrain Travelling Sprinkler
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Travelling sprinklers are a bit like having a model railway in your backyard. A sprinkler head on wheels uses water pressure and an ingenious system of plastic gears to drive itself along the length of a hose. 

Travelling sprinklers are great for watering long, unbroken stretches of lawn. The Nelson RainTrain covers a distance of 61m. If you want to contain the spray within a narrow margin, you angle the spray arms slightly downward. For a wider spray, you angle them up.

Would it have killed them to include an engineer in a little cab and a woot-woot whistle every 10m? Seriously, I can’t find a single negative comment about the RainTrain. Everyone who bought one loves it to bits and praises it to the skies.

 Pros:

Cons: 

Orbit 55200 Pulse Pop-Up Impact Sprinkler

Best Impact Sprinkler for Medium Gardens
Orbit 55200 Pulse Pop-Up Impact Sprinkler
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Impact sprinklers are the most versatile and use the least water. They can be used for dust suppression and fire protection as well as irrigation. This sprinkler sits in a cup under the lawn and pops up when triggered.

Impact sprinklers need regular maintenance. Because there are more moving parts than other sprinklers, there’s more to go wrong. The sprinkler head and the water line have to be buried under the lawn so they’re also harder to set up.

That said, they’re also the most aesthetically pleasing because everything is hidden from view. 

Pros:

Cons: 

Wisdomwell Pulsating Long-Range Impact Sprinkler

Best Impact Sprinkler for Large Gardens
Wisdomwell Pulsating Long-Range Impact Sprinkler
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This is a solid, workmanlike piece of no-frills kit that gets the job done.

While the Orbit lives under the lawn, the Wisdomwell lives on top of it. As such, you can move it around to different parts of the garden. The Wisdomwell has a built-in timer so you don’t have to worry about forgetting to turn it off.

 Pros:

Cons: 

How to Buy the Best Garden Sprinklers 

When it comes to selecting sprinklers, we’re spoiled for choice. There are a lot of really good sprinklers out there and they’re all reasonably priced. To choose between them we have to satisfy the following conditions:

Water pressure

If your water pressure is good, all you have to do is pick a sprinkler compatible with the size of your garden. If it’s poor, if opening one tap causes another to slow to a dribble, you need a sprinkler that’s designed to make the most of low pressure.

The type of sprinkler

There are oscillating, rotating, and impact sprinklers. Each type has its pros and cons. All of them offer the choice between spray, which is gentler and slower but takes longer, and stream, which is quicker.

Frequently Asked Questions 

How often should I water my lawn?

You can drive yourself nuts figuring out how much rain has fallen, how much water various kinds of plants need, the consistency of the soil and how well it retains moisture, etc.

Rather than trying to establish a schedule, skip all that and get your hands on a nice, big screwdriver. Make a hole in the soil with it, then stick your finger in the hole.

At a depth of 5-6cm, if the soil feels dry, run the sprinkler for a while, watering slowly so that it has time to soak in, then test again. Keep doing that until the soil is damp to a depth of 15cm. This is called bringing the root zone up to field capacity.

The golden rule is to water deeply and infrequently. This way, your plants grow deep roots, making them drought-resistant.

When should I water?

Water early in the morning before the sun gets too hot so you don’t lose too much to evaporation.

How much water does a garden sprinkler use?

Watering with a typical sprinkler using a standard 1.5cm garden hose for one hour uses nearly 4000 litres of water; if you water twice a week, that’s about 32,000 litres a month.

Conclusion

Sprinklers are essential to that lush, smooth golf course look and healthy, properly-watered lawns will be able to resist weeds and pests. Evenly-applied watering loosens soil that has become compacted and improves drainage. By encouraging the growth of deep roots, the lawn is more resistant to drought.

Top-rated Lawn Mowers for Pet Owners UK 2023

For animal lovers, their pets are among the most important aspects of their lives. They often have large gardens for dogs to run around in or for cats, rabbits and tortoises to explore. However, these gardens need to be maintained and the grass often needs to be mowed.

If you’re a pet owner, finding the right lawn mower to maintain your garden without disturbing your pets is important. We’ve compiled a list of 7 pet-safe lawn mowers which are ideal for use around animals. 

Our TOP Pet-Friendly Lawn Mower Picks

Here are our top picks of the best lawn mowers for pet owners to buy in 2023.

Lasso Brag

Let us take a closer look at each of these mower options.

Best Lawn Mowers for Pet Owners to Buy in 2023

best lawn mowers for pet owners uk 2023

When it comes to choosing a lawn mower for a pet owner, the biggest concern is noise levels. Like humans, animals cannot be exposed to noise over a certain decibel as it can cause hearing loss or pain. It is therefore important to find a quiet mower that will get the job done.

There are many types of lawn mowers available, ranging from push mowers to ride-on or tractor mowers. Each of these options can be divided by power source, with the main options being electric or petrol.

However, the best mower types for pet owners are robotic or hover mowers as they are quieter than others. Robotic mowers can get the job done when your pets are inside the house, preventing your pets from getting hurt by the mower while ensuring your garden is maintained. 

Einhell Freelexo 1200 LCD BT Robotic Lawn Mower

Best Lawn Mower for Pet Owners with Sloped Gardens
Einhell Freelexo 1200 LCD BT Robotic Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

As part of the Power X-Change battery family, this robotic lawn mower is a must for large, sloped gardens. If you have other Einhell products that fall within this family, you can share the batteries across products.

The mower is designed to return to the charging station when it’s running low on power. Additionally, the rain sensor will prompt the mower to return to the charging station to avoid damaging the grass and soil when wet.

Each of the 3 blades can be adjusted between 20 and 60mm, allowing you to control the height of your grass. The 18cm cutting deck allows the mower to be narrow enough to fit into tight spaces that a larger mower could not access. 

Designed for large gardens up to 1200 by 1200m, this mower can reach slopes with a gradient of 35%. This means you can leave your mower to move up and down slopes unattended, giving you more freedom. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Flymo Turbo Lite 270 Electric Hover Lawn Mower

Best Mulching Mower for Pet Owners
Flymo Turbo Lite 270 Electric Hover Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

For a compact and lightweight mower suitable for your small garden, look no further than the Flymo Turbo Lite. This mower is ideal for pet owners due to the protection around the blades and the quiet noise levels. 

A powerful, 1400W motor allows this mower to get around the garden easily while getting the job done efficiently. It floats on a ‘cushion’ of air, allowing it to move easily while cutting your grass.

The wide cutting deck of 27cm allows you to tackle a larger area at a time and the blades have been designed to last longer. Additionally, this mower drops grass clippings back into your garden acting as a free and eco-friendly mulch.

Designed to be stored easily, this compact mower features useful collapsable handles. These flat handles allow your mower to hang on the wall without taking up much space. 

Due to its light weight, you can carry this mower around your lawn with little fuss. Meanwhile, the dual lever handles mean you can operate this mower with either hand, making it suitable for all.

Pros: 

Cons:

Worx Landroid M WR141E Robot Lawn Mower

Best for Medium Gardens
WORX Landroid M WR141E Robot Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

Large gardens often require specific mowers like self-propelled or push mowers. However, this powerful Landroid mower is perfect for large gardens despite its size. The 18cm cutting deck is designed to fit in narrow spaces, making it easier to manoeuvre around obstacles. 

Smart auto-scheduling allows your mower to learn the layout of your garden and create a schedule around it. The built-in cloud computing will then cause the mower to adjust its mowing patterns to suit the speed at which your grass grows. 

The built-in rain sensor will allow the mower to detect rain and cause it to return to its charging station. Although the mower is 100% weather-proof, Worx states that you cannot get a great finish when your garden is wet, hence the handy rain sensor feature.

Finally, the 120V lithium-ion battery has a quick recharge time of 90 minutes, allowing 60 minutes of operating time. This means that you can mow a garden up to 500 by 500m within that time before the battery needs to be recharged. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Black + Decker BEMWH551-GB Hover Mower

Best Lawn Mower for Uneven Terrain
BLACK + DECKER BEMWH551-GB Hover Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If your garden has slopes or obstacles, then the BEMWH551-GB is a must. It has been designed for uneven terrain, with various features making mowing your garden much easier.

The wide, 30cm cutting deck allows you to cut a larger area of grass at a time, reducing the time you need to spend maintaining your garden. These blades can then be adjusted between 20 and 40mm to allow you more flexibility when mowing your grass.

Rotary mowers are intended for thick grass, weeds and heavy bushes. This hover rotary mower is ideal for tough terrain where you may need to work through garden debris that is thicker than average grass.

Although the blades are plastic, users have found this mower still cuts well while not risking the safety of your fingers or your pets. This mower is easy to assemble, with the durable pieces slotting where they need to quickly. 

Given the smaller, compact size of this Black + Decker mower, it can easily fit into spaces that larger mowers cannot. This makes it an ideal option for cutting grass around trees or along fences. 

Pros: 

Cons:

LandXCape LX799 Robotic Mower

Best Robotic Lawn Mower for Small Gardens
LANDXCAPE LX799 300m2 Robotic Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

Ideal for small gardens up to 300 by 300m, the LandXCape robotic mower makes tending to your garden easy. Designed to mulch as it mows, this mower has 3 blades that cut grass into smaller pieces for easy spreading. 

Designed for safety, this mower has a built-in safety sensor that identifies when the mower is tilting or when it is lifted. This makes it ideal for pet owners as it will stop operating if a pet knocks it over. 

The blades can be adjusted to various heights ranging from 20 to 50mm, allowing you to set the height depending on your need. Although the cutting deck is smaller at 16cm, you do not need to operate the mower yourself. This gives you the use of caring for your garden with no effort. 

This mower has a sensor that will recognise when the battery is low. It will then return itself to the charging station, meaning you do not have to lift a finger. The lithium-ion batteries have a maximum power of 20V which ensures the mower will get the job done efficiently. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Lawn Master 33cm 1500W Electric Hover Mower

Best For Small Gardens
Lawn Master 33cm 1500W Electric Hover Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

For a manoeuvrable and lightweight mower, the Lawn Master is a great option. It is powered by a powerful 1500W motor that makes it powerful enough to get your garden maintenance done efficiently. 

The blade height can be adjusted to 4 different heights ranging from 12mm to 33mm. This allows you to adjust the blade to meet your needs depending on the season or your preferences for your garden.

A great feature of these blades is that they are reversible. So when one side becomes too blunt you can flip it and continue using the mower for longer. Once both sides of the blade are no longer sharp, you will need to sharpen them again to continue using them. 

Grass clippings are automatically returned to your garden to act as a natural fertiliser. This is done by cutting the grass, recirculating the grass through the blades and then returning them to your lawn. 

Ergonomically designed for greater comfort, the handles are foam padded so you can use the mower for longer. The handles fold down to make it easier to store the mower, saving you space in your garage or gardening shed. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Gardena Sileno City 300 Robotic Lawn Mower

Best Lawn Mower for Complex Gardens
Gardena Sileno City 300 Robotic Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you are looking for a lawn mower that mows your garden regardless of how complex the area is, the Sileno City mower is your best choice. It has been designed for gardens with slopes up to 35% making it ideal for tough terrain.

Gardena has designed a Bluetooth app with a range of 10m to allow you to control your robotic mower from a distance. This means that you can control how and when your garden is maintained without you needing to go outside. 

With a noise level of 57db(A), this mower will not inconvenience your neighbours and will not cause any harm to your pet’s ears. Additionally, this gives you the freedom to have the mower tend to your lawn while you are asleep so you wake up to a freshly cut garden.

This mower has an energy consumption of 2.5kWh per month, making it light on power and saving you money in the long run. It is ideal for wet grass and can be adjusted depending on the season. The blades can be adjusted between 20 and 55mm, giving you greater control. 

Pros: 

Cons:

How to Buy the Best Lawn Mower for Pet Owners 

Power Source

Robotic mowers can run on either petrol or electricity depending on the make and model. You’ll need to consider which power source is better for you as the ‘perfect’ mower might run on petrol when you prefer electric. 

Warranty

You never know whether your mower could break due to a piece malfunctioning or something else out of your control. It is therefore important to look for a mower that comes with a warranty. This allows you to replace a piece or have it repaired easily. 

Size

A benefit to robotic mowers is that they can be stored easily. So you need to consider the size of the mower you are planning to buy and whether it is compact enough to store in small spaces. Some mowers have charging stations that take up additional space. 

Cutting width

Larger gardens will require a mower with a larger cutting deck while small gardens can get away with a shorter cutting deck. You need to consider the size of your garden before purchasing to make sure you buy a suitable mower. 

Cutting height

Depending on your preference, you will need to adjust the cutting height which is an option for some mowers. The height you set it to depends on your preferences, the season you are in and the type of grass you have. 

Durability

Pet owners often let their animals run around the garden and you may find that your mower is in the pet’s way. This can lead to the mower being bumped or knocked over. Choose a mower that’s constructed from durable materials to avoid the mower breaking and lengthen its life span. 

Sound levels

Petrol mowers tend to be louder than electric mowers due to the size of the engine. However, as most robotic mowers are smaller, they tend to have smaller engines and are quieter. This is a good feature for pet owners as the sound will not harm their animals. 

Frequently Asked Questions

How often do mowers need maintenance?

Like most machinery, you should complete maintenance on your mower annually. During this time all pieces of the mower need to be checked and replaced if necessary and the blades need to be sharpened. This ensures your mower keeps operating correctly. 

What sound level is too loud for dogs?

Just like humans, dogs cannot handle sound levels over a certain decibel as it can cause hearing loss or damage to their ears. For dogs, this level is 85dB, after which dogs can experience hearing loss for a short or extended time. 

How long can hover mowers last before replacement?

A benefit to these mowers is that most of the parts involved can be replaced individually, so as problems arise they can easily be fixed. If you take care of your mower and ensure maintenance is done frequently, the mower should last you up to 10 years. 

What is the biggest advantage of a robotic mower?

A great benefit to robotic mowers is that they detect when their battery is running low and will return to the docking station to recharge. You do not need to do anything as this is an automatic process.

Conclusion

Now that we have looked at our top-rated mowers for pet owners, you should have a better idea of what will suit your garden while protecting your animals. We have looked at a variety of mowers with different features to benefit you.

Each mower has been evaluated on its size, power source and more to give you a clear picture of each option. Not every mower is going to suit you but that just makes choosing a mower easier as you can cross out options as you go.

If you have any questions or comments for us, please feel free to reach out.

Best Lawn Mower with Side Discharge for Fertilising UK 2023

Do you want to mow your lawn with ease and fertilise at the same time? If so, a side discharge lawn mower might be the best option for you.

In this article, we’ll give the low down on what side discharge mowers are, explain how they can help you and reveal 7 of the best options available to buy right now. 

The first tool many think about when it comes to garden care is their lawn mower. There are many factors to consider including the weight, size and power of the mower you choose. However, special features like side discharge are becoming more important for buyers.

Keep reading to discover the best lawn mowers with side discharge available.

Our TOP Lawn Mower with Side Discharge Picks

From specific mulching mowers to regular mowers with a side discharge function, here are our top picks:

Lasso Brag

Best Lawn Mowers with Side Discharge to Buy in 2023

best lawn mowers with side discharge uk 2023

When it comes to buying a lawn mower with side discharge, this isn’t the only feature to consider. If you happen to buy a push mower, the weight of the unit is important as you need to ensure it won’t cause you to tire easily.

Similarly, for the times you want to store your mower, the dimensions are important. If you have little storage space, a compact mower is better than a ride-on mower. Additional features like a collapsing handle are helpful too.

Finally, the maintenance of your mower is important. Look for a durable lawn mower that requires less maintenance than a mower that’s easy to wear down. We’ve considered all these features when evaluating our best mowers.

Murray EQ2-700X Self-Propelled Petrol Mower with Side and Rear Discharge

Best Side Discharge Lawn Mower for Thick and Wet Grass
Murray EQ2-700X Self-Propelled Petrol Mower with Side and Rear Discharge
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you are looking for a lawn mower for thick and/or wet grass, then a self-propelled mower with side discharge is an ideal option. This Murray mower has a rear and side discharge, making it suitable for all garden types. Grass clippings can be disposed of by opposite obstacles using either feature.

This mower is a cinch to start and the Briggs & Stratton 161cc engine delivers more than enough power. This power, combined with the 56cm cut width, allows you to keep medium to large lawns neat and tidy with ease. 

Additionally, this lawn mower has a 75l collection bag to store grass clippings and garden debris until they can be disposed of. This mower has been built to mulch grass clippings to make collection easier. 

As with all of these lawn mowers, it has a side discharge that allows you to mulch as you mow. This will return valuable nutrients to the soil and save you time on raking up or emptying the grass box. It is a free fertiliser and an eco-friendly way to look after your lawn. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Sprint 2691794 420SP Self-Propelled Petrol Mower 

Best Self-Propelled
Sprint 2691794 420SP Self-propelled Petrol Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

For medium to large gardens, you can’t go wrong with this self-propelled model from Sprint. It has a cutting deck of 42cm which allows larger areas of grass to be cut at a time, reducing the overall time spent on tending to your garden.

It is solidly built, and both the lawn mower and the blades should last you many years. It sports a reliable 125cc Briggs & Stratton engine. 

As a self-propelled mower with petrol power, this model may be louder than an electric model. However, the power of the mower will outweigh this as it will effectively cut mowing time. The weight of this mower makes it easy to manoeuvre and will not cause you to tire easily. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Nexus NX46SP Mulching Mower with Side Discharge

Best Petrol Mulching Mower
NEXUS NX46SP NX46SP-18 Petrol Lawn Mower with Briggs & Stratton 500E Series Engine 
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

A popular choice for a lawn mower which can mulch grass clippings easily is the Nexus NX46SP. This self-propelled, lightweight lawn mower is suitable for medium to large gardens and features a powerful and reliable Briggs & Stratton 140cc petrol engine, 500E Series. 

This lawn mower comes with 4 functions. It can collect and bag up to 60l of grass clippings and garden debris. Additionally, this versatile mower has side and rear discharge to make it easier for grass to be disposed of while caring for your lawn.

Finally, the greatest benefit of this lawn mower is that it can mulch grass clippings as they’re cut. This is done by cutting the grass into small pieces which can then be spread around your garden to act as a natural fertiliser. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Webb WER510SP Rotary Lawn Mower with Side Discharge Bag

Best Rotary Lawn Mower with Side Discharge Bag
Webb WER510SP Rotary Lawn Mower with Side Discharge Bag
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

This mower’s blades are made with durable alloy steel, helping them to last against frequent exposure to moisture in wet grass and general wear and tear. The blades can be adjusted to 7 different cutting heights depending on the need, from 25mm to 75mm.

With a formidable 173cc 4-stroke engine, this mower will power through the lawn, even long or wet grass, with speed and ease. 

The lawn mower includes a large collection bag which can hold 65l of grass clippings and garden debris. This makes it easier and more efficient to clear your garden as it needs to be emptied less frequently. An additional benefit to this is that mowing your garden takes less time.

Pros: 

Cons:

Cobra M51SPC 20″ Side Discharge Lawn Mower

Best Side Discharge Petrol Lawn Mower
Cobra M51SPC 20" Petrol Lawn Mower Self Propelled 4in1 Mulch Collect 173cc OHV Engine
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

For those looking for an electric mower with side discharge, Cobra’s lawn mower is a good option. Easy start technology makes it easier to start mowing your garden efficiently, while the style of mower is designed for ease of use.

You get fantastic power from the DG600 OHV engine and as this mower is self-propelled, it’s a breeze to get around your garden. 

A large collection bag comes with the lawn mower which can hold up to 60l of grass cuttings and garden debris at a time. This makes it easier to clean while mowing and makes disposal of cuttings easier.

Pros: 

Cons:

Einhell GC-PM 46 S HW-T Petrol Push Lawn Mower

Best Side Discharge Push Mower
Einhell GC-PM 46 S HW-T Petrol Push Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

Einhell has long been one of my favourite lawn mower brands and the GC-PM 46 S HW-T does not disappoint. Clearly, I am not alone as this model is popular and highly rated. This mower is ideal for smaller gardens as you need to push the lawn mower around. 

You need to consider the weight of this mower as it may be too heavy for some to push around tough terrain. However, with a large cutting deck of 46cm, the job should be completed in good time. This is ideal for lawn care as you may have more than just grass cutting to get done. 

The steerable front wheel makes directing the mower easier while working. There are 8 options for cut height and it is simple to adjust. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Webb WER460SP Self-Propelled Rotary Mower

Best Budget Lawn Mower for Large Lawns
Webb Supreme WER 460 SP Rotary Petrol Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

Designed to make caring for large gardens easier, the Webb rotary lawn mower has plenty of features to make mowing less effort. A large 55l collection bag allows you to mow for longer before it needs to be emptied. 

Additionally, a cutting deck of 46cm allows you to tackle large areas efficiently. The height of the blades can be adjusted from 25mm to 75mm in 7 positions, allowing you to choose the right height for your garden. This will allow for the type of grass and the season, as well as your preference.

Powered by a 141cc DVO 140 series engine, this mower is powerful and ideal for medium to large gardens. 

Users have stated that this lawn mower is good value for money. They have found that it is easy to assemble on first arrival, and easy to use in their gardens. This mower has been designed to manoeuvre around features in your garden easily.

Pros: 

Cons:

How to Buy the Best Lawn Mower with Side Discharge

Power Source

There are various types of mowers with different power sources, including electric, push mowers and petrol mowers. Petrol mowers tend to be louder than electric mowers.

Warranty

With machinery that involves multiple moving pieces, there is always the risk that something might break before or during use. Looking for a mower with a warranty can help as it means the company may replace faulty parts or the entire mower. 

Maintenance

Depending on the frequency of use and the materials used, your mower may require more frequent maintenance. This includes sharpening the blades, clearing petrol lines and general repairs to the body of the mower.

Cutting width

The cutting width of your lawn mower is important, particularly for large gardens. A lawn mower with a smaller cutting deck will be impractical for larger gardens. In this case, a larger cutting width is important. 

Weight

Depending on the type of lawn mower you want, you need to ensure that the weight of the mower is not an issue. Push mowers should be lightweight to make it easier to move around your garden.

Durability

Finding a durable lawn mower which stands up to frequent use is the best option long term. It shouldn’t need frequent maintenance and will be a good investment in your garden care. 

Type

Choosing a specific type of mower is important but can be difficult. Larger gardens may require a large ride-on mower while smaller gardens may be more suitable for a push or electric mower. 

Budget

Cost is always a factor to consider. You don’t want to go for a budget mower that does a poor job or falls apart after a few months. That being said, there are many quality side discharge mowers that are excellent value for money. The more expensive options tend to be a bit more powerful and include some additional bells and whistles. 

Frequently Asked Questions

What are some side discharge mower advantages?

Some advantages of side discharge mowers include effective cutting of wet grass, efficient mowing and non-stop mowing. When aimed correctly, the side discharge feature returns grass clippings to the garden, providing an effective, natural fertiliser. 

Side vs rear discharge mower: what is the difference?

With a rear discharge mower, you can take an efficient path through the garden. The grass clippings will be disposed of behind you, which makes for easy cleanup. Meanwhile, with side discharge mowers you need to cut grass against obstacles with the chute facing the other way.

Lawn mower side discharge vs mulching: is there a difference?

The primary difference between side discharge and mulching mowers is the type of blades used. Mulching mowers have curved blades which cut grass clippings into small pieces. Side discharge mowers cut grass clippings into uniform pieces and dispose of the grass through an opening.

What is a side discharge ride on a mower?

Ride-on mowers have a seat on which the user can sit while mowing their lawn. These mowers cut grass clippings into manageable pieces and suck the clippings into the machine. After which, the grass clippings are disposed of from a chute on the side of the mower. 

What type of grass is suitable for side discharge lawn mowers?

Lawn mowers with side discharge work well for wet or tall grass. They work effectively through the grass and help move the grass clippings back into the garden to be broken down as fertiliser.

Conclusion

Now that we have looked at our top picks of the best lawn mowers with side discharge, you should have a clearer idea of the options available.

Each of these lawn mowers has been compared based on factors including the weight and dimensions of the lawn mower to judge the manoeuvrability and ease of storage, and the power and cutting deck which will determine how long it takes to mow a particular lawn. 

If you have any questions or comments, please let us know below.

Best Lawn Mowers for Small Gardens (Lightweight) UK 2023

Whether you live in a cottage, a townhouse or a semi-detached home, there’s often a lawn and grass to be cut. To keep your lawn in tip-top shape, you’ll need the best lawn mower for the job. 

A small garden is anything from 150m² (the area of a tennis court) or less, up to about 300m², at which point it becomes medium-sized. The question is, how do you keep this small space neat and tidy and looking good without resorting to a professional gardening service?

To make you aware of what’s out there, we’ve reviewed a selection of fit-for-purpose lightweight lawn mowers.  Keep reading to discover the best mowers for a modest patch.

TOP Lightweight Lawn Mowers

12/19/2023 04:10 am GMT Lasso Brag

The Best Lawn Mowers for Small Gardens 

best lawn mowers for small gardens uk

Einhell FREELEXO 300 Solo

Best Robot Mower for Small Lawns
Einhell FREELEXO 300 Solo
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

While not the most cost-effective solution, an automower is by far the most satisfying. Bury a boundary wire around the perimeter (guide wires are ancient history), pick a spot for the charging station, dock the automower and you’re good to go.

When the robot mower’s battery is charged, it will sally forth, mowing as it goes. When the battery gets low, it will find its way to the boundary wire, follow it back to the charging station, and the cycle will repeat itself.

The body of this mower is tough ABS plastic, the stuff that Lego is made from. It’s heat-resistant, durable, lightweight and in many ways superior to its metal equivalent.

Robot mower safety technology is still in its infancy. As more are sold, safety will improve. In the meantime, don’t wear sandals around an automower, and keep them away from children and pets.

Pros:

Cons: 

Bosch CityMower

Best Cordless Lawn Mower for Small Gardens
Bosch Cordless CityMower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

If you live in a built-up area in close proximity to your neighbours, you need one of these mowers. Cordless mowers are clean and quiet.

This is a light and nifty lawn mower that is easy to move. It has a 32cm cut width so is ideal for lawns up to 300m². Being cordless you have fantastic freedom of movement. 

Wiping it down with a damp cloth is just about all the maintenance it will ever need (just make sure you remove the battery first). The brushless motor is electric so there’s no need to replace spark plugs or oil filters. The brushless motor also reduces noise and extends the battery life. 

Pros:

Cons: 

Husqvarna Flymo EasiLife 150 GO

Best Lawn Mower for Small Gardens
Flymo EasiLife 150 GO Robotic Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

In many ways a little brother to the Einhell Freelexo, at 6.1kg the EasiLife Go is super-light and feature-rich. FrostSense will keep it home, docked to its charging station if the weather is too cold to cut grass without damaging it. PassageSense adapts the mowing pattern to narrow strips of lawn while LawnSense tracks rainfall and sunlight, then adapts its schedule to how fast the grass is growing.

The EasiLife Go smartphone app provides a host of programming options not accessible through the hardware interface, allowing you to customise the mower to exactly suit your kind of garden.

Robot mowers are not suitable for households with small children, nor should you go barefoot or wear open-toed sandals around them.

Pros:

Cons: 

Bosch AHM 38 G

Bosch AHM 38 G Manual Garden Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

If the quality of the cut is important to you and you want a nice, full, even, springy lawn, you can’t do better than a push mower.

Most push mowers have two blades: a horizontal crossbar and a spinning cylinder. Whereas a power mower cuts by slashing, a push mower tweezers it up, cutting the grass with a scissor action. The result is much more pleasing to the eye, a cleaner cut with no torn or ragged edges.

Pros:

Cons: 

Mountfield Electress

Best Lightweight Lawn Mower with Grass Box
Mountfield Battery Lawnmower Electress
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Another cordless mower, this time skewed towards the larger small garden, is the Mountfield Electress.

The Electress is a serious piece of kit. Not only have its lithium-ion batteries got a 4 ampere-hour capacity, but they also supply 20 volts each, more than enough to cut a 350m² area.

Its guide bar isn’t foldable but for storage purposes, if you replace the guide bar bolts with wingnuts, you can detach it entirely in a few seconds.

Pros: 

Cons: 

Husqvarna Flymo Turbo Lite 250

Best Lightweight Lawn Mower for the Elderly
Flymo Turbo Lite 250 Electric Hover Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

One advantage of a small garden is that you don’t need extra extension cords to run an electric mower.

The Flymo Turbo Lite 250 is a hover mower. Instead of wheels, it rides on a cushion of air, making it easy to push and highly manoeuvrable.

It has a 1400W motor for tackling slopes and the type of unevenness we generally associate with molehills.

Pros:

Cons: 

Black+Decker BEMWH551-GB

Best Lawn Mower for Uneven Terrain
BLACK + DECKER BEMWH551-GB Hover Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This is one of those situations where a product’s issues are more than offset by its price tag.

This mower has a poorly-constructed guide bar that works loose if you don’t keep it tightened. It’s also inclined to vibrate excessively, although this could be because the user hasn’t assembled it properly.

Even with those deficits, it’s still a good buy, especially for small gardens. At 7.5kg, it’s a breeze to handle, easy to push and light enough to hang out of the way on the wall when you’re done.

Pros:

Cons: 

Bosch Rotak 32R

Best Budget Electric Lawn Mower
Bosch Rotak 32R Electric Rotary Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Corded mowers effectively combine the benefits of a battery mower (zero emissions, quiet operation and low maintenance) with those of a petrol mower (sustained power and continuous running time).

The Rotak32R comes equipped with a grass comb for onboard edge-trimming, so you won’t need a strimmer to give your lawn its final polish.

Pros:

Cons: 

How to Buy the Best Mower for Small Gardens 

Weight

In the weight stakes, cordless mowers win every time. Where robot and cordless self-propelled mowers are concerned, weight is crucial. Lightweight mowers consume less battery power and run for longer. Light mowers are nimble and easier to move around a small garden. 

Materials

Ideally, the motor should be metal and the body plastic. Polymers like ABS are strong, heat- and impact-resistant and very durable. They don’t crack and break or lose their tensile strength over time.

They’re also very light, lighter in fact than aluminium. This is important where mowers are concerned, it means they’re both more manoeuvrable and easier to put away.

Size 

Another aspect worth considering is size. Small, compact mowers can get into spots larger mowers can’t, like that narrow strip of grass between the path and the wall.

Some manufacturers of robot mowers claim you don’t have to bury the boundary wire. This is true in an ideal world where nothing ever goes wrong. In the real world, the boundary wire eventually sags, despite the tension hooks that keep it taut. The mower invariably finds this weak spot and runs over the wire, cutting it in two. 

A boundary wire two or three inches underground, while out-of-reach of its blade, is still detectable to the automower’s sensors.

If you have moles in your garden, it’s worthwhile to check occasionally for any damage they might be doing to the boundary wire.

Cost

The price range is quite large so consider your needs and your budget. Invest in a lawn mower that will do the work you require, last for many years and be reliable. 

FAQs

What type of lawn mower is easiest to use?

The easiest, in the long run, is a robot automower. Once installed and programmed with a mowing schedule, it can be left to its own devices.

What size mower do I need for a small yard?

The smaller, lighter, and more compact, the better. Small yards are rife with awkward, hard-to-reach spots that only a small mower or a strimmer with wheels or skates can cut evenly.

Does mower size matter?

A mower with a broad cutting width will do the job faster but you won’t be able to cut the narrow and awkwardly shaped patches. A narrow cutting width will take longer but, if it has a grass comb, you won’t have to clean up the edges with a strimmer.

How do I make my small garden lawn mower last?

Storing a lawn mower in a dry place is key. Wipe it down thoroughly after each use, taking note of any wear and tear that might prove problematic later. Sharpening the blade with a whetstone from time to time will improve the cut and reduce strain on the motor.

Conclusion

If the quality of the cut is important to you, a robot or a push mower are your best options. If not, a cordless or electric will do. Petrol mowers are a measure of last resort, being better suited to big gardens or allotments.

A small garden is best served by a small mower, the smaller, lighter and more compact the better. To get a better sense of scale, take some measurements, study the dimensions of your prospective purchase and take a walk around the garden looking for potential trouble spots. Give yourself time to process data before you make a decision. You can’t go wrong with any of the products we have recommended. 

If you have any questions or comments, please let us know below. 

Best Ride on Mowers & Tractors for Comfortable Mowing UK 2023

If you have a small to medium-sized garden, you can get away with using a self-propelled or push mower. However, larger gardens require more power which cannot be delivered by smaller lawn mowers. A ride on lawn mower is often the best choice. 

This is where lawn tractors and ride-on mowers come in handy. There are so many options available on the market, making it difficult to choose the best garden tractor for you. 

We have compiled a list of our 7 best ride-on lawn mowers to help you choose what is best for you. Each of these options has been compared on size, power and more.  

Our TOP Ride on Mowers and Tractor Picks for Comfortable Mowing

Here is a quick overview of our top 8 picks for the best sit-down lawn mower.

Lasso Brag

Best Ride on Lawn Mowers for Comfort to Buy in 2023

best ride on mowers uk 2023

When it comes to buying a driving lawn mower, it can be difficult to identify the best option from the many available. There are several factors that could make a specific model suitable to you and your needs.

For instance, if you are looking for the best ride on mower for 1.5 acres, you’ll need a machine that’s powerful enough to run through the entire plot before it needs recharging or refilling. 

Similarly, for large gardens that require more time, you need to ensure that you are comfortable. So, the additional features that ensure comfort during use will be more important. 

Finally, the power source is important. If you have a large garden that takes a long time to mow, then a garden tractor that needs to be recharged every 30 minutes may not be ideal. A petrol or diesel mower could prove to be a better option. 

Oleo-Mac OM93/16K Lawn Tractor

Best Ride-On Mower for Steep Slopes
Oleo-Mac OM93/16K Lawn Tractor
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

Grass collection and mulching are no issue for the powerful Oleo-Mac lawn mower. Although this mower doesn’t come with side discharge, the mulch produced by the mower can be collected in the 290l bag and then spread around your garden. 

Developed to move up steep slopes while keeping you comfortable, this mower has a smooth transition between speeds. This allows you to keep going without stalling or pausing, making it ideal for steep slopes and moving around obstacles. 

The 4-stroke petrol engine helps this mower reach a maximum speed of 8.8km/hr forwards and 3.8km/hr in reverse. This allows the mower to keep going as it encounters obstacles like steep slopes, rough terrain and long grass. 

This lawn tractor has been developed with 2 blades on a 92cm cutting deck. Given that this mower has mulching and collection in mind, the blades are meant to cut the grass into small enough pieces to spread around your garden. Each blade can be adjusted to 7 positions, between 25 and 80mm. 

For large gardens up to 4000 sqm, this mower is the best option. It is powerful enough to get the job done in less time, with an additional benefit being the warranty. The 3-year warranty gives you peace of mind should you encounter any issues with your mower. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Feider FRE7548V Electric Ride-On Mower

Best Ride-On Mower for Paddocks
Feider FRE7548V Electric Ride-On Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you’re searching for a ride-on mower for rough ground,  the Feider FRE7548V is one of the best. Suitable for most terrains with an incline of 15 degrees, its minimal vibration and cruise control allows you to mow your garden in comfort.

This mower has a powerful lithium-ion battery which allows the mower to increase to speeds of 8km/hr forwards and 3.2km/hr in reverse. Additional features include mulching power and side discharge, allowing you to fertilise your garden in an eco-friendly way.

With a compact design, this mower is an ideal option for use in paddocks and we rate is as the best ride-on mower for uneven ground. It’s easily manoeuvrable and efficient, leaving a clean and tidy patch for animals. 

Recommended for areas between 3000 and 4000 square metres, this mower works well on plots of land of up to an acre. The quiet operations make this a suitable mower for residential and farming use as it won’t disturb neighbours or animals. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Stiga Tornado 398M Lawn Tractor 

Best Ride-On Mulching Lawn Mower
Stiga Tornado 398 M Side-Discharge Lawn Tractor
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you’re looking for a ride-on mower to mulch grass as you go in comfort, then the Stiga Tornado is a very good choice. This mower has been designed with a side discharge option as well as a mulching function. 

Mulching is a natural way to fertilise your garden with little effort. The mulch can be collected and discharged through the side of the mower, spreading the pieces back onto your garden. 

Powered by a Stiga 352cc engine, this tractor mower is a powerful unit that can get the job done efficiently. The petrol tank has a capacity of 6l, so you can get quite a bit of work done before needing to refuel. 

The 98cm cutting deck is a brilliant feature as it helps to care for larger areas at once. Designed for a working area of 4500m by 4500m, this lawn mower is ideal for large gardens or gardens that require frequent work. 

A good feature of this tractor mower is that the blade height can be adjusted to 7 different positions, ranging from 25mm to 80mm. This allows you more control over the height of the grass in various areas of the garden.

Pros: 

Cons:

Yard Force E559 Electric Ride-On Mulching Mower

Best Ride-On Lawn Mower for Large Gardens
Yard Force E559 Battery-Powered Electric Ride-On Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

Capable of reaching speeds of 12.9km/h forward and 8km/h while mowing, this E559 electric tractor mower is ideal for large areas and rough terrain. Additionally, a mow-in-reverse function allows you to double back if needed.

For greater control over your garden and how it is tended to, this mower gives you multiple cutting heights. You can adjust the height of the blades to 1 of 12 positions, ranging from a height of 38 to 114mm. 

Equipped with an anti-tip frame, this mower is powered by a 56V lithium-ion battery. This allows the mower to operate powerfully and get the job done efficiently without risking your safety or comfort. 

Users have found that the greatest benefit of this mower is the silent operation. This gives them more control over when they can use their mower and does not pose as great a threat to their hearing as a petrol mower would. 

An excellent benefit to this mower is the 2-year warranty. Should you experience an issue, Yard Force will be able to help you sort out any problems. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Feider FRT-7550M Compact Ride-On Lawn Mower with Manual Drive

Best Ride-On Mower for 1 Acre
Feider FRT-7550M Compact Ride-On Lawn Mower with Manual Drive
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

Designed for comfort and ease of use, the Feider compact mower is among the best options for 1-acre plots of land. With cutting height options ranging from 20 to 90mm, which can be adjusted using an easy lever, this mower is powerful and effective. 

The 432cc 4-stroke engine is ideal for larger gardens as it is powerful enough to keep going despite obstacles. With a 4.2l petrol tank, you can get the job done efficiently before needing to refuel, making it ideal for large plots of land. 

With manual drive, you can shift this ride-on mower into 5 forward positions and 1 reverse, getting the mower to speeds of 1.5km/hr to 8km/hr when moving forward. This is a benefit if your garden or plot of land has any obstacles such as trees and bushes, or garden features. 

Ideal for large gardens up to 5000 by 5000m (more than an acre), this powerful mower gets the job done efficiently. The 4.2l petrol tank ensures that you can power your mower for as long as needed without needing to stop and refuel. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Stiga Gyro 500e Electric Axial Ride-On Mower

Best Electric Ride-On Mower
Stiga Gyro 500e ’Drive-by-Wire Electric Battery-Powered Axial Ride-On Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

For a quiet and powerful ride-on mower, the electric 500e tractor is an excellent option. Part of the Stiga series 5, this mower is designed to be a quieter and more efficient way to care for your garden. Suitable for areas up to 5000 by 5000m, the Gyro is a good option for large plots of land. 

Using a side-discharge system, this mower is ideal for those who want to use mulch in their gardens. The blades can be adjusted to one of 8 positions, ranging from a cutting height of 25 to 105mm. This gives you more control over the appearance of your garden and the size of your cuttings. 

A lithium-ion battery powers this mower, ensuring you get the job done efficiently and without delay. It takes approximately 2.5 hours to charge the battery, meaning you can charge it overnight before needing to use it again. 

A downside of this mower is that it has a maximum slope of 15 degrees, meaning you cannot use it for steep slopes. However, if your garden or plot of land is flat, then this is a good option. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Simplicity Broadmoor SYT410 Garden Tractor

Best Ride-On Mower with Roller
Simplicity Broadmoor SYT410 Garden Tractor
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

Made from durable materials, this SYT410 ride-on mower is a good option if you are looking for rear rollers. The full-width rollers help to squash grass, vegetation and topsoil. This creates a stripe effect on the grass, making it the best ride-on mower for stripes on our list. 

A fabricated steel mower deck means this mower will remain resistant to moisture during use. Similarly, a cast iron front axle means this mower is durable and will last longer than a mower made with cheaper materials. 

The height of the blades can be adjusted between 3.2 to 10.2cm, allowing you to alter it depending on the need, such as around pavements or walkways. Smooth acceleration both in reverse and forward pairs well with the tight turning radius. This allows greater control when caring for your lawn.

Finally, a benefit to buying the Simplicity mower is that it comes with a 3-year limited warranty. Should you experience any issues with the mower, the company can help you repair or replace the problem part. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Racing 6224PR Compact Ride-On Mower

Best Ride-On Lawn Mower with Collector
Racing 6224PR Compact Ride-On Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

As an efficient and compact tractor mower, the 6224PR is an excellent option. It has 4 forward and 1 reverse option, allowing you to set the speed to match the terrain and need. The speed of the mower can go from 1.5 to 4.6km/h forwards and 2.3km/h in reverse. 

If you are looking for the best small ride-on mower, then this Racing mower is a good option. The narrow, 61cm cutting deck means that it may take longer to tackle large areas while giving you the benefit of easier manoeuvrability. 

This mower comes with a high-capacity and powerful 4-stroke engine which works with an electric start system. Combined with a narrow body that allows the mower to fit into narrow areas, you can get the job done efficiently regardless of the size of your garden.

Finally, the spacious design of the mower means you can sit comfortably while operating the machinery. It has been designed to last against frequent use, with a durable steel cutting deck. This is a benefit as steel is an anti-corrosive material which will not rust when exposed to water.

Pros: 

Cons:

How to Buy the Best Tractor Mower in 2023

Power source

Various factors may influence whether you buy an electric or petrol tractor mower. Electric mowers tend to be quieter due to the smaller engine. However, petrol mowers are more powerful and are better suited for tough terrain and larger gardens. 

Maintenance

Ride on mowers require frequent maintenance, making it a good idea to go to a professional. The blades need to be sharpened and cleaned, the belts need to be checked and the oil needs to be changed. It is a lot to take on, but it is a necessity. 

Durability

Large gardens will require maintenance more often than smaller gardens. You will therefore need to use your ride-on mower more often, leading to wear and tear. It is important to buy a mower that’s built with durable materials that won’t break with frequent use. 

Cutting width

Garden tractors often have a larger cutting deck due to the size of the machine. This makes it easier to tackle larger parts of your garden at a time. An additional feature to look for is adjustable blade heights to add more variety. 

Warranty

When buying a machine with many moving parts, a warranty is a must. If you experience any issues with your lawn tractor or with a part, then the company you bought it from will replace or repair the issue for you. This is only possible with a warranty in place. 

Frequently Asked Questions

Are riding lawn mowers worth it?

When it comes to large gardens or plots of land up to 1 acre, riding mowers are well worth it. These mowers have larger cutting decks and are more powerful. This makes it easier to deal with large areas and get the job done efficiently. 

How long do tractor mowers last?

When taken care of correctly, many users have found that they can get a good 6 to 10 years out of their mowers. This is only with correct maintenance and when issues are spotted and dealt with swiftly. 

How long can you leave petrol in a ride-on mower?

Unfortunately, oil petrol left in a mower can go bad in 2 to 4 weeks. If it is left any longer, it can cause damage to your mower and will be expensive to repair. It is therefore important to ensure you are changing out your oil frequently. 

How often do tractor mowers require maintenance?

To get the most out of your ride-on mower, it is important to tune it at least once a year. Although it only takes 30 minutes to do, this is an important step and should not be ignored. 

What parts of a ride-on mower need to be maintained?

The outside of your mower needs to be cleaned, after which moving parts need to be lubricated. Next, the air filter needs to be changed and the spark plugs replaced. Finally, change the oil in the mower and check the mower belts. 

Conclusion

Now that we have looked at our top picks, you should have a clearer idea of which ride on lawn mower is suitable for your needs. Each of our recommendations could be a good option for you, with the main differences being based on technical aspects.

Each ride-on lawn mower has been evaluated on its power source, the size of the cutting deck and the special features that could benefit you. Depending on the terrain in your garden and your own preferences, these features could make or break an option for you. 

If you have any comments or questions, please feel free to reach out.

Best Lawn Aerators for Healthy & Lush Grass UK 2023

Over time, the soil underneath the lawn will become compacted. Above ground, a thick impenetrable layer of thatch and organic debris develops, preventing air, water and nutrients from reaching the grasses root system. If you want a lush, healthy lawn, chances are that you need a good lawn aerator.

Aeration is the process of making holes in the lawn to create ventilation. You could use a simple fork, but solid or hollow-tined manual aerators will provide more effective aeration. Electric machines are also available for more extensive gardens.

Scarifying will remove the thatch and debris, but aeration is needed to remove or loosen the compacted soil beneath the lawn.

We have reviewed the most popular aerators and compiled a list of the best models on the market, both manual and powered, helping you to find the lawn aerator best suited to your requirements.

best lawn aerators uk 2023

Our Grass Aerators TOP Picks

Lasso Brag

Best Lawn Aerators

Listed below are what we consider to be the eight best Lawn Aerators:

  1. Walensee Lawn Coring Aerator
  2. Einhell RG-SA 1433 Electric Scarifier & Lawn Aerator
  3. Agri-Fab 48-inch Tow Behind Plug Aerator
  4. Hyundai 1500w Electric Lawn Scarifier & Aerator
  5. Ohuhu Lawn Aerator Shoes
  6. Greenkey Rolling Lawn Aerator & Grass Spiker
  7. Ames 2917400 4 Spike Lawn Aerator
  8. Swardman Professional Stainless Steel Hollow Tine Aerator

Walensee Lawn Coring Aerator

Best Lawn Aerator for Small Gardens
Walensee Lawn Coring Aerator
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

We rate the Walensee Lawn Coring Aerator as the best aerator on the UK market. The Walensee is an affordable, effective and sturdy hollow tine aerator designed for manual operation in small to medium-sized gardens.

The Walensee lawn aerator is a t-shaped manual fork aerator with two prongs that extract cores from the lawn to relieve compaction and dethatching, allowing air, water and nutrients to get down to the root system.

This aerator is constructed from heavy-duty, lightweight steel and feels light but sturdy. The T-Bar handle is padded, making it easy to grip and it provides a comfortable stance while aerating.

The foot bar provides extra leverage and the foot ring is a good size to fit even large shoes or work boots.

Tapered and unique conical prongs ensure easy, deep penetration of the lawn. Cores approximately 10cm deep and 2cm in diameter are quickly ejected and it works effectively on all soil types.

Pros:

Cons

Einhell RG-SA 1433 Electric Scarifier & Lawn Aerator

Best Walk Behind Lawn Aerator for Small to Medium Lawns
Einhell RG-SA 1433 Electric Scarifier and Lawn Aerator
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

A manual aerator works well for small gardens, but if you have a medium to large-sized lawn, aerating becomes labour-intensive and it would be advisable to use an electric-powered aerator.

The Einhell RG-SA 1433 is a 2-in-1 aerator and scarifier with a 48-claw aerator roller and a 20-blade, stainless steel spike drum for scarifying. Both are ball-bearing mounted to ensure smooth operation.

Although the body and wheels on this model are all made of plastic, it feels robust and solid. Changing from the aerator to the scarifier roller is a simple operation and can be done quickly using an Allen key that is supplied and always at hand as it can be attached to the handle.

A 1400-watt electric motor delivers more than enough power for scarifying and has three adjustable heights. It is advisable to test the height on a separate patch of grass to get the settings right, especially when using the aerator, so you don’t damage your lawn accidentally.

The Einhell’s height-adjustable handle allows you to get into a comfortable position and it can be folded up for easy storage. The 28-litre capacity collection bag only tends to collect about 75% of the debris but does at least assist in cleaning up.

This machine is perfect for those making a fresh start to reviving their dying grass. 

Pros:

Cons:

Agri-Fab 48-inch Tow Behind Plug Aerator

Best Tow Behind and Heavy Duty Plug Aerator
Agri-Fab 48-inch Tow Behind Plug Aerator
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

The Agri-Fab plug aerator has 32 galvanised plugs that will penetrate to a depth of 7.6cm. It’s the ideal heavy-duty lawn aerator when you have heavy soil and large areas to aerate. As with all tow-behind aerators, you will need a lawn tractor to attach to the universal hitch.

The plug aerator is best used in late autumn or spring when the moisture content of the soil is at its highest. Due to its 63.5 kg weight tray, the AgrFab Plug-Type Aerator can penetrate the most challenging soil types.

Heat-treated steel coring points remove 2cm plugs from the lawn. They won’t break or buckle under heavy loads, and with a 122cm working width, you can cover a large area with each pass.

The cantilever transport handle enables the plugs to be raised and lowered easily, while the ten-inch tires roll smoothly even over rutted terrain.

Pros:

Cons:

Hyundai 1500w Electric Lawn Scarifier & Aerator

Best Aerator for Medium to Large Lawns
Hyundai 1500w Electric Lawn Scarifier & Aerator
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

The powerful Hyundai 1500W Electric Scarifier/Aerator includes a 10-metre power cable. It is ideal for spongy or sparse lawns and lawns prone to flooding. It features adjustable handles for comfort while aerating, the handles are also foldable for easy storage.

This lawn mower is lightweight, weighing only 11.5kg, and the robust wheels make this unit easy and comfortable to move around. At the same time, the designed wide treads protect the lawn from damage while using the aerator.

The 36cm working width with 20 hardened steel blades will work efficiently across a large lawn removing moss, lawn thatch and dead grass when scarifying or cutting into the ground when aerating.

The Hyundai HYSC1500E has five working depths ranging from -12mm to 10mm and the depth can be controlled using an adjustment lever.

When used as an aerator, this machine cuts into the lawn to create air pockets and should be set at -6mm for the best results. If it is set lower, too much lawn will be dug up.

Although the 45-litre collection bag is a good size, not all the debris will be collected and raking will be necessary to remove all the cuttings.

Pros:

Cons:

Ohuhu Lawn Aerator Shoes

Best Lawn Aerator Shoes
Ohuhu Lawn Aerator Shoes
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

Ohuhu Lawn Aerator Shoes are spiked aerator shoes that attach to the bottom of regular shoes using velcro straps.

They are easy to fit and remove, fully adjustable and can fit both male and female shoe sizes. Anti-slip pads connect to the sole of your boots, helping to prevent slipping.

Each shoe has 13 spikes, approximately 5cm long, that can penetrate all soil types for effective aerating. These spikes are also replaceable if required.

While these aerator shoes are easy to use, you will have to get used to walking in them as initially, it will be challenging to maintain balance. Aerator shoes work best on a lawn that has been thoroughly watered. If the soil is dry, the spikes can be difficult to push into the ground.

Ohuhu Aerator shoes are a quick and easy way to aerate your lawn and are ideal for busy gardeners as they can aerate the lawn while performing other tasks in the garden.

Pros:

Cons:

Greenkey Rolling Lawn Aerator & Grass Spiker

Best Rolling Lawn Aerator
Greenkey Rolling Lawn Aerator & Grass Spiker
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

The Greenkey Rolling Lawn Aerator is a lightweight aerator made with sturdy spikes. It’s perfect for aerating small lawns and will effectively loosen the soil, allowing air, water and fertiliser to reach the roots.

This aerator has a T-bar handle grip with an adjustable shaft for the most comfortable height. The drum is 30cm wide, narrow enough to manoeuvre around smaller areas, making it one of the better aerators for smaller gardens.

The Greenkey Aerator includes 30, 45mm long metal spikes that work well to aerate moist ground. However, it must be noted that for this unit to be effective, the soil must be damp. This unit is relatively light and the spikes will have difficulty penetrating hard ground.

Assembly of this unit can take time and will require more tools than those supplied.

Pros:

Cons:

Ames 2917400 4 Spike Lawn Aerator

Best Manual Spike Aerator
Ames 2917400 4 Spike Lawn Aerator
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

The Ames 4-Spike Lawn Aerator is built for aerating smaller lawns. It has four spikes that are manually pushed into the ground to allow water, oxygen and nutrients to reach the grassroots. This aerator is perfect for those with small gardens and little storage space.

The Ames aerator isn’t hollow-tined, so it won’t remove a plug from the soil, but it is still very effective.  Four 6mm spikes, create holes that will allow air, water and nutrients to get deeper into the soil.

The stirrup design and foot bar make it easy to insert the spikes into the soil. This is an affordable, simple, comfortable and easy-to-use tool that’s ideal for small gardens.

Pros:

Cons:

Swardman Professional Stainless Steel Hollow Tine Aerator

Best Aerator for Clay Soils
Swardman Professional Stainless Steel Hollow Tine Fork Aerator
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Features

The Swardman hollow-tine aerator is made entirely of stainless steel and is built to last. If one of the tines breaks, it can easily be replaced as spare tines are sold separately. The fork features three hollow tines, 90 mm apart, with a length of 130 mm and an internal diameter of 16mm.

This aerator includes specially designed open-faced tubes, not solid cylinders like most plug aerators, reducing the possibility of soil getting blocked in the tines.

This aerator is more expensive than other manual hollow-tine aerators. Still, it is sturdily built with durable materials and is one of the best if you are looking for an efficient hollow-tine aerator for clay soil.

Pros:

Cons:

How to Buy the Best Lawn Aerators

There are many factors to consider when choosing an aerator. For example, do you want something with more power or an aerator you have more control over? Also, is your soil soft or thick with clay?

This buyer guide will provide information and advice on the various lawn aerator products to give you a better idea of choosing the aerator best suited to your needs.

Aerator Types

The type of aerator you choose will depend on the condition and size of your lawn and your personal preferences and skills. For example, if you have a thatch problem, a 2-in-1 aerator/scarifier may be an option.

Powered Aerators

The main advantage of powered aerators is that they are powerful, quicker, labour-saving and are generally used on more extensive lawns. In addition, powered aerators typically come as a 2-in-1 combination that also scarifies, a bonus if you have a thatch problem.

It’s important to note that powered aerators use metal blades that create shallow slits rather than deep holes. Although they will help maintain a healthy lawn by allowing air, water and nutrients to move through the top layer of soil, they are ineffective if you have clay soil.

Powered aerators are also more expensive, especially considering that you will only use them twice yearly and require more space to store them.

Types of Powered Aerators

Powered aerators are available in electric, cordless or petrol models:

Roller Spike Aerators

The rolling drum garden aerator is a popular type of aerator. They are affordable and effective at getting the job done. It has two wheels that propel a drum with spikes attached to push down into the lawn creating small thin holes.

As a guide, 27 spikes will give you about 180 spikes per square metre, and the spikes should be at least 5cm long to ensure that they penetrate the soil deeply. Also, check that the roller is heavy enough to push the pines quickly into the ground.

Aerator Spike Shoes

Aerator spike shoes are cheap and easy to use and are most effective on soft ground and in small gardens. They look like the soles of a shoe with spikes and are attached to your shoes using Velcro straps.

They are a “one size fits all” type of attachment and must be properly tightened to avoid the shoes falling off. Once tightly fitted, you walk on top of the grass, and the spikes will push down into the lawn and allow air and water to reach the roots.

The ground must be soft enough to allow the spikes to penetrate quickly. In addition, you will have to get used to walking on them as, initially, it will be challenging to maintain balance.

Manual Aerators

There are two different methods of aerating your lawn manually:

  1. Spiking – involves solid spikes to create holes in the ground that are a couple of millimetres wide and several centimetres deep to allow air, water and fertiliser to reach the grassroots.
  2. Hollow tining –the process of pushing hollow tines into the ground to remove cylindrical plugs of turf a centimetre wide and a few centimetres deep. This method is perfect for aerating compacted and clay soil.

Frequently Asked Questions

What is the Best Type of Lawn Aerator?

The manual hollow tine aerator is excellent at removing and providing the best aeration, and many quality models in the UK market will eject the plugs efficiently. However, although arguably the most effective method of aerating your lawn, it is labour-intensive and will tire you out quickly.

How Long should Lawn Aerator spikes be?

You can spike your turf between 5cm and 15cm using a rolling lawn aerator, aerator sandals or multi-prong aerators. Aerating with spikes can be repeated every few months.

How much does it cost to rent a Lawn Aerator?

It costs around £45 plus a £100 deposit to rent a solid or hollow tine petrol lawn aerator for one day. It may not include petrol. Prices may vary according to the time of year and where you rent the equipment.

Roller spike aerators can be rented at roughly £16 per day

When is the best time to aerate your lawn?

Usually, the best time to aerate your lawn in the UK is either in autumn or spring, when the soil is most likely to be naturally moist and therefore easier to aerate effectively.

Conclusion

Lawn aerators improve the appearance of grass over time by penetrating the ground and allowing air, water and nutrients to reach the grassroots.

There are several different types of lawn aerators available that can produce different results.

After considering all the factors mentioned in this guide, we trust that you can choose the model and type that best suits your needs and requirements.

Best Lawn Mowers for Large Gardens (Most Powerful) UK 2023

If you are privileged enough to own a large garden, keeping it well-trimmed, neat and attractive requires cutting the lawn regularly.

Although petrol lawnmowers are regarded as the best and most effective mowers for large properties, many cordless and corded mowers in the market can perform the task quickly and effectively and, in some cases, more cost-effectively.

Choosing the lawnmower most suited to your garden’s size and layout is essential. Still, it can be daunting, considering the variety of available lawnmowers.

We have reviewed the machines that we believe to be the best petrol, corded or cordless lawnmowers to guide you in choosing the mower that best suits your lawn’s size and configuration.

TOP Wide Cutting Lawnmowers for Large Gardens

Lasso Brag

Best Lawn mowers for Large Gardens to Buy in 2023

best lawn mowers for large gardens uk 2023

Here are the lawnmowers that we believe will be perfect for maintaining a lawn on a large property:

Hyundai 196CC Self-Propelled Petrol Lawn Mower

Best Petrol Rotary Mower 
Hyundai 196cc Petrol Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

We recommend the Hyundai 1966cc Self Propelled Lawn Mower as the best for large gardens on the UK market.

The powerful 196cc 4-stroke engine has a lot of force behind it, allowing you to get the mowing done faster on more extensive lawns. The 51cm cutting width combined with a 70-litre grass bag means you can cover a vast area without stopping.

There are six cutting heights ranging from 25mm to 75mm. With this powerful petrol motor, the higher setting allows you to tackle long or wet grass.

A mulching plug is included and will shred and deposit the clippings back onto your lawn, providing shade and fertiliser for the soil instead of collecting the clippings in a grass box.

Due to the size of this model, you may not be able to get it in and out of tighter areas, so it would be advisable to consider this if you have narrow passages. However, the weight of 38.7 Kg is not a problem while mowing as the machine is self-propelled and easy to manoeuvre.

The handles can be folded down, making it easy to stow and transport.

Pros:

Cons:

Murray Lithium 44cm Cordless Lawn Mower

Best Battery Self-Propelled Lawn Mower
Murray 2x18V (36V) Lithium-Ion 44cm Cordless Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The Murray -Lithium -Ion IQ18WM44 cordless lawn mower is powered by 2 x 18-volt 5.0Ah batteries, a 36-volt brushless motor and a dual battery charger. The batteries will provide up to 36 minutes run time and take 110 minutes to charge.

With two powerful Briggs and Stratton batteries and a cutting width of 44cm, this mower is ideal for more extensive lawns up to 640 square metres.

A single lever allows you to adjust the cutting height to seven levels ranging from 25mm to 75mm and it can cut and collect with a rear discharge of the cuttings into a 50-litre collection box. If desired, a mulching plug is available to mulch the trimmings and leave them on the lawn.

The foam padding on the handles is thick enough to absorb vibration and the angle of the handle can be adjusted to suit the operator for maximum comfort while mowing. A battery indicator gauge will show you your available power by pressing the button.

Pros:

Cons:

Bosch Advanced Rotak 650 Electric Rotary Lawnmower

Best Corded Electric Lawn Mower for Large Lawns
Bosch Advanced Rotak 650 Electric Rotary Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The Bosch brand is well known and has an excellent reputation for reliable and affordable products. The Advanced 650 is a corded lawn mower with a powerful 1700W engine.  It’s strong enough to handle any lawn size up to 650 square metres while remaining agile and easy to move.

The cutting width of 41 cm uses hardened steel blades. There are seven adjustable cutting heights ranging from 25mm to 80mm. Changing the cutting height is quick and easy. It also features an effective leaf collector blade.

An easy-to-fit, 50-litre grass box is supplied and, due to its size, fewer trips are needed to empty the bag. In addition, the bag is collapsible for convenient and easy storage.

ProSilence is a feature developed by Bosch that reduces the noise level by up to 75% to 89 dB. Noise is a major irritation to neighbours as well as the family so this is a great benefit.

The Ergoslide adjustable-handle system, ergonomic handlebars and smooth-running wheels are designed to make pushing straightforward while reducing pressure on your back. In addition, the side combs enable close-edge cutting. This means less effort with a strimmer.

Pros:

Cons:

Webb Supreme WER 460 SP Rotary Petrol Lawn Mower

Best Budget Lawn Mower for Large Lawns
Webb Supreme WER 460 SP Rotary Petrol Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The Webb WER460SP is designed in the UK by Webb Garden Power, one of the most sought-after brands. It is a petrol-powered rotary lawn mower with a robust build quality that will deliver an enhanced cutting performance at a reasonable and competitive price.

This powerful mower has a 141cc motor that is smooth and quiet, with the DVO140 series being known for its low emissions, performance and fuel economy.

This Webb WER460 SP Classic is a self-propelled four-wheel mower with a 46cm steel cutter deck that is strong and durable and can easily traverse undulating and rough grass areas.

There are seven preset cutting heights ranging from 25mm to 75mm that can easily be selected using a single lever and four cutting modes: rear discharge, side discharge, collect or mulch. Grass clippings are deposited in a 55-litre capacity bag.

This unit is easy to store, featuring folding handles and a collapsible fabric grass bag.

Pros:

Cons:

Einhell GE-PM S HW-E Self-Propelled Petrol Lawnmower

Best-sized Collection Bag on Lawnmowers for Large Lawns
Einhell GE-PM S HW-E Self-Propelled Petrol Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

If you are looking for a lawnmower capable of tackling long and overgrown grass, then the Einhell Ge-Pm 52 S HW-E will be perfect. This self-propelled mower has a 4-stroke engine that delivers enough power to mow lawns up to 1800 square metres.

This mower has a lithium-ion body and all parts are of excellent quality, making this a durable and robust unit. The Einhell quick start system assures effortless starting.

The mower has a 53cm cutting width that ensures quick, efficient cutting across large open stretches but is less manoeuvrable than mowers with a narrower cutting width and is therefore not suitable for gardens with lots of flower beds or obstacles to move around.

Cutting heights can be adjusted to six positions ranging from 25mm to 70mm. In addition, due to a sizeable 80L collection bag, you will not have to empty the bag as frequently. An attached level indicator lets you see when the bag needs emptying.

Pros:

Cons:

Honda Izy HRG 466 PK Petrol Lawn Mower

Most reliable Lawn Mower for Large Lawns
Honda Izy HRG 466 PK Petrol Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The Honda Izy HRG 466 PK is a push lawn mower, therefore, you set the pace to suit your conditions and can always remain in complete control. It is also lightweight and easy to operate.

This Honda Izy 466 PK is powered by a robust and reliable Honda GVC x 145 engine and has an Auto Choke System that ensures it is easy to start even in cold weather.

The cutter deck is 46cm wide and made from pressed steel. It’s incredibly lightweight while remaining robust and durable, and it’s resistant to water, corrosion and UV Rays. This ensures that it will last even in tough conditions.

There are six preset cutting heights ranging from 20mm to 74mm that copes well with all types and lengths of grass. A high-airflow 50L collection bag is made from ultra-fine mesh which, in combination with the rotating blades, creates a vacuum effect ensuring maximum collection without affecting the airflow.

The Izy HRG 466 PK features folding handles, allowing you to store your mower without using too much space.

This unit is built to give you trouble-free mowing for years and Honda offers a 5-year domestic use warranty covering parts and labour.

Pros:

Cons:

Lawnmaster Hover Mower Collect 36cm 1800W

Best For Medium Gardens

Key Features

The Lawnmaster Hover Mower floats on a cushion of air, making it lightweight and easy to manoeuvre. This is especially useful on curved lawns, sloping gardens and tight spaces.

Although lightweight at 8kg, this mower has plenty of power and can tackle harsh cutting conditions with its 1800W motor with T-Drive (TM), automatically adjusting the blade speed to suit the grass conditions, whether long or wet.

The grass clippings can be cut, collected and compacted into the translucent grass box, or you can mulch the cuttings to add nutrients back into the lawn. Its reversible blade is sharpened on both sides to double its lifespan.

It has a 36cm cutting width with a 15m power cable making this mower ideal for medium to large lawns.

While the cutting height can be adjusted from 12-33mm, it has to be done by adding or removing the supplied spacers which can be a bit inconvenient. The handles fold down neatly over the body of the lawn mower for compact storage in your garage or shed.

Pros:

Cons:

Cobra MX534SPH 53cm Petrol Rotary Lawnmower

Best Mulching Lawn Mower for Large Lawns
Cobra MX534SPH 53cm Petrol Rotary Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The Cobra MX534SPH is a self-propelled petrol lawnmower fitted with the 167cc Honda GCVX170 engine with a 3-in-1 cutting option. These options are cut & collect, mulching and side discharge.

A 4-speed self-propelled drive gives you a choice of 2.5kmph, 3.2kmph, 3.6kmph and 3.9kmph, allowing you to work at a higher speed while cutting large open areas. When working in more challenging areas, you can use a lower speed.

With an expansive deck of 53cm, the Cobra MX534SPH is ideally suited to cutting large lawns, and while the rotary blade provides an excellent cut, it is better suited to flat, even areas without any obstacles.

An optional swing tip blade is available with this lawnmower. The 4-blade swing tip system can reduce the risk of damage to the crankshaft if you are cutting in areas with rocks or tree roots.

The Cobra MX534SPH has six cutting height options ranging from 25mm to 75mm that can be adjusted using a single handle. The grass cuttings are collected in a sizeable 65-litre collection bag.

A mulching plug comes with this unit and need not be purchased separately, as with some models. Mulching allows the clippings to be spread across the lawn as you mow, providing fertiliser and nutrients.

Pros:

Cons:

How to Buy the Best Lawn Mower for Large Gardens

Mowing a large lawn can be a long and arduous task and having the wrong mower can decrease your efficiency and make cutting the lawn something you dread. The following factors must be considered when choosing the most suitable mower for your large lawn:

Type of Lawn Mower

Lawnmowers can be categorised as petrol, corded or cordless.

Weight of Lawn Mower

The mower weight can vary considerably from petrol mowers that often weigh more than 30kg to electric mowers that can weigh as little as 10kg or less. Cordless mowers often weigh even less but are generally not suited to larger gardens.

Although most petrol mowers are self-propelled, they still have to be moved from the garden to the storage area, and if they are heavy, this could be a difficult task.

Essentially, the best lawn mower for you will be one that’s comfortable to manoeuvre around your garden for long periods.

Cutting Width

If you have a sizeable open stretch of lawn, a wide cutting width will allow you to mow the lawn in fewer passes and enable you to mow more quickly. A 45cm to 53cm cutting width is recommended for expansive areas.

If your garden has obstacles such as trees, furniture or garden beds to manoeuvre around, it may be advisable to consider a lawnmower with a narrower cutting width.

Adjustable Cutting Heights

Adjustable cutting heights allow you to adjust the cutting height to suit the length and thickness of your grass. For example, if your grass grows very fast or you tend to let your grass get too long, you will need a cutting height of at least 70mm.

A cutting height of around 20cm is ideal for a short, neat-looking property.

Grass Collection

A collection bag with a minimum capacity of 50L is required if you have a sizeable mowing area. Anything smaller means emptying the collection bag more often, thus interrupting your mowing.

Mulching

If you want to improve your lawn’s health, a lawn mower with a mulching option is worth considering. Mulching can make your soil richer and save time due to not having to empty the collection bag frequently.

Comfort and Ease of Use

Mowing a large garden can take a long time, therefore, having handles that you can adjust to a comfortable height is essential. In addition, rubber grips will reduce the vibration if you have a petrol mower.

Petrol mowers tend to be heavy so check the weight of the lawn mower and look for features that will make it easy to move from storage to lawn. For example, large wheels will help to move your mower in and out of storage.

Frequently Asked Questions

What type of lawnmower is easiest to use?

If you have a large area that needs mowing, then a self-propelled petrol lawnmower is the easiest to use. It uses the engine to power the blade and wheels so you merely have to steer the mower where required.

Self-propelled mowers are easier to use, especially if you have a substantial and hilly yard.

What size mower do I need for a small yard?

For smaller lawns up to 300 square metres, we recommend using an electric corded or cordless battery lawnmower with a cutting width of 30cm to 45 cm.

Conclusion

If have an expansive lawn and want to maintain an immaculate garden quickly and efficiently, you must choose a lawn mower capable of achieving the tasks you need it to perform.

With a wide variety of lawnmowers available, we trust that after considering all the factors and recommended mowers in this guide, you can choose the lawnmower for large lawns that best suits your needs and requirements.

If you have any comments or questions, please feel free to let us know in the comments below.

Best Lawn Mower With a Grass Box for Bagging Clippings UK 2023

Whether you’re mulching, composting or eliminating thatch build-up, by the time you’ve read this post you’ll know everything you need to know about gathering up all the cut grass your lawn can deliver.

Bagging is counterintuitive. You might think that with their extra horsepower and big cutting decks, the best tool for bagging would be a zero-turn or ride-on mower, but you’d be wrong.

Zero-turns and ride-ons are not as manoeuvrable, they don’t fit in tight spaces, their grass bags don’t fit snugly, and, because they don’t have the suction power of push and self-propelled mowers, they leave behind clumps of grass and leaf debris. 

The faster the blade spins, the cleaner the cut. With that in mind, I’ve compiled a list of highly-rated mowers with powerful motors. Later we’ll discuss what you can do to easily customise them and create the kind of bagging behemoth that consumes and devours everything in its path.

TOP mowers with grass box

Lasso Brag

The Best Lawn Mowers for Bagging 

best bagging lawn mower uk 2023

Bosch AdvancedRotak 750 Electric Rotary Lawn Mower

Best Electric Mulching Lawn Mower
Bosch Lawnmower AdvancedRotak 750 
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

1700 watts is like having a cyclone on a leash. The Bosch mower’s cutting blade spins at 4800 revolutions per minute. That’s 80 times a second. Plus, it has a 50-litre capacity grass box, very nearly the largest there is.

The power cord supplied is good for small and, up to a point, medium-sized lawns. If you want to go bigger, you’re going to need an extension. Just make sure it’s rated for large household appliances like ovens and washing machines.

 Pros:

Cons: 

Hyundai HYM3800E Corded Electric Rotary Lawn Mower

Best for Medium Gardens
Hyundai HYM3800E 1600W 230V Corded Electric Rotary Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This mower combines utility with styling features. A rear roller and low-cut settings produce that striped look so beloved by English homeowners while a grass comb trims the lawn all the way up to the edges of paths, walkways and garden walls.

Half the weight of a petrol mower, this Hyundai still reaches a respectable 3700 RPM, so you can bag all the cuttings you need while applying the finishing touches to your lawn.

 Pros:

Cons: 

Greenworks 40V GD40LM46SPK4 Cordless Lawn Mower

Best Lawn Mower with Grass Box
Greenworks 40V GD40LM46SPK4 Cordless Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

When estimating the degree of coverage a cordless mower offers, remember that a lot depends on the condition of the lawn. Long, thick grass takes more battery power to cut than short grass.

Its two 2Ah batteries can cover an advertised area of 250m², roughly equivalent to a bit more than one tennis court, but many users have reported that the battery performance far exceeded their expectations. Upgrade to 6Ah batteries and it can cover 750m².

Pros:

Cons: 

Hyundai HYM430SPER Electric-Start Self-Propelled 4-Stroke Petrol Lawn Mower

Best Wide Deck Self-Propelled Mower
Hyundai 40V Lithium-Ion Battery Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Another mower that combines utility and styling, this one features a split rear roller, making it that much easier to get your lawn looking like the cover of Genesis’s Nursery Crimes album.

Although it’s heavier than most of its counterparts, the extra weight is offset by the fact that this is a self-propelled mower you can set the pace of, so you’re not going to be running after it which is the case with some mowers.

Pros:

Cons: 

Bosch Rotak 34R Electric Lawn Mower

Best for Precise Cutting
Bosch Rotak 34R Electric Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This mower doesn’t have the broadest cutting width and the grass box could be bigger but it more than makes up for these deficits in other ways.

At just over 11kg, the Rotak 34R is the lightest mower in its class. It has a carry handle at the point of balance so getting it out and putting it away again is a breeze.

Despite its small, compact size, the Powerdrive motor delivers a very respectable 1300W and 4800 RPM, equivalent to the best of its high-power counterparts.

Pros:

Cons: 

Makita DLM462Z 36V Cordless Self-propelled Lawn Mower 

Best Lawn Mower with Large Grass Box
Makita DLM462Z 36V Cordless Self-propelled Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

It’s as if the engineers at Makita were told to go forth and create a cordless lawn mower in every way equal to its petrol counterpart. What they came up with is the Tyson Fury of bagging mowers: a self-propelled garden tool with four battery ports, a brushless motor, a steel deck, a massive 46cm cutting width and a 60-litre grass box.

This mower changes from self-propelled to a walk-behind with the flick of a switch. You also have the option of maintaining a constant cutting speed or engaging the automatic throttle, in which case the engine slows down when there’s nothing to cut.

At the same time, it enjoys all the benefits of battery technology: no exhaust fumes, quiet operation, low maintenance and none of the drawbacks of a petrol engine.

 Pros:

Cons: 

Murray IQ18WM37 36V Cordless Lawn Mower

Best Cordless Lawn Mower for Overall Garden Maintenance
Murray 2 x 18 V (36 V) Lithium-Ion 44 cm
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This mower qualifies as a bagger by combining a 3700 RPM motor, a 37cm cutting width and a dual-blade cutting system with a bantamweight of 14kg. The lighter the mower, the faster you mow and the sooner you finish.

Reasonably priced, it comes with two batteries and a dual charger.

Pros:

Cons: 

Husqvarna Flymo EasiGlide 300V Plus Electric Hover Mower 

Best Hover Mower for Bagging
Husqvarna Flymo EasiGlide 300V Plus Electric Hover Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Hover mowers aren’t ideal for bagging but it can be done and a good place to start is the Flymo EasiGlide from Husqvarna. Despite its diminutive size, this little mower reaches 4300 RPM, so it’s capable of cutting long, thick grass, even when it’s wet (something I don’t recommend, by the way. It can damage your lawn).

Flymo is Husqvarna’s flagship brand so after-sales service is excellent and you’ll never have to worry about the availability of parts and batteries.

 Pros:

Cons: 

How to Buy the Best Mower for Bagging 

Mowers with the highest RPM score on two fronts: they provide the cleanest cut and the cut grass is finer, doubling the capacity of your grass bag. Finer cuts also decay more quickly and more easily, making better fertiliser.

There are four different types of mower blades on the market: straight, dual, mulching and high-lift. There’s no reason why you shouldn’t own one of each and swap them out yourself.

Straight is the ‘common-or-garden’ variety, while the dual-blade system is better at long, thick grass. The mulching blade sprays grass in every direction – pretty much the opposite of bagging – while the high-lift blade creates a vortex that sucks everything up into the bag, which is exactly what we’re looking for.

To create your bagging hybrid, choose a mower with a high RPM, fit it with a high-lift blade and then finish it off with a 60-litre grass bag.

If you decide on a cordless mower, consider investing in an extra charger and a couple of high-capacity batteries. They’re not cheap but they’re small and compact and they take two seconds to swap out. That way you’ll never have to worry about running out of juice before the job’s done, no matter how big an area you have to cover.

Frequently Asked Questions

Which is better at bagging, a ride-on mower or a push mower?

Ride-on mowers are better at almost everything else but push mowers are better at bagging. 

Is there one blade that’s good at everything?

The straight blade is considered general-purpose but can struggle with long, thick grass that a dual-blade would have no problem with. Specialist blades like the mulching blade and the high-lift are not general-purpose.

Conclusion

Bagging and composting should be high on the list of every gardener’s priorities. While grass cuttings are not the best fertiliser for a lawn that has been neglected and run to seed, they’re perfect for maintaining a lawn that’s already pristine. They’re completely natural, eco-friendly and cost next to nothing. It’s recycling in its purest form and all it takes is a little effort.

Please remember to always check your lawn for hedgehogs and other wildlife before you start mowing. Small creatures are essential to a healthy ecology. For more information, visit Hedgehog Aware

Best Commercial Lawn Mowers for Professionals UK 2023

If you’ve got natural grass in your garden, a lawn mower is one of the most important tools. There are many lawn mowers available that work well, although some people may prefer higher quality, professional options. 

We have compiled our top picks of the best commercial lawn mowers to help you make this decision. They have been compared on various factors to help you decide which option is best for you. 

Our TOP Commercial Lawn Mower Picks for Professionals

Lasso Brag

Best Commercial Lawn Mowers for Professionals to Buy in 2023

best commercial lawn mowers for professionals uk 2023

 

This is a list of our top picks of the best commercial lawn mowers for professionals.

We have compiled our list of the best professional lawn mowers by evaluating them on various elements. The weight and dimensions of a lawn mower are important to consider as they will affect the ease of use and the ease of storing the machine.

Next, the power of the lawn mower is important as different-sized gardens will require different lawn mowers. You can get away with a less powerful lawn mower for a smaller garden, or perhaps a garden that has an even terrain. 

Finally, special features and the cutting width make a big difference. Some lawn mowers have specific features such as backpack designs or are built to ride on. 

Hyundai Electric Self-Propelled Lawn Mower 

Best Electric Commercial Lawn Mower
Hyundai Electric Self-Propelled Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

The best lawn mower for a landscape business is a powerful machine that gets the job done efficiently and correctly. We have found that the Hyundai electric mower is the best for these reasons. 

Made from alloy steel, this lawn mower is durable and can be used for many years before major maintenance is required. This is ideal for a landscaping business as you will be handling many gardens during this time, causing wear and tear. 

Ideal for large and medium gardens, the cutting width has been designed to handle larger areas in less time. The 4-stroke engine has been created to be more fuel efficient and starts easily, lowering your running costs. 

Pros: 

Cons:

RUNADI Cordless Self-Propelled Lawn Mower

Best Commercial Self-Propelled Lawn Mower
RUNADI Cordless Self-Propelled Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you are looking for the best mower to start a lawn business, this RUNADI mower is a good option. As a self-propelled lawn mower, it won’t tire you out easily, allowing you to work for longer on large gardens. 

A rapid charger allows you to recharge the mower efficiently, cutting down dead time between mowing jobs. Additionally, a large cutting deck makes it possible to handle larger areas efficiently, giving you more time to see to other elements of a customer’s garden. 

To make it easier to clear grass cuttings and garden debris, it is recommended that you run the mower over an area twice. This allows the debris to be mulched easily, leaving little mess to clean up. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Yard Force Hand Push Petrol Lawn Mower

Best For Comfort
Yard Force 40cm Hand Push Petrol Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

For those looking for a simple mower, the Yard Force push mower is a good option. It is ideal for smaller gardens as it is not self-propelled, although you should ensure the 20kg weight is comfortable for you. 

The other feature that makes this mower ideal for smaller gardens is the smaller 25mm cutting height. This height can be adjusted to 75mm depending on your needs. 

Finally, the handles on this mower have been designed to be ergonomic, making for a comfortable cutting experience. This is ideal in a push mower where more exertion will be needed. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Einhell Electric Lawn Mower

Best for Small Gardens
Einhell GE-EM 1032 Electric Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you are looking for a simple and lightweight mower, then Einhell’s electric option is a good choice. Designed as a walk-behind mower, this machine is lightweight and won’t cause strain when used for longer periods. 

There are 3 positions available for the height of the mower, allowing you to cut your grass to the desired height. With a cutting width of 32cm, this mower is ideal for small to medium-sized gardens.

Finally, this lawn mower is easy to store when not in use. The dimensions make this a compact lawn mower that can fit into spare space, while the folding handle decreases the height of the mower.

Pros: 

Cons:

Bosch Robotic Lawn Mower

Best Commercial Robotic Lawn Mower
Bosch Robotic Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you are looking for the best commercial cordless lawn mower, Bosch’s robotic mower may be the answer. With a compact charging port, this mower stores itself after working and recharges overnight. 

Designed to mow your garden without your input, this mower has LogiCut technology which maps out your garden. This allows the mower to get the job done quickly without you needing to monitor it as it works.

The built-in calendar function creates a mowing schedule for your garden which is optimised to your garden size. This will then operate on schedule to keep your garden pristine. 

Pros: 

Cons:

Yard Force GR40 Cordless Lawn Mower

Best Professional Lawn Mower with Roller
Yard Force GR40 Cordless Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

Yard Force has designed the GR40 to be the best commercial mower for wet grass. The mower can cut through grass easily which is then collected and stored in the 35L hybrid grass collection bag. 

A rear roller leaves a striped finish to your garden while the 34cm cutting deck allows for large areas to be tackled efficiently. The mower has a 40V lithium-ion battery which charges quickly to allow you to get back to tending to your garden without delay.

Pros: 

Cons:

How to Buy the Best Commercial Lawn Mower

Cutting width

The cutting width of a mower’s blades plays a large part in the usability of your lawn mower. Larger cutting decks allow you to get the job done quickly while smaller cutting decks have the opposite effect. 

Warranty

Warranties are an important factor to consider when buying a tool that could break. When you are buying a commercial mower that costs more than a residential mower, this warranty is even more important. 

Durability

Commercial mowers are built to last for generations and as such, should be made with durable materials. Take note of the materials used in the body and blades of the mower to ensure they will last against frequent use. 

Power source

Commercial lawn mowers come with various power sources. It is therefore important to identify what you would prefer in your commercial mower. Electric mowers are quieter on average while petrol mowers are louder and more powerful. 

Maintenance

To keep your commercial mower in good condition, you will need to have maintenance performed to prevent small issues from exacerbating. Commercial mowers need to be checked and maintained once a week to sharpen the blades, replace the oil, and clean the oil filters. 

Weight

While self-propelled and ride-on mowers are available for commercial use, the weight of the lawn mower is an important factor. You will need to exert some effort to get the job done so ensure you can handle the weight of your chosen mower. 

Frequently Asked Questions

How many hours should a commercial mower last?

Commercial lawn mowers are designed to run for 12 hours a day, or roughly 2 to 20 times per day. Residential mowers in comparison are designed to run for 6 hours or less, or 1 to 2 times per week. 

Do commercial mowers cut better?

It is clear commercial mowers cut better as the blades spin faster and are heavier than a residential mower. This allows the mower to cut grass into smaller pieces and leaves a clean, uniform cut across a garden. 

What size mower for commercial use?

Depending on the size of the garden being cut, you will need a different-size mower. Larger areas will require a cutting deck of at least 127cm while smaller areas require a cutting deck of 102cm. 

How long can you leave petrol in a commercial lawn mower?

Depending on the petrol you use, this answer differs. For instance, 100% gasoline can be left for 6 months. Comparatively, petrol with ethanol will start to go bad in 3 months. It is best to check on your specific lawn mower. 

What is the difference between a residential and commercial mower?

Commercial mowers are more powerful and last longer than residential ones. Residential mowers are designed to last a shorter time whereas commercial mowers can be passed down through generations. 

Conclusion 

When choosing the best mower to start a lawn business, there are many options available on the market. These include ride-on mowers, robotic mowers and more. 

Each option has been evaluated based on size, power and other features. Additionally, various types of mowers have been discussed to help you determine what your garden requires. 

Having now read through our list of the best commercial lawn mowers, you should have a better idea of which option to go with. Feel free to reach out with any comments or questions you may have. 

Best Lawn Mowers for Slopes, Hills & Steep Banks UK 2023

Mowing anything but the shallowest of slopes is always going to be a chore. It isn’t getting back to the top that’s the problem, it’s doing it twenty or thirty times in a row. And if the slope is steep or uneven, the task isn’t just difficult, it’s also potentially dangerous.

Starting with the gentler inclines and working our way up to the more precipitous, here’s a list of high-end tools that can tackle different gradients at the same time as satisfying your other, more mundane gardening needs. 

Please note that these tools are not listed in order of how good they are at accomplishing a particular task. They’re all good in different ways, depending on how steep and uneven the terrain is.

Our TOP Best Lawn Mowers for Slopes, Hills & Steep Banks 

Lasso Brag

The Best Lawn Mowers for Steep Slopes & Banks to Buy in 2023 

best lawn mower for hills and slopes uk 2023

  1. Cleva Lawnmaster 33cm Hover Mower
  2. Hensita EGO LM1903E Self-Propelled Cordless Mower
  3. BLACK+DECKER 900W Electric Strimmer
  4. Einhell GC-PM 40/2 S Self-Propelled Petrol Lawnmower
  5. Lawn King RC125 Ride-on Lawnmower
  6. Joyiever Metal Blade Cordless Trimmer
  7. WORX Landroid M WR141E Robot Lawn Mower
  8. Bosch AHM 38 G Manual Lawn Mower 

Cleva Lawnmaster Hover Mower

Best For Small Gardens
Lawn Master 33cm 1500W Electric Hover Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

If you have a stretch of lawn you can’t cut because, although the incline is relatively gentle, it’s too long or wide to mow comfortably, you might consider a hover mower.

To save you time, the Lawnmaster has a wider cutting width than any hover mower in its class. It’s not the lightest but weight isn’t as important when your mower is gliding on a cushion of air. Most of its 8.75kg is the motor, which delivers a whopping 1500W of power, so you’re going to get a beautifully clean cut.

It has 4 cutting heights and a mulching system that chops up cut grass – the best fertiliser bar none – and sprays it out over the lawn.

The Lawnmaster handles regular lawns just as easily as inclines, even if the terrain is uneven. Just make sure your extension cord is rated for use with large domestic appliances like stoves and washing machines.

 Pros:

Cons: 

Joyiever Metal Blade Cordless Trimmer

Best Mower for Small Steep Lawns
Joyiever Metal Blade Cordless Trimmer
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

If your house is on the side of a steepish hill, chances are you’ve got strips of lawn along the back and one side where the ground ramps up sharply.

Joyiever is a South Korean online jewellery company that only recently branched out into gardening tools. One of its first, very affordable offerings is this cordless multi-tool, pretty much a one-stop shop where trimmers are concerned.

It comes with everything you need: safety goggles, gloves, an array of plastic and metal alloy blades, a plant guard, batteries and a charger.

Pros:

Cons: 

Lawn King RC125 Ride-On Lawnmower

Best Ride-on Mower for Hills and Banks
Lawn King RC125 Ride-On Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Essential to big farms, a ride-on mower is also an option if you own an allotment, very large garden or smallholding. Ride-on mowers have the power to get you up steep grades and the brakes to get you back down. They’re little tractors with a cutting rack suspended between the front and rear wheels.

This recommendation comes with 3 caveats:

Pros:

Cons: 

Hensita EGO LM1903E Self-Propelled Cordless Mower

Best Self-Propelled Cordless Lawn Mower
EGO LM1903E-SP
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This mower doesn’t just look like a Formula 1 race car, it performs like one too. The manufacturer, EGO (E for electric + Go), redesigned the battery to deliver the performance of a petrol engine without the noise and exhaust fumes or the fuss of having to mix oil and fuel.

Pros:

Cons: 

BLACK+DECKER 900W Electric Strimmer

Best Heavy Duty Strimmer
Black and Decker GL9035GB Electric
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

I chose this strimmer because it has the broadest cutting width, a full 35cm, nearly as much as a lawn mower. It has an adjustable second handle so you’ll be able to angle it parallel to any bank no matter how steep. 

It’s light, although I strongly recommend buying a shoulder harness if you plan on strimming very large areas. 

When you’re not using it to mow banks and hillsides, you can use it to edge your lawn and trim shrubbery.

For larger areas, you can always look at a petrol strimmer

Pros:

Cons: 

Einhell GC-PM 40/2 Self-Propelled Petrol Lawnmower

Best Self-Propelled Petrol Mower for Steep Hills
Einhell GC-PM 40/2 Self-Propelled Petrol Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

You can tell at a glance that this mower means business. If the Hensita EGO is a race car, the Einhell is a muscle car, a Dodge Charger.

It doesn’t have a variable speed control but you can disengage the rear-wheel drive if it feels like it’s getting away from you. It has 7 cutting heights, which puts it squarely in the professional garden tools category.

It has an extensible guide bar, a simple and oft-overlooked feature you can only really appreciate if you’ve spent the better part of an hour walking behind a mower kicking the grass bag.

Pros:

Cons: 

WORX Landroid M WR141E Robot Lawn Mower

Best for Medium Gardens
WORX Landroid M WR141E Robot Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This is the ‘fire-and-forget’ option when it comes to slopes and banks. You set up a charging station, bury a boundary wire around the perimeter of the area that needs mowing, and let it get on with it. If it starts raining, you can tell it to stop and return to the charging station with an app on your smartphone. 

This robot mower has one distinct advantage over other makes, it doesn’t need a guide wire, just a boundary wire.

Robot mowers are good at maintaining a lawn, not at delivering a first cut. If the grass is longer than a couple of inches, you’d be better off getting it cut, than letting the robot keep it that height.

Pros:

Cons: 

Bosch AHM 38 G Manual Lawn Mower

Bosch AHM 38 G Manual Garden Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This option isn’t for everyone but it’s very effective if you happen to be in fairly good shape. The advantages are: it’s not going to tip over or run away from you, it’s incredibly affordable and the cut is exceptionally smooth and clean.

If you’re an assiduous gardener you will have noticed by now that gardening beats the gym by several hundred kilometres. A push mower is a workout all on its own. Calves, quads, shoulders, arms – even your abs – get put to the test. To increase your stamina and lower your heart rate, get a push mower.

This push mower has two cutting blades: a fixed horizontal blade on the bottom and a revolving cylindrical blade on top. Together they work like a pair of scissors, cutting the grass without tearing or ripping it.

Pros:

Cons: 

How to Buy the Best Mower for Hills, Slopes and Steep Banks

For the best outcome in terms of time, money and the end result, it’s always better to work out what you need, and then buy the next tool up. That way you’ll always have some spare capacity, enough to make up the difference.

Weight is very important. Lighter mowers are more manoeuvrable and easier to control.

Another aspect you need to consider is how strong you are. If you have a bad back, tricky knee or the frailty that comes with age – you’re better off investing in a ride-on mower or one that’s self-propelled.

If you choose a cordless tool like a strimmer, bear in mind that using the metal blades takes far more battery power than the plastic kind. You must match the type of blade to the terrain. Metal blades are meant for cutting brush like brambles and nettles, not grass.

Frequently Asked Questions

What type of lawn mower is best for hills?

On the whole, self-propelled mowers are best for hills, especially if the grade is uneven.

What type of riding mower is best for steep hills?

Ride-on mowers are not a good choice for steep hills. Their centre of gravity is too high and you run the risk of tipping over.

Conclusion

If you’ve read this far, you should have some idea of the options available to you and some of the obstacles you’re going to encounter.

The key to mowing hills, slopes and steep banks is matching the type of tool to the terrain, and then choosing a version of the tool type that matches your capacity for physical exertion.

Know this: there’s a tool out there for every variety of circumstances if you take your time and choose wisely.

Best Hand Push Mowers for Manual Cutting UK 2023 (non electric)

Push reel mowers are ideal for smaller flat gardens where they can be pushed without it becoming a major physical workout session. These mowers have been in use for many decades and were probably used by your forebears.

As the name indicates they are generally pushed and not powered by electricity, batteries, or petrol. There are some exceptions to the rule that can have some external power source.

Mowers in the push reel mower category are generally lightweight and compact for easy storage.

Selecting the right one for you can be quite a challenge. However, we have done the research and will provide you with a list of the best push reel mowers according to our tests.

Our TOP Push Reel Lawn Mower Picks

Lasso Brag

Best Manual Push Mowers to Buy in 2023

Gardena Comfort Hand Cylinder 400C Push Reel Lawn Mower

Best all round Push Reel Lawn Mower
Gardena Comfort Hand Cylinder 400C Push Reel Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Specs

Gardena is a popular and trusted brand for garden equipment. Assembly instructions are well set out and easy to follow.

The Gardena Comfort Hand Cylinder 400C Push Reel Lawn Mower offers comfort elements to assist you in every way. An ergonomically shaped handle makes it easier to push the mower. Furthermore, the shaped handle folds down for easy storage and transportation

Large wheels allow you to control the direction and steering around the lawn, reducing the amount of effort required to mow the lawn.

The cutting height can be effortlessly adjusted between 1.3cm to 3.8cm using the 4-step process. These settings can easily be read on the scale.

The design of the cutting mechanism blocks allows the reel and bed knife to move without coming into contact with each other. 

Another advantage of the design is that it enables the blades of grass to be lifted and cut. It also reduces the noise emanating from the process and adds to the ease of pushing.

The hardened reel is made of high-quality steel covered in a non-stick coating for a clean and precise cut, improving lawn maintenance.

A grass box with a 49-litre capacity is not part of the purchase but can be purchased separately. Add the two-year guarantee and it’s easy to see why we selected this as the best all-round hand mower.

Pros:

Cons:

Great States 415-16 16-Inch 5-Blade Push Reel Lawn Mower 

Best Budget Reel Mower
Great States 415-16 16-Inch 5-Blade Push Reel Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Specs

The lightweight Great States push reel mower is easily manoeuvrable due to the large 25.4cm ball-bearing wheels, making it ideal for eco-friendly small lawns.

Consensus between reviewers indicates that this model is significantly faster than its predecessors due to its ability to gain controllable momentum.

Pushing the reel mower is quite comfortable with a cushioned and comfortable grip. The handle and structure are powder coated for longevity and to prevent rust.

It has 5 height settings ranging from 1.27cm to 6.35cm. The height must be set on both sides.

Durability is increased via heat-treated blades that stay sharp longer, making a quality cut. A smooth lawn is a result as the Great States Reel Mower snips the grass off rather than ripping or tearing it.

Pros:

Cons:

Fiskars StaySharp Max Push Reel Lawn Mower 

Best Premium Reel Mower
Fiskars StaySharp Max Push Reel Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Specs

The StaySharp Max offers loads of unique technology designed to assist you in mowing the lawn rapidly. Its patented InertiaDrive system utilises the momentum of the reel to comfortably deal with weeds and other smallish items on the lawn. 

This mower is easy to push but the extra weight can make it difficult to turn around and push along the edges of flower beds. The StaySharp Max reel mower comes with a chain drive connecting the turning of the wheels to the blades.

Height is adjustable between 2.5 and 10cm that can be set using a single lever. It has a decent 3-year warranty. 

Pros:

Cons:

Earthwise 1715-16EW 16 Inch 7-Blade Push Reel Mower

Best Reel Mower for Tough Grass
Earthwise 1715-16EW 16 Inch 7-Blade Push Reel Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Specs

The EarthwiseTough Grass push reel mower offers a low-maintenance and zero-hassle machine. It is ideal for slightly larger lawns, but it requires some effort to get started. It will provide ample exercise if that is what you want from mowing the lawn.

The 7-blade ball-bearing deck is perfect for rapidly running through cutting grass with precision.

Cutting height can be set between 1.27 and 6.35 cm. This can be rather cumbersome as you must unscrew the wedges.

Pros:

Cons:

Scotts Outdoor Power Tools 2000-20 20-Inch Classic Push Reel Lawn Mower

Best Push Mower for Large Yard
Scotts Outdoor Power Tools 2000-20 20-Inch Classic Push Reel Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Specs

The Scotts 2000-20 50.8cm classic push reel lawn mower can easily be put together without the need for extra tools. Large plastic wing nuts and bolts are used to assemble the handle and can be tightened by hand.  This makes storage and transportation of the mower in small areas a breeze.

Its unusually tall 7.62cm max cutting height makes it more versatile for different grass types. The Scotts 2000-20 has a cutting height range between 2.54 and 7.62cm that can be set using the two levers, one on each side.

At 50.8cm the Scotts offers one of the widest cutting-width designs of any reel mower. It is still easy to push and turn although this might take a bit more effort than compact models. 

Blades are made from durable heat-treated alloy steel to stay sharper for longer. 

Dual-tracking wheels enhance manoeuvrability, helping you to create a smooth green carpet.

Pros:

Cons:

American Lawn Mower Company 1304-14GC 14-Inch 5-Blade Push Reel Lawn Mower

Best Value Reel Mower
American Lawn Mower Company 1304-14GC 14-Inch 5-Blade Push Reel Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Specs

The American Lawn Mower Company 1304-14GC Push Reel Lawn Mower has a 5-blade reel with a cutting width of 35.6cm. Although smaller than most competitors, it performs well on small and medium-sized lawns. 

Manoeuvrability is enhanced by the durable 10” polymer wheels and T-style handle with a comfortable cushioned grip making it excellent for irregularly shaped lawns.

One factor I really appreciate is that its durable heat-treated alloy steel blades only require sharpening every 3-5 years. 

A grass box is included with the purchase of the American Lawn Mower Company 1304-14GC Push Reel Lawn Mower.

Pros:

Cons:

How to Buy the Best Push Reel Mower

There are a few important factors to consider when investing in a push reel lawn mower. 

Lawn Size 

Is your lawn small enough to use a push reel mower?

Push reel mowers generally use human power to operate, so it can take longer than electric or petrol mowers.

Push reel mowers should be used on lawns that are less than 50 sqm.

Undulating and steep slopes will make the use of push reel mowers a nightmare and should be avoided at all costs. It would be more advisable to invest in a small lightweight electrical or petrol-powered lawn mower for such gardens.

Length of Grass, Long or Short?

Push reel mowers are ideal for shorter lawns that are maintained regularly. When the grass grows long and thick it could be problematic pushing the mower over the heavy patches.

Furthermore, the long grass will fold over and not be chopped to a proper length due to the lack of space between the blades.

Width of A Push Reel Mower

A wider mower may reduce the time and number of passes required to mow the lawn but will be heavier, requiring more effort to mow the lawn.

The wider footprint generates more torque, increasing its cutting power.

Wide mowers measuring 40cm or more require larger areas for their turning circles and can be cumbersome to manoeuvre around obstacles.

Number of Blades

The number of blades of a push reel mower varies between 4 and 10.

A higher number of blades produce a finer and lower cut but require more power to generate and maintain momentum. It also increases the maintenance requirements as there are more blades to be sharpened regularly.

Weight 

While a push reel lawn mower needs some weight to provide downward pressure, a lighter model is easier to move and turn. 

Grass Box

A grass box will save time as you do not have to rake up the clippings after you mow. Some do not have this option at all. With some models, it is included and with others, it is an additional purchase. If a grass box is important, factor this in when making your decision. 

Physical Strength

If you or the person planning to use the mower is getting on in life, very young or not physically able, a push reel mower might not be the best option. It does not require superhuman strength, but it does need manual labour. 

Price

Cost is always going to be a factor but push reel lawn mowers are generally highly affordable. 

Benefits of a Push Reel Lawn Mower

While the idea of pushing a lawn mower around with no power to assist might sound like a chore, it is relatively easy to do. They also offer many advantages:

As mentioned above, push reel lawn mowers are extremely affordable. 

Not only are they inexpensive to purchase but there are no running costs. You do not need to spend extra on electricity or petrol. There are no batteries to replace every few years, no extension cords needed and little to no servicing required.

It is a good way to get outdoors and get a bit of a workout. While not exhausting, mowing with a push reel mower will give you some exercise while keeping your lawn neat and tidy. 

They make virtually no noise so will not disturb those around you. 

While you might want to sharpen the blades occasionally and give the moving parts a bit of oil, there is practically no maintenance needed on these guys. 

Another advantage is that as they do not use power or emit any fumes, they are the most environmentally friendly option you can use. This is becoming increasingly important. 

What are the Best Push Lawn Mower Brands?

Not all the leading manufacturers make push lawn mowers so you might come across a few names you are not that familiar with. Some of the best push mower brands include Gardena, Scott’s Outdoor Power Tools, Great States and Fiskars. 

Conclusion

You should now have a good idea of where and when to use a push reel lawn mower and the advantages and disadvantages. If you have a small patch of lawn and are reasonably fit, this is an affordable and easy way to keep your lawn lush and neat.

We have also highlighted some of the very best push reel lawn mowers to help you narrow down your search. They are all popular and highly rated machines, and you cannot go wrong with any of them.

If you have any comments or questions, please let us know down below. 

Best Electric Lawn Mowers for Quiet Grass Cutting UK 2023

Are electric lawn mowers the best option and how do you select the correct one? 

Finding the right lawn mower that will suit your needs is a tricky task. There are so many brands offering a range of products and several different variants, it can feel like searching for a needle in a haystack. 

That’s why we did the hard work and compiled a list of the best electric lawn mowers, to make your shopping experience simple but informative!

Keeping your lawn in tip-top shape can be like having a second full-time job, but with our top choice overall, the Flymo Speedi-Mo 360C Electric Wheeled Lawn Mower, cutting the grass will be like taking a stroll in the park. 

Our TOP Electric Lawn Mower Picks 

Lasso Brag

Best Electric Lawn Mowers to Buy in 2023 

best electric mowers uk 2023

Flymo Speedi-Mo 360C Electric Wheeled Lawn Mower

Best Electric Lawn Mower Overall
Flymo Speedi-Mo 360C Electric Wheeled Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

The Flymo Speedi-Mo 360C has decent power in its class and is ideal for small to medium gardens. The 36cm cutting width and 40L grass box will make quick work of all but the largest gardens. We rate it as the best electric corded lawn mower for most environments. 

It has a decent 1500W motor and can handle long grass and even wet grass. A typical Flymo, it is light and easy to manoeuvre, even on rough terrain. It literally glides over the lawn with ease.

This mower is the classic Flymo orange, but this is nicely contrasted with grey detail. It is a sleek and stylish electric lawn mower and the build is robust and durable while still being lightweight. 

The operation could not be easier, and this lawn mower can be used by anyone. The handles are convenient and comfortable and you can achieve the ideal cutting height according to your needs with five height options from 20 to 60mm. Adjusting the height is a breeze for a perfect finish according to your needs. 

It has an extremely low noise output, always important for neighbours and the family. Another impressive factor is its exceptional value for money.

Some people found this mower a bit of a challenge to assemble but this only has to be done once and should not take too long. 

Pros:

Cons:

Bosch Rotak 32R Electric Rotary Lawnmower 

Best Budget Electric Lawn Mower
Bosch Rotak 32R Electric Rotary Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

If you are in the market for an affordable electric lawn mower that still gets the job done, this is a winner. For small to medium gardens, it gives you a lot of bang for your buck. The 1200W motor is more than enough for all but the largest gardens. 

An excellent feature is the grass comb which allows you to cut edges and tricky shapes or get up close to walls with ease. Something that makes this even easier is that it weighs a mere 6.8kg. It is light on its “feet” and super-easy to move. 

With cut options ranging from 20 to 60mm, you can get the perfect cut height depending on the weather conditions, the type of grass, and your preference. 

Bosch is a trusted brand with decades of experience. They have an excellent reputation for quality products that are reliable yet affordable. 

The Rotak 32 has a 31L grass box which might be a bit limiting for some. 

Pros:

Cons:

LawnMaster 1800W Electric Lawn Mower

Best Budget Mulching Lawn Mower 
LawnMaster 1800W Electric Lawn Mower 
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

Not only does the LawnMaster boast a powerful 1800W motor, but the performance is enhanced by their T-Drive (TM): torque. The T-Drive automatically adjusts for a perfect cut even if the grass is long or wet. It makes the process easier and more comfortable. 

It has a generous 40cm cutting width so combined with the power, it can handle larger lawns. The power cable is only 10m so you will need an extension cord to reach the further areas. 

Something else I like about this electric lawn mower is the carbon steel blades. They make for a neat and easy cut. Height options range from 20 to 70mm so there is something for all times of the year and any conditions. 

The LawnMaster has a rear roller for that professional classic striped look. We rate it as one of the best electric lawn mowers with roller models. 

It also has an effective mulching function. This will save you time and effort while returning free nutrients to the soil for a happier and healthier lawn. 

If you don’t want to mulch it has a decent 42L collection bag. This is a compact mower and the folding handles make it easy to store when not in use. Safety features haven’t been ignored and the safe-stop brake will ensure the blades don’t start when the mower is off. 

Pros:

Cons:

Hyundai HYM3800E 1600W 230V Corded Electric Rotary Lawnmower 

Best for Medium Gardens
Hyundai HYM3800E 1600W 230V Corded Electric Rotary Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

Hyundai is a trusted brand with a good reputation. This 1600W mower is ideal for small to medium gardens. It has a cutting width of 38cm and the grass comb allows for cutting close to walls or pathways. 

It comes with a 40L grass box that is quick and easy to clip on and off. The rear roller is a great feature for the Wimbledon-style striped look. This makes it one of the best electric lawn mower for stripes models. It also has a mulching feature which I find very handy. This provides free nutrients to your soil and saves time and effort.

The handles are comfortable and fold back for easy storage. The grass bag is collapsible, so it’s even more compact when not in use. It is a generous 40L size. 

The cutting height is simple and quick to adjust, there are 5 options from 20 to 70mm. 

Build quality is good and despite being a light mower it is robust. 

Pros:

Cons:

Einhell GE-EM 1032 Electric Lawnmower

Best for Small Gardens
Einhell GE-EM 1032 Electric Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

Einhell has long been one of my favourite lawn mowers. This chap is ideal for small gardens with a lawn of up to 300m². What’s more, is that it comes at an incredible price. 

Although a budget lawn mower, it is tough and will give you many years of service. If you register the product, you get a good 3-year warranty. It is light and super easy to move and operate. 

Don’t be put off by the 1000W motor, it still delivers amazing power. The carbon motor has high torque and the sharp steel blades make for easy cutting. It is fast and delivers a neat cut with minimal effort.

The cutting height options are slightly limited with three options from 20 to 60mm. It has a 30L grass box that should be adequate for small gardens. 

It has a 10m power cord and the foldable handles make it a breeze to store. There is even a handy carry handle for easy movement when you are done with your mowing. 

Pros:

Cons:

Murray 2691584 EC370 37 cm Electric Corded Lawn Mower

Best Electric Lawn Mower for Long Grass
Murray 2691584 EC370 37 cm Electric Corded Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

Another affordable and reliable option is the Murray 2691584 EC370. It has impressive power with a 1600W motor. The 37cm cutting width makes it suitable for small to medium lawns up to 600m2. 

It has soft grip handles for comfort and minimal vibrations. The 40L collection bag is convenient and effective. 

We were impressed by the wide range of seven cut height options from 25 to 75mm. Even more outstanding is the incredible 5-year warranty. This proves that Murray is confident that the electric lawn mower is built to last. 

I also appreciate the grass combs that allow you to cut close to walls, edges, and pathways. This means less work as you won’t need to do much in the way of edge trimming. This mower comes with a 10m power cable. 

Pros:

Cons:

Bosch Rotak 34R Electric Lawnmower

Best for Precise Cutting
Bosch Rotak 34R Electric Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

Ideal for medium to large lawns, the Bosch Rotak 34R is a reliable and affordable option. It is a popular and highly-rated electric lawn mower with a 1300W motor and a 24cm cutting width. It handles long and even wet grass with relative ease. 

Having an integrated roller, you can get a fantastic striped look that’s sure to impress. The mower’s design allows you to easily cut garden paths and get really close to sheds, walls and other obstacles. This means that there is less time and effort needed with the strimmer

It is light, compact, and easy to store when not in use. What I appreciated was how easy it was to move around the garden, even the somewhat tricky parts. Achieving the perfect height for your lawn is easy and you have options from 20 to 70mm. This allows you to cut to perfection all year round. 

The 34R comes with a 40L grass box which is easy to manage. This will save you time when disposing of grass clippings. While some users found the grass box to be a bit of a weak point it generally works well and is easy to use. 

Pros:

Cons:

Flymo EasiMow 300R Electric Rotary Lawn Mower

Best Small Rotary Lawn Mower
Flymo EasiMow 300R Electric Rotary Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

Flymo is a popular brand and this mower is a great option for smaller gardens. It is so light and nimble, at only 8.4kg, that anyone can use it with ease. It has to be one of the best electric hover mower options on the market. 

The 1000W motor is ideal for smaller gardens where you do not need excessive power. It gets the job done with minimal effort. The 30cm cutting width is perfect for smaller lawns and makes the electric lawn mower more agile and improves accuracy. Adding to this, you can adjust the cut height from 20 to 60mm for the perfect finish and neat and tidy lawn. 

The 30L grass box, while small, keeps the lawn mower light and should not be an issue in smaller gardens. It comes with a 10m cable. The handles are comfortable, and the dual leavers make it more flexible and easier to operate. It is a good option for left-handers.

Pros:

Cons:

How to Buy the Best Electric Lawn Mowers 

There are many things to consider before investing in the best electric lawn mower. Here are the most important factors to think about: 

Mower type

Electric lawn mowers can fall into various categories. While we have reviewed mostly corded electric mowers you also get cordless options as well as robot lawn mowers. These all have advantages and disadvantages. 

While larger gardens might benefit from a petrol or ride-on mower, an electric mower is ideal for most gardens. They are low maintenance, generally affordable, and simple to operate. 

Power

This comes down to the size of your garden and lawn space. There are electric lawn mowers designed for large gardens and mowers for small to medium gardens. Look at the power and cut width to make the right choice. The size of the grass box is another factor to consider. 

The power of the best electric lawn mowers is measured in Watts (W). The higher, as you would imagine, is better. Technology does, however, play a role. Many modern designs allow a “smaller” motor to perform as well if not better than one with more power so don’t look at wattage alone. 

Weight

While weight makes the lawn mower sturdier, in most cases, it makes it slightly more difficult to move. One of the many blessings of electric lawn mowers is that they tend to be lightweight and easy to manoeuvre. This is especially important if the person operating the lawn mower is young or elderly. 

A light machine is swift and a pleasure to use. It requires minimal effort. What is important is that the manufacturer does not compromise on materials and build quality to make a light lawn mower. 

Size

While size helps, the bigger the better, it makes the lawn mower more difficult to store. Think about this when deciding on the best option for your needs. If storage space is limited, go for one that is more compact. 

Cutting width

This is one of the main factors to consider when selecting a lawn mower that will be ideal for your lawn size. The cutting width will determine how long it takes to cut your lawn. You need to purchase the correct size relative to your lawn. 

Sound output

One of the advantages of electric lawn mowers is that they produce less noise than petrol mowers. While petrol lawn mowers deliver excellent power they tend to make a noise that could disturb the household and the neighbours. If this is a factor in your environment, look for one of the less noisy options. There are many. 

Durability 

You want to ensure that your investment will last for many years. The materials used and the quality of the build will determine this. 

Price

Price is always a factor one has to consider. Value is more important. There are some amazing budget electric lawn mowers that do a fantastic job and many reasonably priced options available. 

Warranty

While the standard for domestic lawn mowers is two to three years, a longer warranty is a good indication of quality. Most extended warranties require registration so be sure to check that out. 

Safety

This is always a concern with machines, especially those with rapidly rotating blades. Fortunately, electric lawn mowers are one of the safer options. Some have additional safety features such as automatic cut-off.

Frequently Asked Questions 

Which is better electric or petrol lawn mower?

Both electric and petrol lawn mowers have advantages and disadvantages. Petrol mowers generally have more power but are heavier, more difficult to maintain, and tend to cost more. Electric lawn mowers are less expensive, normally lighter, and easier to look after. 

How much electricity does an electric lawn mower use?

The average electric lawn mower uses roughly 700 to 1800W of power per hour. This all depends on the power of the lawn mower, the grass length, and other factors such as inclines and the type of grass. Cordless mowers offer greater freedom but recharging the batteries will still consume power, close to that of a corded electric lawn mower, if not more over time. 

How long do electric lawn mower batteries last per charge?

The average battery-powered electric lawn mower will last between 45 and 60 minutes. This will depend on the battery, the power, and the state of the lawn. Longer or wet lawns will use more power. 

What does brushless mean on an electric mower?

Brushless motors use slightly different technology to power the motor. The result is that they are more efficient, use less power, and make less noise. It helps to increase power as there is less friction in the motor.

Conclusion

Electric lawn mowers are highly versatile, powerful, and ideal for small, medium and even large gardens. They are low maintenance, easy to use, and light and nifty. They do not make a great noise so shouldn’t annoy your family or your neighbours. 

We hope that you have found this informative. If you have any comments or questions, please let us know below. 

Best Garden Shredders for Chipping Wood & Leaves UK 2023

Looking for an easy way to create mulch from your garden cuttings? We will guide you through the benefits of garden shredders, what to look for when investing in one, and review some of the leading options for the best garden shredder and the best garden chipper. Many are versatile and do both shredding and chipping. 

Our TOP Garden Shredders for Chipping Wood & Leaves  

  1. Bosch Garden Shredder AXT 25 TC 
  2. Ryobi RSH3045U 3000W Silent Impact Shredder 
  3. Einhell GC-KS 2540 Electric Garden 
  4. Cobra QS2500 2500W Quiet Electric Garden Shredder 
  5. LawnMaster 2800W Quiet Garden Shredder 
  6. Bosch Garden Shredder AXT Rapid 2200 
  7. Makita UD2500/2 Electric Shredder 2500W 
  8. Forest Master Compact FM6DD-MUL 6HP Petrol Wood Chipper Shredder Mulcher

Best Garden Shredders to Buy in 2023

best garden shredder uk 2023

12/18/2023 11:05 pm GMT Lasso Brag

Bosch Garden Shredder AXT 25 

Best Electric Garden Shredder
Bosch Garden Shredder AXT 25
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

The Bosch AXT 25 TC is our pick for the best garden shredder and for many good reasons. One thing that puts people off shredders is that they tend to be noisy. Not so with this beast. It is known as the “quiet shredder” and, despite the power, it produces minimal noise in comparison to many other options. If you’re looking for a quiet garden shredder, this is a good option. 

This is largely due to the Turbine Cutting System. It is a unique design that quickly and efficiently shreds green waste, woody hedges and even hard branches up to 45mm. 

For ease of use, it is a corded electric unit. The 2500-watt motor delivers 4100 RPM. It is ideal for medium to large gardens and can handle most work you would expect from a leading garden shredder. 

The only downside is that this performance comes at a cost. It is more expensive than most of the other garden shredders on our list. 

Pros:

Cons:

Ryobi RSH3045U 3000W Silent Impact Shredder

Best Garden Branch Shredder
Ryobi RSH3045U 3000W Silent Impact Shredder
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

Ryobi is known for reliable garden equipment at a fair price. The RSH3045U fits the bill giving a great performance as well as excellent value for money. 

It is an impact shredder and the 3000W motor makes quick work of garden waste. You can use it to shed green material as well as shrubs and small branches. It is safe and easy to use and comes with a convenient plunger. 

Waste is shredded to a fine consistency that can be used as mulch or composted. The 55L container makes collecting the shredded matter a breeze. 

Pros:

Cons:

Einhell GC-KS 2540 Electric Garden Shredder 

Best Garden Waste Shredder
Einhell GC-KS 2540 Electric Garden Shredder
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

One of the features I appreciated on this model is that the blades are reversible. This makes clearing blockages much easier to remove saving you time and effort. The steel blades are sharp and will last a long time. 

Also handy is the generous funnel that speeds up the process. When cleaning the machine there is a safety interlock that simply swings down to protect you when needed. Overload protection is also in place thanks to a circuit breaker. 

This model can handle branches up to 40mm with ease. A 2500W motor delivers sufficient power to get the job done. 

The design and materials used make this a robust garden shredder. It comes with a debris bag that is easy to put on and remove. The addition of wheels makes it easy to move around the garden and the handles are comfortable and sturdy. 

Pros:

Cons:

Cobra QS2500 2500W Quiet Electric Garden Shredder

Best Quiet Garden Shredder
Cobra QS2500 2500W Quiet Electric Garden Shredder
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

This garden chipper shredder is highly versatile and will shred green matter as well as branches up to 40mm. It features an auto-feed and a handy reverse feature. This makes it simple to remove any blockages that may occur. 

The collection box is a decent 50L and is transparent so you can see when it is getting full. 

The Cobra shredder makes use of drum technology which isn’t only effective but helps to reduce noise output, a common issue with some other models. This is all powered by a 2500W motor. It is an efficient system that works quickly. The position of the anvil can be adjusted simply in order to improve effectiveness. 

Two sturdy wheels make it easy to move and it comes with a 2-year warranty. 

Pros:

Cons:

LawnMaster 2800W Quiet Garden Shredder 

Best Garden Shredder for Conifers
LawnMaster 2800W Quiet Garden Shredder
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

Another powerful yet quiet garden shredder is this 2800W model from LawnMaster. The secret to the low noise is the drum design that has outstanding power yet only spins at 45RMP. The LawnMaster also has T-Drive torque making it even more effective. It can handle branches up to 42mm. 

This shredder is designed for mobility and has large wheels making it easy to move. The build quality is good and robust materials have been used so you can expect decent durability. 

LawnMaster also added some excellent safety features such as an interlock switch that ensure the machine does not start when the hopper or collection box is open, as well as overload protection. A handy feeding stick is used to push the material into the hopper. 

The LawnMaster is versatile and can be used for branches, woody growth, and green vegetation and clippings. It has a massive 60L collection box

Pros:

Cons:

Bosch Garden Shredder AXT Rapid 2200 

Best Small Garden Shredder
Bosch Garden Shredder AXT Rapid 2200
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

Another excellent and more affordable option from Bosch is the popular AXT Rapid 2200. It’s all in the name, this guy is fast. Granted, it is not as powerful as some other garden shredders but you get a lot for your money and it is one of the top-selling shedders in its class. 

It has a PowerDrive 2200W motor and precision cutting for fast and effective garden shredding. This is made even better by the generous and easy-to-use hopper. It makes the process of feeding the machine fast and efficient. The plunger makes this job even easier and a safe process. 

The blades are strong, sharp and twin-edged for maximum performance. The reverse features mean that the occasional blockage is a cinch to clear. 

It is light and compact and a set of wheels enables you to move it around with ease. For safety, it has restart and overload protection and it comes with a 2-year warranty. 

While it is not the most powerful motor, it is an effective garden shredder that represents outstanding value for money. 

Pros:

Cons:

Makita UD2500/2 Electric Shredder 

Best Garden Shredder for Reliability
Makita UD2500/2 Electric Shredder
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

Makita has a reputation for affordable and reliable equipment, the UD2500/2 is no exception. It is happy to shred green garden waste, twigs and leaves, as well as branches up to 45mm. It makes a fantastic garden leaf shredder. 

While this is a relatively basic machine, it is reliable and built for effectiveness. It uses the cut-and-crush design which is effective and efficient. It also offers decent value for money. 

What is a pleasure is the fantastic 67L collection box. This saves time and effort and it’s easy to view the capacity of the box which adds to the convenience. 

The reverse feature makes the occasional blockage a breeze to rectify. It is a comfortable machine to operate and as a safety feature, it has an automatic anti-block system. 

Pros:

Cons:

Forest Master Compact FM6DD-MUL 6HP Petrol Wood Chipper Shredder Mulcher

Best Heavy-duty Garden Shredder
Forest Master Compact FM6DD-MUL 6HP Petrol Wood Chipper Shredder Mulcher
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

Forest Master has achieved a fantastic combo garden shredder and chipper. If your needs require power and performance, this one is for you. Although it has awesome strength and ability, it is still compact and portable. 

It does not shy away from branches up to 50mm, much more than most competitors in this range. In combination, it is still effective and efficient with green or other garden waste. What a pleasure! This makes the machine highly versatile. 

The power is exceptional thanks to a 4-stroke 6 hp 208cc engine. It is a drum shredder with an impressive 3600 rpm. The design does not disappoint and gets the job done with speed and efficiency. An added bonus is that, despite the power, it is still relatively quiet. 

The reversible blades reduce the risk and improve the correction of any blockages. There is not much you can deliver to this machine that it will not deal will effectively. As an added advantage, it has large robust wheels that will get you through the rough spots in your garden. 

Pros:

Cons:

How to Buy the Best Garden Shredders for Chipping Wood & Leaves

Power 

Depending on the volume and size of the vegetation you want to shred or chip, power is a critical factor. For smaller gardens, you might not need much power. If you want to shred large branches or vast amounts of garden waste then it is best to go for one with more power. 

Blade quality

Better blades make for better shredding. This applies to the effectiveness, speed and quality of the resulting material. As with power, if you want to shred large quantities or thicker material, you will want to ensure that the blades are up to the job. 

The combination of the power and blade quality will determine the cut diameter. 

Reversible blades

While not essential, reversible blades make the occasional blockage easier to clear. 

Collection box

A larger collection box will save time and effort. It is even better if the box is transparent and allows you to see when it is nearly full. 

Safety

Shredders and chippers can be dangerous when used incorrectly. One thing to look out for is a sturdy plunger. This will allow for fast and efficient use without compromising on safety. Other features that improve safety are overload protection and a lock system that ensures the blades do not operate when the machine is open. 

Size and weight

You will most likely want to move your garden shredder around with you as you work. This makes the size and weight important. Some of the light compact models are highly effective. Wheels are also useful and make the shredder easier to move. 

Another factor to consider is that you need to store it when not in use so a bulky model might not be suitable in some gardens. 

Noise

You do not want to disturb the family or the neighbours when using your garden shredder. Some designs and models can be particularly loud while others make very little noise as they go about their job. 

Price

For most people, budget is always a consideration. While you do not want to buy a cheap and nasty model that will not get the job done and will likely not last too long, you don’t have to spend a fortune. There are some highly affordable models that are built to last and perform well. 

Warranty

A good warranty is a sure sign that the manufacturer has faith in the build quality and materials used on the garden shredder chipper. Also, take a look at the reputation of the brand. While there are some great new brands, the more established brands generally offer good aftersales service. 

Garden shredder design

Not all garden shredders work in the same way. 

Impact or rapid shredders make use of blades to chop up the material fed into them. They are versatile although soft vegetation sometimes sticks to the blades. They are easy to use and generally affordable. They do tend to be somewhat noisy. 

These use a spinning drum and crush the material. They are much quieter but do not like wet material. They tend to be a bit more expensive but they are fast and effective. 

Electric or Petrol Garden Shredders

Most home users are more than happy with an electric shredder. They are affordable, a breeze to maintain and easy to operate. They’re also light and compact making them easier to move around and store. 

While petrol shredders are more powerful, they tend to be expensive and noisy and the running and maintenance costs are higher. They tend to be used in very large gardens or for commercial use. You can also get diesel shredders. Similarly expensive and noisy, they are generally only used in large commercial projects. 

You can purchase a cordless garden shredder but they tend to lack power and only operate for a short period of time. For occasional use in a small garden, it might be an option to look at. Do not expect to cut a large volume of material or larger branches with a battery-powered garden shredder. 

Frequently Asked Questions

What Is the Difference Between a Chipper and a Shredder?

A garden shredder and a chipper are different in that a shredder is designed for leaves and small debris while a chipper can deal with larger branches. The blades and design make them different. Some models combine both functions and can be used for shredding and chipping. 

Can You Put Compost Through a Shredder?

Garden shredders are excellent for making compost from your garden waste. They will produce fine clippings that will break down into free organic compost. There would be no point in putting compost through a shredder but they can be used to make composted material. 

What Should You Not Put in a Shredder?

You want to avoid putting spicy foods, sauces, meat and bones, dairy products and citrus fruit in the shredder. Also, you should not put poison ivy, glossy paper, metal, plastic or fibrous materials in the machine. 

What Are the Advantages of a Garden Shredder?

While you might not need to use a garden shredder every time you do a spot of gardening, they come in very handy. Taking your waste to the tip is a pain and costs money. It also takes time. Shredding your waste will eliminate this problem. 

Burying garden waste is frowned upon and not the most environmentally friendly option. In many areas, it is not allowed. It also means waiting for the vegetation to dry as green material will not burn well. 

The other major advantage is that you can easily make “free” compost with the material from your shredder. A garden mulcher shredder will supply nutrients to the soil and enrich your garden. Your plants will thank you for it. It is easy to make, effectively free, and environmentally friendly. 

Conclusion

There is little doubt that a garden shredder is a handy machine to have. Most people that have invested in a shredder will attest to this. Consider the size of your garden and the materials you intend to shred. A shredder will save you time and effort and can also save you money by making your own compost or not paying to have waste removed. 

Best Lawn Mower for Uneven Ground UK 2023

When it comes to garden care, the first tool most people consider is a lawn mower. This raises questions such as what lawn mower is best for certain grass? would a particular lawn mower be suitable? and more. 

We are going to look at the best lawn mower for uneven terrain to buy in 2023. These lawn mowers will be compared based on various criteria to help you find the best option for your garden.

best lawn mowers for uneven terrain uk 2023

Our TOP Lawn Mower Picks for Uneven Terrain

Here are our top picks for the best lawn mowers for uneven terrain.

Lasso Brag

Best Lawn Mowers for Uneven Terrain to Buy in 2023

When it comes to buying lawn mowers there are various factors to consider. First is the type of lawn mower you are looking for, whether that’s electric or petrol.  Next, you need to consider the terrain of your garden. You may have uneven ground such as slight inclines which requires a specific lawn mower.

Read our guide to uncover the best lawn mower for uneven ground.

Cobra Self-Propelled Electric Lawn Mower

Best Self-Propelled Lawn Mower for Uneven Terrain
Cobra Self-Propelled Electric Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features 

You can adjust the height of the cut with up to 7 options, making it ideal for a garden with uneven terrain that may require more flexibility. 

There are various options available to deal with the grass and garden debris, including collecting cuttings for later disposal, mulching with the mulch plug, or side discharge.

This lawn mower comes with a 2-year warranty which is an ideal feature to have. It means that should you have any issues with your lawn mower during that time, the company will help with repairs or replacements.

Pros:

Cons:

Hyundai Cordless Self-Propelled Lawn Mower 

Best Lawn Mower for Medium to Large Uneven Ground
Hyundai Cordless Self-Propelled Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features 

You can adjust the height of the cutting blades to 1 of 6 heights, allowing you to adjust to what is needed in a particular area. This includes areas around paving slabs or rocks.

As a self-propelled lawn mower, it is easy to direct this unit as needed. This is an ideal feature for gardens that feature slopes or hills and places less strain on you.

Pros:

Cons:

Cobra Petrol Lawn Mower

Best Electric Lawn Mower for Uneven Ground
Cobra MX484SPCE Petrol Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features 

This lawn mower comes with a 2-year warranty which allows you to approach the company should there be any issues during this time. The company should then help you to identify if a repair is needed or if a replacement is a better option.

Made from alloy steel, this is a durable lawn mower that will cope with frequent use. It is vital, however, to ensure you have regular maintenance performed to keep it working as needed.

Pros:

Cons:

Einhell Petrol Lawn Mower

Best Petrol Lawn Mower for Uneven Ground
Einhell GC-PM 40 S Petrol Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features 

Users have reported that this lawn mower is economical on petrol which is a good feature to have. This means you do not need to replace the petrol as often, lowering your continuing expenses.

Other users have identified that the self-propelled feature is ideal as it makes cutting their gardens easier with little resistance. Given the lightweight nature of this lawn mower, it is a good option for large gardens that require more cutting time. 

Pros:

Cons:

Murray Self-Propelled Petrol Lawn Mower

Best Lawn Mower for Large Uneven Garden
Murray EQ200 Petrol Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features 

This lawn mower comes with a 2-year limited warranty which allows customers some peace of mind. If there is an issue with your lawn mower you can contact the company to replace a faulty part or arrange for a repair to be done on your machine. 

Pros:

Cons:

Yard Force Compact Robotic Lawnmower

Best Robotic Lawn Mower for Uneven Ground
Yard Force Compact 300RBS Robotic Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features 

Created to avoid human effort, this robotic lawn mower is ideal for small gardens with inclines up to 30%. It is therefore a good option for uneven terrain as it can move freely up to a point. 

This lawn mower uses battery power and has a charging station that it returns to once the job is finished. The battery is a 20V lithium-ion Samsung battery which works well with the brushless motor.

Pros:

Cons:

Flymo EasiGlide Hover Collect Lawn Mower

Best Hover Mower for Uneven Ground
Flymo EasiGlide 330 V Hover Collect Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features 

The hover motor is high-powered, with a 1700W motor. It has been designed to be powerful and lightweight to make it easier to manoeuvre on slopes and uneven ground. 

One downside is that there is a 10m cable that could cause issues in a larger garden. However, for smaller gardens, a hover mower is an ideal option to consider. 

Pros:

Cons:

Sprint Self-Propelled Petrol Lawn Mower

Best Self-Propelled
Sprint 2691794 420SP Self-propelled Petrol Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features 

This lawn mower comes with a 2-year limited warranty which is ideal for consumers when an issue occurs with the machine. Additionally, the handlebars of the lawn mower have been designed to be ergonomic, ensuring comfort and ease of use. 

Pros:

Cons:

How to Buy the Lawn Mower for Uneven Ground

Self-propelled vs Rideable Lawn Mower

Self-propelled lawn mowers are the best option for uneven terrain as it gives you greater control while caring for your garden. Ride-on lawn mowers are not a good idea as they give less control and could lead to accidental injury.

Cutting Width

Lawn mowers come with different cutting widths, with some options allowing you to adjust the width to suit your needs. Taking note of the different options is important to identify what you would prefer for your garden.

Warranty

It is important to look for a lawn mower that comes with a warranty. This allows you to contact the brand and receive a repair or replacement should anything happen to your unit.

Power Source

Different power sources are available for lawn mowers, including petrol-based and electric options. It is important to identify which style you would prefer to have as they each come with implications and requirements. 

Weight 

Particularly with push lawn mowers, it is important to consider the weight of the item. You are going to need to push this machine around your garden so ensure that it is not heavy enough to tire you out unnecessarily. 

Durability

Lawnmowers are one of the garden tools that you’ll use most so it’s important to look for one that will last over time. This is when the material used for the lawn mower should be closely examined.

Maintenance 

Like most power tools, lawn mowers require regular maintenance to ensure it keeps working well and that it lasts a long time. This maintenance includes sharpening the blades, checking the cords and replacing batteries when needed.

Frequently Asked Questions

Electric or petrol lawn mower?

Both petrol and electric lawn mowers have advantages and disadvantages. For electric lawn mowers:

Pros:

Cons:

Let’s look at petrol lawn mowers in comparison:

Pros:

Cons:

What type of lawn mower is best for uneven ground?

Self-propelled lawn mowers are the best option for uneven ground as they are easy to manoeuvre while retaining their power. These machines move easily, so you only need to focus on directing them.

Can you use a reel mower on uneven ground?

Reel mowers are lawn mowers with 3 to 7 blades that spin vertically. These lawn mowers are most often used on golf courses. However, they are better for smaller gardens that do not have inclines, so would not be ideal for uneven ground. 

What is the most common cutting width?

The cutting width of a lawn mower refers to the stripe of grass a machine can cut at a time. For various garden sizes you will need different cutting widths:

How loud is a lawn mower?

Petrol lawn mowers are louder than electric mowers given the large engine running to fuel the machine. These lawn mowers tend to have a noise level of 95dB while electric lawn mowers run at approximately 75dB.

How long can you leave petrol in a lawn mower?

Unfortunately, you cannot leave petrol in your lawn mower for longer than 2 to 4 weeks as it will go bad. This will then cause issues in your engine, potentially breaking your unit.

What petrol is best for a lawn mower?

The best petrol for your lawn mower is unleaded which is clean and fresh. Unnecessary impurities can cause blockages in your engine which will require time and effort to fix. Some lawn mower manufacturers suggest you use oil with your petrol.

Conclusion

Choosing a lawn mower from the wide variety available can be overwhelming and daunting. We have made this decision easier by providing this list and analysing the options for you. 

Several factors must be considered when buying a lawn mower which could impact how and when you use it. These include the weight of the lawn mower, the power source and other elements.

We trust that you have a better idea of which option to go with after reading this article. Please feel free to reach out if you have any comments or questions. 

Best Strimmers for Long & Hard-to-Reach Grass in 2023 (Reviewed)

Which strimmer is best for you? Is a strimmer even the best option?

To help you choose, here is a guide to 8 of the highest-rated strimmers out there. They run the gamut from bare-bones entry-level minimum to an absolute embarrassment of riches so you can see which one fits your particular circumstances.

Our TOP Strimmers to Buy in 2023

Lasso Brag

Best Strimmers to Buy in 2023

  1. Vivianus Cordless 
  2. Ejoyduty 2-in-1 cordless 
  3. Mountfield MM2605 5-in-1 petrol
  4. Worx WG157E cordless 
  5. Black and Decker GL9035GB 900W electric 
  6. Einhell GE-CT 18 Li-Solo cordless 
  7. Black+Decker 36V cordless 
  8. Husqvarna Flymo Contour 500E Electric 

Vivianus Cordless 

Best Grass Strimmer with Blades 
Vivianus Cordless 
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Although not technically a strimmer, the Vivianus is so innovative that it can’t be ignored. This company has completely rethought what a strimmer does and the best way to do it.

Replacing the traditional spinning nylon thread with nylon blades makes it possible to introduce side wheels and glide runners, making it easier to achieve a cleaner, straighter cut with more even lines. By supporting and guiding the cutting head at the same height throughout the trimming process, it also makes a harness unnecessary.

When the blade encounters hard surfaces like stone, brick or concrete, the motor drops into neutral and the blade stops spinning until the cutting head has moved away from the obstruction.

The cutting head can be swivelled to 5 angles up to 90°, turning the strimmer into a vertical edger. Replacing the nylon blade with a circular saw blade turns the strimmer into a brush cutter.

Another boon that comes with side wheels and glide runners is the ease with which you can tackle steep slopes. This setup avoids all the pitfalls that accompany mowing hills. You can mow side to side or up and down, whatever you’re comfortable with.

Pros:

Cons: 

Ejoyduty 2-in-1

Best Strimmer for Brambles 
EJOYDUTY Strimmer Cordless
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

The Ejoyduty is a trimmer and a brush cutter. It is quite possibly a hedge trimmer, too, since the cutting head can be turned on its side, although I should qualify that by saying that it would work best on small-leaved hedges. 

It comes with 10 nylon blades for mowing strips of grass too narrow or awkward for a lawn mower, 2 stainless steel blades for trimming wood-stemmed weeds and shrubs, 2 manganese steel circular saw blades for pruning young branches, a pair of side wheels, gloves, safety goggles and sundry bits and pieces.

The length of the telescopic drive shaft is adjustable between 90cm and 120cm while the engine is running.

The child safety lock might work for very young children: I doubt it would deter older kids who could disarm it by simple trial-and-error since all it consists of is sliding a switch forward before pressing the starter button.

Warranty information is unavailable at this time.

Pros:

Cons: 

Mountfield MM2605 5-in-1

Best Petrol Strimmer 
Mountfield 5-in-1 Petrol Garden Multi-Tool
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This is a hedge trimmer, edge trimmer, pruner, brush cutter and strimmer all rolled into one. It’s best suited to farms and allotments where an electric strimmer isn’t feasible because of the distances involved and work areas are outside the range of a cordless strimmer’s batteries.

It comes with a spool head of the tap variety: rather than feeding out extra line automatically, you release thread by tapping the spool head on the ground. Because the tap mechanism is simpler, there’s less to go wrong, making it more reliable than its counterpart. Controlling the frequency and amount of thread that’s played out also means that it’s more economical.

Pros:

Cons: 

Worx WG157E

Best Cordless Strimmer
WORX WG157E Cordless Grass Trimmer
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

The Worx WG157E Cordless is a strimmer that converts easily into an edger by turning the cutting head 90°.

It works best with Worx’s proprietary DNA2 Double Helix spool thread, a patented polymer blend designed to cut better and last longer than conventional threads, but you can use other brands, too.

The 3m-long single line feed is automatic from start-up, measuring out the right length of thread, longer if you have a small garden and want a wider cutting length, or shorter if you need to extend the run time.

Also proprietary is Worx’s 20V lithium-ion battery, interchangeable across the range of Worx power tools, so you’re in luck if you already have Worx products in your workshop.

The warranty is good for 3 years of domestic use.

Pros:

Cons: 

Black and Decker GL9035GB Electric 

Best Heavy Duty Strimmer
Black and Decker GL9035GB Electric
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

As with all Black and Decker tools, this strimmer is as reliable as it is dependable. It does everything it says on the box and, with minimal maintenance, should last years. There are, however, a couple of caveats.

Firstly, there is no safety mechanism, just a dead switch that sets the spool head spinning when depressed. If this switch is triggered accidentally while you happen to be adjusting the thread, let’s just say that this is one more reason why you should be wearing gloves.

Secondly, at 16m, the length of the power cable is woefully inadequate. You will need an extension cord. Just make sure that it is rated for use with heavy-duty household appliances, otherwise, there’s a fire risk involved. Extension cords that are only rated for lamps, computers and the like aren’t built to deliver a heavy current.

That said, as long as you’re a savvy user with prior experience with power tools, a modicum of caution should suffice.

Pros:

Cons: 

Einhell GE-CT 18 Li-Solo Cordless

Best Lightweight Strimmer
Einhell GE-CT 18 Li-Solo Cordless
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

One of the few things in life you can count on is German engineering and Einhell is no exception.

This strimmer’s cutting head swivels 90° in either direction and inclines to 5 different positions. This is especially useful if your garden has lots of nooks and crannies, paths, walkways, flowerbeds, ornamental shrubberies and the like.

It also solves the problem of a strimmer being too long or too short for the user. Now you can keep the cutting head parallel to the ground simply by tilting it forward or back.

20 nylon blades fit in a storage compartment on the handle and a sturdy, robust metal flower guard prevents you from accidentally ‘trimming’ your spouse’s dahlias.

The Einhell warranty that applies to all its products covers the unit itself for 3 years and their Power X-Change batteries for 2, contingent upon your online registration. There’s also a 30-day money-back guarantee.

Pros:

Cons: 

Black+Decker 36V Cordless Strimmer 

Best Cordless Strimmer for Allotment
Black+Decker 36V Cordless Strimmer
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Slightly heavier than other strimmers, this one has a couple of features not seen elsewhere.

Its brushless motor is not only more efficient than the brushed variety, but it also saves on wear and tear and improves battery performance.

It has a guide wire for straighter edges and a proprietary Automatic Line Feed System (AFS) that eliminates jamming and just makes the job so much easier. 

This strimmer is covered by a full 2-year manufacturer’s warranty where material faults and workmanship are concerned. It doesn’t cover wear and tear or worn-out parts.

Pros:

Cons: 

Husqvarna Flymo Contour 500E Electric 

Best Strimmer for Edging
Husqvarna Flymo Contour 500E Electric
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This is an excellent strimmer at a competitive price from a highly reputable company. It’s capable of trimming straight and curved edges, nooks and crannies, irregular patches of lawn, the borders of flower beds and the base of walls and fences.

A versatile configuration makes it easy to trim under garden furniture too.

The motor is of the continuous type rather than the step variety, adjusting its speed smoothly from high to low in response to the obstacles it encounters. 

Pro tip: The key to automatic line feeds is to stop about once a minute just long enough for the spool head to reel out more thread. This stops the thread from getting so short that it unclips from the spool and has to be reloaded.

Pros:

Cons: 

How to Buy the Best Strimmer

Key Factors 

The two key factors you need to take into account are the extent and type of terrain that needs strimming. 

Consider the following when buying a strimmer:

All these questions are pertinent to your final decision so take them into account. Also: don’t rely on your memory. Go outside and take a good look around. Make sure that the picture you have in your mind matches reality.

Power Options 

Let’s take a look at the pros and cons of the three main types of strimmer:

Electric Strimmers: 

Pros:
Cons:

Cordless Strimmers: 

Pros:
Cons:

Petrol Strimmers:

Pros

Cons

 Fit-for-Purpose

A lush, beautiful lawn is achieved by degrees, not all at once. Grass is supposed to be cut an inch at a time until you’ve reached the desired height. This applies to the whole lawn, including the edges.

If you’re not getting the results you expected from your strimmer, chances are you’re not using it properly!

If you cut your lawn down from five inches to one in one fell swoop, you are going to injure the grass, creating unsightly brown and even bald patches. No blade or trimming thread is sharp enough to cut thick grass cleanly, without ripping and tearing the stalks.

If that wasn’t bad enough, the debris produced by aggressive cutting is going to smother surrounding grass, arresting new growth and depriving the grass blades of sunlight.

Manufacturers know all this and design their tools accordingly because they know that the best advertisement for their product is a beautiful, soft, full, springy lawn. 

Ease-of-use 

Unless a strimmer is already the right height for you, a telescopic guide bar (actually the drive shaft) is essential. It’s exactly the kind of feature you miss most when it’s not there, especially if you’re somewhat taller or shorter than the average.

The shape of the strimmer is also important. Some people find a curved design more comfortable while others prefer a straight shaft because it makes for easier trimming under shrubs and garden furniture. 

Even if you’re planning to buy online, I’d strongly suggest visiting a local retail outlet and ‘test-driving’ the strimmers they have in stock. Get a sense of the heft and feel of them, keeping in mind that the cutting head should be parallel to the ground.

The Warranty 

As a rule, the battery warranty should last at least two years and should cover you in case of any defects in manufacture. The unit itself is generally guaranteed for up to three years.

Frequently Asked Questions

What protection should I wear when operating a strimmer?

A pair of safety goggles is the absolute minimum. Trimmers and brush cutters spit out stones and bits of wood, spraying debris in every direction, any of which could permanently injure an eye. By the same token, you should also protect your hands from cuts and bruises with a pair of gloves, either of the gardening or workman’s variety.

Should I buy an electric or cordless strimmer?

It depends on how many extension cords you own and how much time you’re prepared to devote to moving them from one side of the house to the other.

Cordless strimmers don’t have that problem and, when you’re done, you don’t have miles of cable to untangle, roll up and put away.

Can you use a strimmer on wet grass?

Grass should never be cut wet, no matter what tool you’re using. Cutting grass when it’s wet stresses the motor and makes it harder to clean. It also tears up grass rather than cutting it cleanly.

How to store a cordless strimmer?

First of all, remove the battery. Clean the moving parts with a soft, damp cloth, then place the strimmer in a dry place out of reach of children or hang it on a wall.

Strimmers are best stored vertically; that is to say, upright. Hanging them up prevents damage to the cutting head.

Can I trim a hedge with a strimmer?

If your strimmer has a hedge-trimming attachment then yes, by all means. If it hasn’t, but the cutting head rotates to 90°, you’d be best advised to try it first on a hedge with small leaves. Strimmer thread isn’t sharp enough to tackle thick foliage and may do more harm than good.

Also, be warned that once you’ve lifted the cutting head above waist height, the cutting guard can no longer protect you from flying debris.

What is the difference between a trimmer and a strimmer?

Strimmer is short for string trimmer. Instead of a metal, ceramic, or plastic blade, a strimmer uses a short length of 2mm thick nylon cord that gets spun out from a reel. As the cord wears away with use, it is replaced by fresh cord from the reel.

Unlike a regular trimmer, when a strimmer bumps into something unyielding like a stray stone, the leg of a piece of garden furniture, some brickwork, the edge of a wall or the trunk of a tree, the cord shreds itself rather than inflicting damage on the whatever got in the way.

Can you do a whole lawn with a strimmer?

Yes, it’s possible, but it’s going to take a lot longer as it doesn’t have the cutting width of a lawn mower. Also, unless you use side wheels or skate runners, you are not going to get the nice, even, level lawn that you would with a lawn mower.

How long do electric strimmers last?

With care and proper maintenance, there’s no reason why an electric strimmer shouldn’t last upwards of ten years or more. The trick is to not make unreasonable demands of it. Stay within its operational parameters but, if you have to test its limits, be respectful and cautious. Take care of the hardware and the hardware will take care of you.

Conclusion

We think cordless is the way to go, regardless of the tool you’re buying. It’s safer and quieter, it produces zero emissions and its reduced vibrations mean it’s more precise. And in every instance, it’s cheaper. A cordless strimmer will cut four times as much grass as its petrol-driven counterpart, as witnessed here.

Greg from Machinery Nation put 12p of petrol into his petrol strimmer. His battery strimmer takes 12p to charge up. The petrol strimmer ran for 4 minutes while the battery strimmer ran for 19, conclusive proof that battery strimmers are not only cheaper, they are much, much cheaper.

Best Garden Loppers for Easy Tree & Branch Pruning in 2023

When it comes to pruning bushes and trees, a good pair of garden loppers is a must. In this article, we’ve rounded up our top picks of the best garden loppers to buy in 2023.

Let’s take you through what to look for in a quality pair of branch loppers before you buy. 

Our TOP Garden Lopper Picks

Lasso Brag

Best Garden Loppers to Buy in 2023

We took a close look at the very best garden loppers. Based on our extensive research, here is our list of the best of the best. 

  1. Spear and Jackson Telescopic Garden Loppers
  2. AIRAJ Bypass Garden Loppers
  3. Gartol Heavy Duty Garden Loppers
  4. REPEAK Extendable Garden Loppers
  5. Draper Lightweight Garden Loppers Set
  6. Jardineer Anvil Garden Loppers
  7. Gartol Long Handled Garden Loppers
  8. Spear and Jackson Ratchet Anvil Loppers

Garden loppers are a must for pruning and trimming trees and shrubs in your garden. Various loppers are available with their uses being specific to certain sized gardens and needs. 

If your garden has larger trees, you may require a garden lopper with extendable arms to reach those taller branches. However, if your garden is primarily shrubs or smaller trees, shorter and lighter garden loppers are a better choice. 

When it comes to finding the best tree loppers, there are various considerations to make. We have discussed what to look for in garden loppers further on in the article. For now, let us take a look at our top picks of the best garden loppers to buy in 2023.

Spear and Jackson Telescopic Garden Loppers 

Best Garden Loppers for Tough Branches
Spear and Jackson Telescopic Garden Loppers
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you are looking for a durable pair of garden loppers to deal with tough branches, Spear and Jackson’s telescopic option is a good choice. As a ratchet anvil lopper, the strain is taken off your hands while giving precise cuts.

These tree loppers are lightweight and can be used for prolonged periods of time. The blades are treated with PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene) which leaves the surface of the blades smooth and rust-resistant. 

The arms of the loppers can be extended by twisting the handles, allowing you to reach further without strain. This extension takes the height of the cut from 46cm to 72cm in front of you. 

Finally, this pair of loppers come with a 10-year guarantee which is ideal when it comes to garden tools. If the loppers break or experience excessive damage, the manufacturers guarantee satisfaction and will repair or replace the faulty part. 

Pros:

Cons:

AIRAJ Bypass Garden Loppers

Best Garden Loppers for Smaller Branches and Bushes
AIRAJ Bypass Garden Loppers
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you have a smaller garden that lacks tall trees, these bypass loppers are a good option. While they cannot cut through tough branches, they are able to easily and smoothly trim smaller branches and bushes.

Made from durable, high carbon steel, these blades are strong enough to cut through branches up to 3cm wide. These loppers are therefore ideal for dealing with smaller branches or bushes while pruning. 

These garden loppers are the lightest on this list, making them ideal for long periods of use while pruning your garden. The lightweight, ergonomically designed handles are covered in a non-slip material to ensure you have constant control over your loppers while pruning. 

Additionally, these loppers can trim fresh branches and dry wood due to the lever and gear design. As a bypass model, these loppers cut through these materials quickly while reducing the resistance.

Pros:

Cons:

Gartol Heavy Duty Garden Loppers

Best Garden Loppers for a Professional Gardener
Gartol Heavy Duty Garden Loppers
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you’re looking for a pair of garden loppers that are strong enough to cut through tough materials, then this Gartol anvil lopper is a good option. Made with high carbon steel, the blades are strong enough to slice up to 5cm in diameter.

A protective coating on the blades makes them waterproof, ensuring the steel remains rust-free over time. This is a good quality to look for in loppers as exposure to water can lead to wear and tear over several years. The coating, therefore, extends the lifetime of the loppers. 

Finally, the tree loppers have been created for comfort while remaining powerful. The balanced design ensures that the force exerted on the handles does not cause the blades to bend. Additionally, non-slip padded handles allow a comfortable grip.

Pros:

Cons:

REPEAK Extendable Garden Loppers

Best Garden Loppers for High Reach
REPEAK Extendable Garden Loppers
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you are looking for a quality extendable lopper, then REPEAK’s offering is a good option. Able to extend from 70cm to 95cm, these telescopic loppers will help you reach branches higher than you would usually be able to.

As a lightweight pair of loppers, these can be held aloft and used for extended periods without straining yourself. This is due to the aluminium steel handles which are light enough to balance out the weight of the carbon steel blades. 

Finally, these anvil loppers come with a 1-year warranty. This is an important quality with gardening tools as any issues during that period can be dealt with by the manufacturers, either through replacement or repair. 

Pros:

Cons:

Draper Lightweight Garden Loppers Set

Best Garden Loppers for Full Garden Maintenance
Draper Lightweight Garden Loppers Set
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you are looking for a lopper that comes with additional tools for full garden maintenance, then the Draper lopper set is a good choice. Included in this set is a lopper with a 61cm length, a 52.5cm garden shear, and secateurs with a length of 20.3cm. 

These tools are all made with carbon steel blades to cut cleanly through tough materials. Although the cutting width is not known, users and Draper have stated that these blades are strong enough to slice through thick branches or shrubs. 

One downside to this tool kit is that there is no warranty for broken or damaged tools. However, given user reports, the tools are strong enough to last over time, with the only issue being the weaker secateurs. 

Pros:

Cons:

Jardineer Anvil Garden Loppers 

Best Garden Loppers for Tough Pruning
Jardineer Anvil Garden Loppers
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you are looking for strong and durable loppers to cut through thick branches, then the Jardineer anvil loppers are a good choice. Weighing 2.5kg, these loppers are somewhat heavy but more than capable of getting the job done efficiently. 

Able to cut through branches up to 6cm in diameter, these loppers have been designed for tougher jobs. They are able to cut through various materials and are suitable for potted pruning and fruit tree pruning. Additionally, they can be used to prune rose bushes and are ideal for thick twigs or landscaping. 

The blades have been coated in Teflon to make them more durable while being used. This coating creates a water-resistant surface that will leave your blades rust-free when exposed to moisture. 

Pros:

Cons:

Gartol Long Handled Garden Loppers

Best Garden Loppers for Reaching Taller Trees
Gartol Long Handled Garden Loppers
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you are looking for a pair of extendable garden loppers to reach further than you could normally, then Gartol’s option is a good choice. These loppers can extend by twisting the handles to reach branches further away without strain.

The blades have been treated with a protective coating to ensure ordinary wear and tear is minimised. This coating leaves the blades water-resistant, preventing them from rusting and making them easier to clean.

Shock-absorbing bumpers cover the handles of the loppers, eliminating the jarring effect that is caused at the end of a cut. This allows you to work with extra strength and force, knowing you will not be in pain afterwards. 

Pros:

Cons:

Spear and Jackson Ratchet Anvil Garden Loppers

Best Garden Loppers for Heavy Duty Use
Spear and Jackson Ratchet Anvil Garden Loppers
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

When it comes to cutting thick branches or anything requiring heavy-duty use, Spear and Jackson’s garden loppers are a good option. Made to resist rusting or corrosion, the blades on these loppers have been created to cut through tough materials without damage.

Each blade on the loppers has been coated with PTFE to ensure cutting remains smooth. Additionally, this coating helps avoid the risk of the blades rusting when exposed to water while pruning your garden.

The handles of the garden loppers extend from 40cm to 80cm to help reach higher branches on trees when needed. Additionally, the soft, non-slip grips on the handles have been designed to provide comfort when using them for longer times. 

Finally, these loppers have been built to cut through tough branches up to 5cm in diameter, ensuring easy pruning and consistent results. The ratchet action and anvil blade combine to create a powerful tool for easy cuts with little effort. 

Pros:

Cons:

How to Buy the Best Garden Loppers

Extendable Arms

When it comes to loppers, extendable arms are a good quality to look for. They allow you to lengthen the blades to reach higher branches when pruning. If the job of pruning takes time, it is important to ensure you are comfortable and extendable arms will make this easier. 

Durability

Although garden loppers are not the most expensive tool you can buy for garden maintenance, you want to ensure you buy a durable pair. Garden loppers, if they are made correctly and maintained by the user, can last a long time. 

Maintenance

While there are no electronics or engines involved with loppers, these tools still need to be maintained. If your lopper has wooden handles, you should rub linseed oil into the wood each season. Then, wipe the blades with an oily rag or with WD40 to ensure they remain in good condition.

Warranty

Warranties are important when buying a commercial product. If there is a problem with the lopper, such as the ratchet system breaking, you need a warranty to return your product. This should then encourage the company to repair the lopper or send you a replacement. 

Blade Quality

Given the purpose of the loppers is to be able to slice through small branches and twigs, the quality of the blades is important. Hardy blades that can last against thicker branches should be a priority, while the blade needs to be sharp enough to cut through the branches cleanly. 

Frequently Asked Questions

Anvil vs Bypass loppers

While both anvil and bypass are types of garden loppers, there is a difference between them. Anvil loppers have a more powerful cut than bypass loppers and are better used for pruning thick materials like dead wood. Alternatively, bypass loppers are better for softer materials like delicate stems.

Are there electric loppers?

Electric loppers have a similar purpose to normal garden loppers; however, they are much more powerful. Designed for heavy-duty pruning, they have a similar structure to chainsaws with less of a safety risk. The chains are protected by the enclosed jaws of the lopper, protecting the user from injury.

Which options are considered professional tree loppers?

Professional gardeners will have a wide range of loppers as part of their tool collection. Among these will be loppers for various purposes, including pruning bushes and shrubs, as well as high branches on trees. 

Best loppers for thick branches

Thick branches will require heavy-duty loppers to cut through thick branches cleanly. So, if you are looking for loppers for this purpose, choose a heavy-duty pair that are strong enough to cut through the branches smoothly and without strain.

Conclusion

When it comes to buying garden loppers, the variety of options available can cause some confusion. This is why we have taken such a close look at the best garden loppers to buy in 2023, to help you make the best decision. 

Specifically, we have looked at 8 types of garden loppers to suit your needs. Among these options are a variety of handle lengths, lopper types including anvil and telescopic, as well as various weights. It is important to consider what is best for your garden and your needs.

We trust that you have found this article informative and enlightening. This should help you decide which garden loppers to try next. If you have any questions or comments, feel free to let us know.

How Low Should You Mow a Lawn? When to Cut Grass Short?

Eager to give your lawn a low cut? You may think you’re helping it, but it’s usually better to avoid mowing your lawn short.

Mowing your lawn too short can do more harm than good. For most types of grass, a cut at 2.5 to 3 inches through most of the year helps keep the grass strong and healthy. In general, warm-season grasses require a shorter cut while cold-season grasses need a longer one.

The only time to cut grass short is in preparation for winter, to prevent matting and disease. But even then, you don’t want to cut your grass lower than 1½ to 2 inches. 

Read on to find out more about the best grass height during the different times of the year.

how low should you mow

Image credit: @vermeersgardencentre

Is it better to cut grass short or long?

When you lower the mowing height, you sacrifice root depth. Cutting grass short makes the grass use nutrients to grow the blade above the ground instead of strengthening the roots. As a result, the grass becomes fragile. More than being easily damaged, it can be pulled up by the mower.

Longer grass provides the lawn with more protection against the sun and heat. It offers shade to the soil beneath, helping to retain moisture during the hotter days of the year. It also makes life easier for bees and other beneficial insects.

In short, a lawn with taller grass is a healthier, less stressed lawn.

How short can I cut my grass?

The ideal height for most types of grass is between 2.5 and 3 inches. This height shades the soil beneath the grass from the sun, helping to retain moisture. It can also help prevent weeds from developing by robbing them of sunlight.

Got a serious weed problem? Set your mower blades higher. Cutting grass at 3 to 4 inches will prevent the weeds from getting enough sunlight. It’s a natural way to help your grass blades outcompete weeds without resorting to weed killers.

Good to know: Never cut more than 1/3 of the leaf height or you may stress the lawn. If your lawn grass has grown very tall, use repeated cuts to reach an optimal height.

When to cut grass short?

You can mow your lawn down to 2 to 2.5 inches in late autumn, in anticipation of the first frost of the year.

More on this: When should you STOP mowing your lawn in UK? (last cut of the year)

This height enables the grass to resist colder temperatures. At the same time, it helps it withstand disease.

Certain warm-season grasses such as Bermuda grass and zoysia stay healthy when cut short. During the growing season, cut grass like Bermuda to 1 to 1½ inches and zoysia at 1½ to 3 inches.

With that in mind, it’s best to avoid close mowing. It can promote shallow rooting, weaken the grass, and make your lawn more susceptible to weeds, moss, and drought. It can even lead to scalping, which exposes the soil beneath the grass.

Important: Avoid mowing your lawn short in times of stress, such as during hot temperatures or dry spells. A low cut will put additional stress on the grass. Aim for a high cut instead.

when to cut grass short

Image credit: @fredchavezO

How short to cut grass in spring?

In spring, mow cool-season grasses to 3 inches and warm-season grasses between 1 and 1½ inches. Don’t cut the grass shorter than this as it will leave it vulnerable to weeds and the rising heat. Make sure to check your mower blade settings before putting the mower to work.

Tip: Mow shady areas ½ to 1 inch higher than sunny spots. Longer grass blades will better absorb sunlight.

You Might Also Like: Spring Lawn Feeding: When To Do It & Best Fertiliser

How short to cut grass in summer?

Cut cool-season grass between 3 to 4 inches and warm-season grass between 2 to 2.5 inches. A long cut in summer shades the grass roots from the heat and helps to prevent weeds. It also enables the grass to better withstand dry spells.

Cutting your grass shorter than that could leave it exposed to the heat. The soil will lose moisture faster and you’ll need to water it more often if it doesn’t rain.

Tip: Moss in your lawn? Make sure to mow the grass at least ½ an inch above the moss height. This will help promote the growth of the grass and hide the moss from sight.

How short to cut grass in autumn? Should you leave your grass long or short for winter?

Before winter, mow cool-season grass to about 2.5 inches and warm-season grass to 2 inches. Mowing grass shorter than this before the first frost can leave the grass roots exposed to cold temperatures, and this can damage them. Tall grass, on the other hand, can become tangled and prone to disease.

Tip: New lawn? New lawns need around nine months to grow mature roots. During this time, avoid giving them a low cut. Keep the cut high.

how short to cut grass in autumn

Image credit: @nozzlenolen

How to save grass that was cut too short?

Reduce the frequency of the cuts to enable the grass to grow back to a healthy height. Water it thoroughly and more often to encourage growth. When you next mow it, don’t cut more than 1/3.

Grass that was cut too short is exposed to more sunlight, which can damage its roots. It also struggles to hold moisture, making it dry out more quickly.

Don’t fertilise grass that was cut too short to speed up its growth. At best, it will force weak growth. At worst, it will simply burn the grass. It’s best to wait until after the grass recovers before fertilising. Check out our full guide on when to feed a lawn.

Best Petrol Leaf Blowers 2023: for Every Garden Size and Budget

While electric leaf blowers are gaining popularity, petrol leaf blowers are still a staple in many garden sheds.

In this article, we have looked at our top picks of the best petrol leaf blowers for 2023 to help you find your first or next machine.

We’ll take you through the specifications of each leaf blower and what to look for in your ideal unit. 

Our TOP Petrol Leaf Blower Picks

Lasso Brag

Best Petrol Leaf Blowers to Buy in 2023

Here are our top picks of the best petrol leaf blowers available at the moment.

  1. McCulloch GB 355 BP Backpack Petrol Leaf Blower
  2. Webb 2-Stroke Petrol Leaf Blower, Vacuum, and Shredder
  3. Hyundai Petrol Backpack Leaf Blower
  4. PowerKing Handheld Petrol Leaf Blower
  5. eSkyde 2-Stroke Backpack Petrol Leaf Blower
  6. Makita 4-Stroke Engine Leaf Blower
  7. Stihl BG86 Petrol Leaf Blower

We have looked at the best petrol leaf blowers to help you decide which option is best for you and your garden. Different people will require different leaf blowers for various reasons. 

Perhaps one is better for the size of your garden and your primary requirement is that it is easy to use. It may even be that you are looking for a lightweight leaf blower which will not cause strain. 

We have therefore listed our top picks and indicated which option is better for a particular garden size. Additionally, we have looked at the specifications of each model so that you can work out which unit would be easier and more comfortable for you to use. 

McCulloch GB 355 BP Backpack Petrol Leaf Blower

Best Petrol Leaf Blower for Large Gardens
McCulloch GB 355 BP Backpack Petrol Leaf Blower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you are looking for a leaf blower for a larger garden or a garden that is prone to leaves, this backpack leaf blower is a good choice. It has a large petrol tank and adjustable backpack straps allowing you to work for longer without needing to refill or feeling fatigued. 

With a variable speed trigger, you can adjust the airflow depending on what you need. For larger areas and general cleaning, you can increase the airflow. In comparison, for times when you need to be more precise, the speed can be decreased to give you greater control of the leaf blower. 

Finally, users have reported that this leaf blower is easy on petrol, meaning you will not need to fill it too often due to the volume of the petrol tank.

Pros:

Cons:

Webb 2-Stroke Petrol Leaf Blower, Vacuum, and Shredder

Best Petrol Leaf Blower for Longer Use
Webb 2-Stroke Petrol Leaf Blower, Vacuum, and Shredder
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

Webb has designed this leaf blower with a vacuum (with a collection bag) and a shredder to make the job of clearing your garden easier. As a handheld leaf blower, this lightweight item is easy to carry without fatiguing. 

The company states that this combination allows you to move any leaves or garden debris into piles and then reduce your waste. Vacuuming the debris and leaves and then shredding them is said to reduce your garden waste by half. 

The vacuum bag is able to hold 40L of garden waste for easy collection. This makes it suitable for larger gardens as you can collect large amounts of waste and shred it efficiently and easily. 

Pros:

Cons:

Hyundai Petrol Backpack Leaf Blower

Best Petrol Leaf Blower for Large Gardens
Hyundai Petrol Backpack Leaf Blower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

This is a good leaf blower for those looking for a versatile unit. You can adjust the speed of the airflow depending on what is needed at the time, giving your more control over your unit. 

For larger gardens, backpack leaf blowers are more often recommended as it gives you more ease of use. You do not need to hold a heavy leaf blower in your hand throughout the process, as the comfortable, adjustable backpack straps will create a good balance between your body and the leaf blower. 

Aside from using this leaf blower to clear leaves and debris from your garden, it is powerful enough to be used to remove snow. This gives you the ability to use your leaf blower year-round to get real value from your purchase. 

This leaf blower comes with a 3-year warranty, allowing you to send your leaf blower back should you have any issues. Depending on the circumstances, Hyundai will either repair the unit for you or they will send a replacement. 

Pros:

Cons:

PowerKing Handheld Petrol Leaf Blower

Best Petrol Leaf Blower for Large or Stubborn Gardens
PowerKing Handheld Petrol Leaf Blower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

PowerKing has designed this leaf blower with a 2-stroke oil and petrol mix of 1:40. This mixture is then stored in the 650ml petrol tank which allows you to operate the leaf blower for longer before it needs to be refilled. 

You can use this leaf blower to clean most of your garden efficiently and easily. The nozzle allows you to get to leaves and debris from under bushes, allowing you to clear grass cuttings, twigs, leaves and more.

This handheld leaf blower is powerful enough to get the job done efficiently while the easy start technology makes it effortless to get the leaf blower going. With airflow of over 1600CFM, this leaf blower is powerful which makes for a quick clean-up without too much effort.

Pros:

Cons:

eSkyde 2-Stroke Backpack Petrol Leaf Blower

Best Petrol Leaf Blower for Large Gardens
eSkyde 2-Stroke Backpack Petrol Leaf Blower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you are looking for a powerful leaf blower that gives you precise and efficient clearing, then the eSkyde backpack petrol leaf blower is a good option. It gives you greater comfort while cleaning with the use of padded backpack straps while making your cleaning efficient and precise. 

The turbo nozzle directs the airflow to allow you more control when cleaning your garden. It directs airflow precisely to move leaves and garden debris into an exact pile which allows you to clean up the leftover debris easily. 

Finally, this leaf blower comes with a 1-year warranty which allows you to send your unit back if there are any issues experienced during that time. eSkyde will then repair your leaf blower or send you a replacement depending on the circumstance.

Pros:

Cons:

Makita 4-Stroke Engine Leaf Blower

Best Petrol Leaf Blower for Large Gardens
Makita 4-Stroke Engine Leaf Blower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

If you are looking for a leaf blower to use infrequently or in a smaller garden, Makita’s 4-stroke option is a good choice. It has enough power for a small garden but would not work well in a larger garden, and is lightweight enough for easy use. 

This is a handheld leaf blower which means you will need to hold it while clearing your garden, which is not too much of an issue as it is lightweight. You may want to buy a strap for the leaf blower if you are using it for longer times. 

Finally, this is a compact leaf blower which can easily be packed away and stored. There is an optional vacuum attachment that can be bought separately to convert this leaf blower to collect leaves and debris while cleaning. 

Pros:

Cons:

Stihl BG86 Petrol Leaf Blower

Best Petrol Leaf Blower for a Full Garden Care Kit
Stihl BG86 Leaf Blower (Petrol Driven)
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Product Specs and Features

For those looking for a gardening kit that allows you to fully clear and dispose of leaves and debris, Stihl’s BG86 petrol leaf blower may be a good option for you. 

If exhaust fumes are a concern for you, this leaf blower is a good option. This leaf blower has been designed to use 20% less fuel consumption, resulting in lower exhaust emissions. Stihl has done this to give you peace of mind while cleaning your garden. 

This kit allows you to manoeuvre the leaves in your garden to one spot (with the leaf blower), collect the leaves and debris (using the vacuum) and then mulch the leaves (with the mulcher) to leave a clean garden. 

Finally, this leaf blower comes with a 2-year warranty, allowing you to return your product for a replacement or a refund should you have any issues with it. 

Pros:

Cons:

How to Buy the Best Petrol Leaf Blower

Engine Capacity

There are three types of leaf blower engine sizes: 

It is important to identify what engine capacity you require and then look for a leaf blower with your preferred engine size. Engine sizes are measured in cubic centimetres (cc).

Weight 

Given that leaf blowers require you to carry them, you should prioritise lightweight options. If a leaf blower is too heavy, you are less likely to want to use it as often. If you are buying a leaf blower with straps you have a bit more leeway but handheld options should be lighter weight. 

Durability

When buying a leaf blower, ensure it is durable and will last with frequent use. You do not want to buy a low-quality leaf blower and then need to replace it in a short time. You should therefore look for durable, thick plastic or metal parts which will not rust or break easily. 

Maintenance

Unfortunately, leaf blowers require frequent maintenance, with the suggested option being maintenance once a month. This usually involves maintaining and cleaning the air filters and fuel lines. Electric leaf blowers require less maintenance than petrol leaf blowers. 

Warranty

If a company gives a descent warranty on their leaf blowers, this is an indication that the company is confident in its product. This gives buyers the ease of mind that they will be reimbursed if something goes wrong with their leaf blower. It is important to read your warranty carefully. 

Handheld or Backpack?

Depending on how often you use your leaf blower, either of these options is a good choice. For a big garden and frequent use, a leaf blower with straps is a better option. For the infrequent use of smaller gardens, a handheld leaf blower is suitable. 

Frequently Asked Questions

Electric or Petrol Leaf Blower?

Both electric and petrol leaf blowers have advantages and disadvantages. For electric leaf blowers:

Pros:

Cons:

In comparison, for petrol leaf blowers:

Pros:

Cons:

What Is A Good Cfm for A Leaf Blower?

Smaller properties require less CFM (Cubic Feet per Minute), with the suggested CFM being 200 to 400. Meanwhile, if you have a larger property, you should look for a leaf blower with a 400 to 700 CFM. This is essentially the power of the air used for the leaf blower. 

What Size Leaf Blower Do I Need?

For large gardens, you will want to buy a larger and more powerful leaf blower to reduce the amount of work required. In comparison, smaller gardens or infrequent use means you can get away with a smaller leaf blower while still getting the job done. 

How Loud is a Leaf Blower in Decibels?

Petrol leaf blowers tend to be louder than electric leaf blowers due to the engine size. The National Institute of Health conducted a study on the characteristics of leaf blower sounds. They found that the person using the leaf blower will experience 95 dB[A] (A-weighted decibels).

How long can you leave petrol in a leaf blower?

You should not leave petrol in your leaf blower for longer than 30 days. Petrol can degrade over time which will cause a build-up in your leaf blower engine. You should therefore empty the petrol from your leaf blower when putting it away or storing it to avoid damage to your machine. 

What petrol is best for a leaf blower?

Most leaf blower manufacturers produce their leaf blowers to use regular, unleaded petrol. You can therefore take a petrol canister or jerry can to your local petrol station and collect some unleaded for use in your leaf blower. 

Conclusion

Deciding which petrol leaf blower to buy can be an overwhelming task which we have made easier with this list. We have looked at our top picks and what features differentiate each one. 

When looking for a leaf blower, several factors are important to consider. These include the weight of the unit, the power of the engine, special features, and other elements that make a leaf blower stand out. It is important to consider what your garden size will require.

We trust that you have found this article enlightening and that you now know what leaf blower you will be trying next. Let us know if you have any questions or comments.

Rock Edging Ideas -10 Ways to Use Stones

“What on earth can I do with all these stones?” is a frequent question from inexperienced gardeners. Here are some solutions to help you work out what to do if you’ve got an especially stony patch.

It may be that you have moved into a new place where the garden was a building site, or you are digging out an abandoned section of your back garden. If it is a vegetable garden, some stones may need to be removed before planting, but these excavated stones may be useful for adding decorative elements and creating useful rock edging.

Let’s get some inspiration first for using those stones as an integral part of your garden design. After that, we will look at common questions about stones and how to fix them. 

Stone gardens for inspiration

Tout Quarry in Dorset is a garden based in an old, disused quarry.

tout quarry

It is worth a visit for the views alone but the area has been transformed by artists who have added their personal touch by sculpting the local stone, integrating art with wildflowers and creating homes for insects and wildlife. The park has fantastic views of the sea and the sandy soil is home to coastal herbs and rare flowers like the Pyramidal orchid.

Rock Edging Ideas -10 Ways to Use Stones 1

Japanese Zen gardens use simple features and colours to create spectacularly beautiful garden designs.

The famous Ryoanji Temple Rock Garden in Kyoto is now a Zen monastery, and the garden designer is unknown. The rock garden can be viewed within a border with cherry trees framing the edges.  15 large rocks are arranged on patches of moss and surrounded by white pebbles. The meaning of the garden is open to interpretation, some people see the rocks as islands in the middle of a sea and others view it as a tiger carrying her cubs across the ocean.

The gardens and the architecture have given it UNESCO World Heritage Site status and this famous garden might invite you to look at stones as a potential garden feature rather than an annoyance.

Inspiration from Brazil

stone wall sorocaba

This stone wall was in a private garden I visited in Sorocaba. It uses local stone and as you can see, provides a perfect home for lizards. I adore the contrast between the whitewashed walls and the larger stones. 

The Botanic Gardens in Rio de Janeiro opened in 1822 and I visited them when I travelled in Latin America. The space provides locals and visitors with a cool, green space in the extremely hot summers, where you can stroll among Royal Palms and bamboo forests.

The use of stone in the park intrigued me. I stared upwards at a huge wall that doubled as a waterfall, close to the large lake and marvelled at the stone follies that were built around the area. Irrigation streams had waterfalls and the verdant bamboo stalks interspersed with exotic birds and flowers provide me with inspiration to this day.

Stone bridges, stone steps and water features can be added to your garden designs to provide sunny and shady spots for you and wildlife to enjoy. 

10 Ways to use stones in your garden

1. Make a wall

make a wall kendal

I found this dry stone wall near Kendal in northern England. The green moss adds a special something! You may need some help with the construction. Dry stone walls have no cement and were built as boundaries to separate farms or fields, using the large stones that made the soil unsuitable for farming.

Take your time and place larger stones at the base, followed by similar-sized stones but placed like bricks, over the division of the stones underneath. It takes some skill and your first attempts may fall but it’s all good exercise and you may discover a new talent! 

2. Build steps

steps rock edging

Gather your stones in one area and put similar-sized stones together. For steps, you will need large, flat-edged stones for easy walking, particularly in the centre. 

Mark the shape you want by laying some sand on the ground and use this as an outline before you mix up cement. This design is quite complex but you can make simpler steps using gabions. 

3. Create a path 

stone path

For stone paths, it is important to get rid of weeds first. Otherwise, you will be weeding this path forever. 

Dig out the area and then stamp it down with your feet. If your soil has bad drainage, then add a bag of sand to improve this. Just rake it directly onto the path area. You can also lay down a membrane that will suppress weeds if you like. Then edge the path with larger stones first, and add the smaller stones to fill in the path.

This path looks gorgeous in contrast to the huge, rhubarb leaves and trailing nasturtium. If you use a wheelchair, a stone path will be awkward so it may be better to reserve the stones for a decorative area and ensure a more solid surface for wheels.

4. Lots of big boulders? Make a feature!

big-boulders-with-a-feature

Big stones add an architectural element to any garden. Choose the right size so that they do not obscure any flower beds you want to view when sitting in an armchair.

Add some soil around the base of the boulders and plant up with geraniums, dahlias, sunflowers and herbs. The bright colours will contrast beautifully with the stone and attract wildlife too. 

5. Design a wishing well

wishing well

This picture was taken at the Upwey Wishing Well in Dorset. It is quite a large stone feature and water pours in from the river behind. Over the years, the moss has claimed its place. People visit from all over the world to see this well and make a wish.

The gardens use the local stone to make paths as well and there is wonderful planting with bamboo, flowers and vegetable growing. The café cooks with the food produced onsite so this is a lovely experience for a whole family, not just the gardeners.

6. Interplant boulders with plants

Another option with large and irregular shapes is to interplant. Put a handful of earth in between the gaps and either plant seeds or let Mother Nature take its course… I saw these used very successfully on the west coast of Ireland, where the winters can be bleak but the shelter provided by the rocks allowed plant and insect life to thrive.

Astilbe flowers beautifully in borders with stone, or plant hydrangea bushes for autumnal splashes of blue or pink, depending on your soil type.

boulders with plants 3

These rocky spaces are perfect for wildflowers, succulents, herbs and even marshy plants, depending on your soil.

Plant carefully to ensure colour and interest all year round.  In summer, the rocks will also attract wildlife. Butterflies, lizards and insects love large sunny stones to rest on in hot weather too. 

7. Use a stone base for a water feature

stone base water feature

Source: Outdoorlivinguk 

There are some gorgeous designs available for stone bowls that allow water to bubble through with a rippling effect. If you want to add a water feature to your garden, use the excavated stones to place the bowl on.

8. Lots of smaller stones? Create patterned rock edging

stone-patterned-mulches

Try to separate stones into different colour groups and then use them to surround plants, or add some to the edges of a pond for a very organic look. The stones will act as a mulch to retain moisture and give some frost protection too.

You can also use small stones, rocks and pebbles to create a bee watering station.

9. Use a mixture of big boulders and small pebbles

Take inspiration from the Japanese Zen gardens and go wild. Mark out a part of the garden and use string as guidelines. Send us your pics!

10. Create a rockery garden

It’s all in the name with this one! If your garden is on a slope, then the rocks can be used to raise the level in your garden. The stones can make excellent edges to each step or layer. Cottage gardens often use a spiral shape for rockeries and place different plants in each section. This will use up your stones beautifully and provide some frost protection too – see more on this below.

Rockeries are fabulous spaces for both herbs and succulents because you can make the soil slightly different in each section and you can replace frost-tolerant plants easily in the autumn. 

FAQs

Do stones help drainage?

Yes, and there are other advantages too. Stones are often added to large planters to help the roots to stay clear of water which can cause the pot to become waterlogged. It means roots are not sitting in wet soil too. Instead of removing all the stones, think of them as soil improvers. 

Stones retain heat longer than soil, which is why you see lizards and butterflies landing on them to sunbathe. This keeps the ground warmer so plants with sensitive roots will be glad of the extra heat too. 

Do I have to remove stones to grow carrots?

When I was a less experienced gardener, I once grew a carrot with an odd circular shape on one side, which turned out to be a large stone I did not remove before planting the seeds. Carrots like deep, stone-free soil, otherwise they will form their roots around the shape that blocks them. Prepare the ground carefully and do not add manure because this causes them to fork. Another of my learning experiences! 

Can stone mulches protect against frost?

As previously noted, stones retain heat so they keep that warmth in the soil for longer when the nights are cool. A layer of stones around some delicate plants will certainly keep their roots warmer for a few more hours than normal. A layer of stones will do the opposite in warm weather – it keeps the moisture underground so the soil does not dry out so quickly. 

Tina’s Tips

Release the inner you! During the pandemic, I took great pleasure in making stone sculptures all over my allotment and even on beaches and now I make stone patterns whenever I am gardening. Other people love them and you can encourage family members to join in, by sorting the stones into colour groups or adding to the design.

If you use the stones you find in your own soil, you may find they have distinct colours like mine. We have dark grey flint with plenty of chalky white stones and a mixture of yellow and reddish stones, which makes a perfect palette for any budding artist who wants to create a Zen garden. Have fun and do send us pics of any of your creations. 

Conclusion

While it is important to remove large rocks that can damage lawnmowers or for growing root vegetables, there are plenty of ways you can use the stones in your garden in a positive way. Whether you make a stone wall, a path or a garden feature, the stones can decorate, become a design feature and even release the artist in you.

Stones will retain heat, add structure to your garden design and may even encourage you to make a feature like a wishing well or a rockery. Last but not least, stones are valuable natural habitats for wildlife and you can encourage insects, pollinators, lizards, hedgehogs and birds into your green space. 

How Long Should You Sprinkle Your Lawn?

Watering your lawn is much more than just running your sprinklers for a couple of hours each week.

When you get to the root of the matter, there are a number of factors to keep in mind. This includes the grass type, sprinkler water output, your lawn’s weekly watering needs, soil type and weather conditions.

The answer to how long you should sprinkle your lawn varies. Typically, most lawns need 1-1½ inches of water each week. This roughly translates to 20-minute watering sessions twice a week. But don’t forget to keep an eye on the weather. Cut down on watering during rainy weeks and increase it during sunny weeks.

Join us as we take a stroll through your lawn and explore its weekly watering needs.

how long should you sprinkle your lawn

Image credit: @hoselinkusa

How long should I leave the sprinkler on my lawn?

Watering your lawn is a tricky business. Too much water and your grass and water bill will suffer, too little and you run the risk of killing your lawn.

Don’t worry. The following steps will help you to sprinkle your lawn with precision. In other words, simply follow them for a healthier, greener lawn year-round.

1. Understand your lawn’s weekly watering needs

Most lawns need an average of 1 to 1½ inches of water each week. That said, specific watering needs vary by grass type. So, the first step is to identify your lawn grass. 

Some of the most common types of grass in UK lawns include dwarf ryegrass, annual meadow grass, red fescue, and common bent.

Dwarf ryegrass has narrow, blade-like leaves and red fescue can be easily identified by its fine, deep green blades. Both these grasses like occasional watering, not more than 1 inch per week. 

On the other hand, annual meadow grass and common bent enjoy deep watering, about 1½ inches each week. They both feature low-growing, carpet-like sod.

2. Figure out the water output of your sprinkler 

Next, measure the water output of your sprinkler. This will help you calculate how much water your sprinkler puts out per hour. 

Just follow these simple steps:

  1. Place 6 identical containers in different areas of your lawn. Ensure that these are straight-sided.
  2. Run your lawn sprinkler for 20 minutes and turn it off.
  3. Measure the depth of water accumulated in each container.
  4. Add all depths and divide the sum by 6. This will give you the average water depth.
  5. Multiply the average depth by 3 to get your sprinkler’s hourly water output.

If this method sounds too complicated, you can put a flow timer on your sprinkler line. This handy device will monitor water flow and even help adjust it. 

3. Calculate weekly watering needs

Time to measure how long to water lawn with sprinkler each week. For this, simply divide your lawn’s weekly watering needs by your sprinkler’s hourly output.

For instance, if your dwarf ryegrass lawn needs 1 inch of water per week, and your sprinkler’s hourly water output is 1½ inches, you will have to turn on your sprinklers for 2/3 hours (about 40 minutes) per week on average.

lawn sprinkler

Image credit: @edengardeningtools

4. Decide how often to water your lawn

Satisfying your lawn’s weekly water needs in one day is not a good idea. You may end up with a swampy lawn perfect for fungi and pests, to say nothing of the impending root rot. 

On the other hand, watering your lawn only a little every day is not ideal either. The water will not reach the grass roots, and the blades will start to turn brown.

To prevent either of the above cases, it’s best to set a lawn watering schedule. For this, understand the type of soil on your lawn.

Clay and loamy soils hold water longer but also absorb it slower. You can water these soils about 3 times a week. Sandy soil soaks up water quickly but doesn’t retain it for long. You can water this soil 2-4 times a week.

Now, to determine how long you need to run your sprinkler, divide the weekly watering time by the watering frequency. For example, if you need to water your lawn for 40 minutes two times a week, simply let your sprinklers run for 20 minutes each time.

Tip: For better water absorption, space your lawn watering sessions 2 days apart. 

5. Keep an eye on the weather

Now that you have the basics down, it’s time to adjust your lawn watering schedule based on the weather. This will help save water and bring down your water bill, too.

During rainy weeks, you may have to water your lawn just once a week, if at all. To avoid overwatering, use a rain gauge to check how many inches of rain you’re getting. Subtract this amount from your lawn’s weekly watering needs.

Similarly, during sunny and windy weeks, you may have to water your lawn longer and more often. About half of the water is likely to evaporate from the soil. 

6. Water early in the morning

Early morning, between 8 am to 10 am, is the best time to water the lawn. The sun is not strong and the wind is not as high around this time. That means less evaporation and a well-watered lawn.

Avoid running sprinklers during noon, as the water will evaporate, leaving your lawn thirsty. Likewise, watering your lawn at night is a bad practice. Your lawn will sit in water and may breed fungus and pests.

Watering established vs. newly seeded lawns

Your lawn’s water needs also depend on whether it is established or newly seeded:

Watering cool vs. warm season grasses

To take better care of your lawn’s watering needs, keep in mind whether the grass is cool or warm season.

striped watered lawn

Get a lush-looking lawn with the right amount of water. Image credit: @lawnlover_

Lawn watering FAQs

From telling when your lawn needs watering to how much water a sprinkler puts out, below are answers to the most frequently asked lawn watering questions:

How to tell if my lawn needs watering?

To know if your lawn needs watering, insert a screwdriver into the soil. If you can insert it easily, the soil is damp enough. If not, it’s time to run the sprinklers.

What does an overwatered lawn look like?

Overwatering your lawn promotes fungal growth. Mushrooms, brown patches and yellowing blades, accompanied by grey and slimy roots are some signs of an overwatered lawn.

How much water does a sprinkler put out?

Sprinkler water output varies, depending on its design and water pressure. Typically, most sprinklers put out 0.2 to 0.4 inches of water in 15 minutes. 

Final thoughts

Get to know your lawn first, and you will be able to determine for how long the sprinkler lawn needs to be turned on. 

Start by identifying the grass and how much water it needs each week. Then calculate your sprinkler’s water output. Once you have all the basics down, organise a weekly watering schedule and your lawn will thank you.

Best Mulching Lawn Mower for a Healthier Lawn UK 2023

Mulching provides multiple benefits. It saves time and effort while rewarding the lawn with essential nutrients that will help it to become lush and verdant.

Best of all, it is free fertiliser. We take a look at the options for the best lawn mower for mulching.

Our TOP Mulching Mower Picks

Lasso Brag

Best Mulching Lawn Mower to Buy in 2023

best mulching lawn mowers uk

Here are our top picks for the best lawn mower for mulching: 

  1. GardenTek 15″/38cm Corded Electric 1600w/230v Roller Mulching Lawn Mower 
  2. HENSITA EGO LM1903E-SP 47cm Self Propelled Cordless Mower 56v 
  3. Cobra MX4140V 41cm (16in) Cordless Lawnmower 
  4. Murray 2x18V (36V) Lithium-Ion 44cm Cordless Lawn Mower IQ18WM44
  5. Honda HRX 537 HZ 53cm (21″), Hydrostatic, Self Propelled Lawnmower
  6. LawnMaster 1800W Electric Lawn Mower
  7. Bosch Lawnmower AdvancedRotak 750 
  8. NEXUS NX46SP NX46SP-18 self-propelled Petrol Lawn Mower 

Hyundai GardenTek Corded Electric 1600w/230v Roller Mulching Lawn Mower 

Best Lawn Mower for Mulching 
Hyundai GardenTek Corded Electric 1600w/230v Roller Mulching Lawn Mower 
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

The GardenTek 15″/38cm Corded Electric Roller Mulching Lawn Mower from Hyundai is a popular choice for a mulching lawn mower. It has a generous 380 cutting width so perfect for lawns of medium size.

It is light at only 12.5kg which makes it easy to move and more accurate. Despite the weight, it has a tough build that is made to last. 

The mulching feature works well, clipping the grass into fine pieces that will break down easily and return nutrients to the soil. While providing “free” fertiliser for a lush verdant lawn, it also saves effort as you don’t need to get rid of the grass clippings. 

You might not want to mulch every time, so there is an easy-to-use grass catcher for collecting the clippings that holds 40L. 

Another great feature is a rear roller for that professional striped look. The mulching roller mower allows you to choose between 5 height settings according to the season or your needs. 

It offers decent value for money and is a reliable machine with good support. 

Pros:

Cons: 

HENSITA EGO LM1903E-SP Self-Propelled Cordless Mower 56v 

Best Self-Propelled Cordless Lawn Mower
EGO LM1903E-SP
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

If you want the freedom of a cordless mulching lawnmower, the EGO LM1903E is a great option. What makes it even easier to operate is the fact that it is self-propelled. This makes the push mulching mower almost effortless to use. You can adjust the speed as needed. 

It has a powerful 56V Li-Ion battery which is a top performer in this category. The design also reduces overheating and prevents shutdowns. The charger is included and is fast and effective. 

While you only have three height options, they range from 25cm to 80cm so should cover your needs throughout the year. It has a 47cm cut width and can handle lawns up to 800sqm with ease and efficiency. 

The metal and polymer construction makes it tough and durable. It is comfortable to use and the handles can be adjusted according to your need needs. 

 While it mulches effectively it has a large 55L grass bag for when you need to collect clippings. It has an indicator to warn you when it needs to be emptied. The mower also folds away easily for convenient storage. 

The brushless motor is an important feature. It improves the run time of the battery and also makes for low noise output. A fairly unique feature that comes in handy on those gloomy days is LED headlights. 

It has a decent 5-year guarantee and is considered to be one of the best lawn mowers for mulching options. 

Pros:

Cons: 

Cobra MX4140V 41cm Cordless Lawnmower 

Best Mulching Cordless Mower
Cobra MX4140V 41cm Cordless Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

Another leading option for battery mulching lawn mower is the Cobra MX4140V. It has a 41cm cut width and a 40V battery. This makes it ideal for small gardens. You get a decent run time of 30 to 40 minutes. Another benefit is that the battery is interchangeable with other Cobra equipment in the same range. 

What is impressive is the 7-stage height adjustment that allows you to move from 20 to 70mm with ease. This allows you to achieve the perfect cut for the season, grass type and your preference. 

It mulches with ease but if you prefer to collect clippings, it comes with a fabric grass bag. It has a 50L capacity and indicates when it is full. Another feature that comes in handy is a power indicator on the handle. This will alert you when the battery is nearly flat. 

This lawn mower comes with a 2-year warranty. The price is reasonable for what you get with this machine. 

Pros:

Cons: 

Murray 2x18V (36V) Cordless Lawn Mower IQ18WM44, Powered by Briggs & Stratton 

Best Battery Self-Propelled Lawn Mower
Murray 2x18V (36V) Lithium-Ion 44cm Cordless Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

This is a popular option for medium gardens up to 640 Sq.m. The cut width is 44cm for speed and efficiency. 

This cordless mower has dual 18 V lithium-ion batteries. You even get a dual battery charger in the kit. It is fitted with a powerful and durable Briggs and Stratton engine, a leading brand for performance and reliability, delivering 1, 5 kW power. 

The cut height options allow this mower to be used as a leaf mulcher mower on the higher settings.

What is more, is that it is a brushless motor. This is an advantage as they are relatively quiet and more efficient. The run time is roughly 36 minutes which is impressive. 

The handles have a soft grip for comfort and to reduce vibrations. They fold back making the mower easy to store or transport. The machine itself is light and agile. 

While it does a great job of mulching it does require the purchase of a lawn mower mulching plug. It is not the cheapest lawn mower on the market and this accessory adds a bit to the cost. 

Pros:

Cons: 

Honda HRX 537 HZ 

Best Mulching Mower for Large Lawns
Honda HRX 537 HZ Hydrostatic, Key Start, Self Propelled Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

While I love the Briggs & Stratton engines there is no doubt that Honda knows a thing or two about quality durable engines. They are powerful and will keep going strong if looked after.

Be aware that this is one of the best mulching lawn mowers you can buy but it is a sizeable investment. You get some amazing features and outstanding power but you will pay for them. 

It has an electric key start which is convenient as well as adds to the safety and security of your investment. 

The height adjustment is easy and offers a brilliant range of seven options ranging from 20 to 100mm. This is a much better range than most mowers on the market. It will allow for precise control of your lawn height according to the weather conditions, the type of grass, and the look you are going for. Height adjustment is quick and easy. 

One of the main advantages of this lawn mower is the hydrostatic drive function. This feature optimises the blade speed irrespective of your pace. This not only makes operation easier but ensures an even and neat cut. It is self-propelled with a variable speed. 

Power is no issue and the 187cc4-stroke OHV engine can handle large lawns with ease. The engine is complimented by a 53cm cut width. It has steel blades that are hardened and effective. The entire construction is robust and built for performance and durability. 

It is also designed to reduce vibration and noise output. Despite the size and power, you will not disturb the family or neighbours too much. 

The Versamow variable mulching system is one of the features that makes this a leading mulching lawn mower. The twin-blade design ensures fine clippings that are ideal for optimal mulching. You can choose to collect or mulch, just switch between options with a simple lever. If you do want to collect, this mower has a massive and well-designed 88L grass bag. 

Pros:

Cons: 

LawnMaster 1800W Electric Lawn Mower 

Best Budget Mulching Lawn Mower 
LawnMaster 1800W Electric Lawn Mower 
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

This is a popular option that comes in at an incredible price. Don’t let that fool you. The many positive reviews speak for themselves. 

The 1800W LawnMaster has a decent 1800W power and the T-Drive adjusts the torque to keep a regular blade speed. The 40cm cut width allows this machine to be effective in medium to large gardens up to around 400m2. 

It has a robust alloy steel construction. The power cable is only 10m so you might need an extension cord for larger areas. 

You have six cutting height options from 20 to 70mm which should be perfect for most needs. The blades are carbon steel and provide a neat, efficient cut. It even has a rear roller for the striped Wimbledon look. 

It comes with a 42L collection bag as well as a mulching plug. The handles fold back for ease of transport and storage. LawnMaster has good safety features, including a mechanical brake. 

Pros:

Cons: 

Bosch Lawnmower AdvancedRotak 750 

Best Electric Mulching Lawn Mower
Bosch Lawnmower AdvancedRotak 750 
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

Another affordable option, also from a trusted brand, is the Bosch AdvancedRotak 750. It has a 44cm blade so can handle medium to large gardens. It has a powerful motor yet it is relatively quiet thanks to the ProSilence feature, a Bosh trademark. This technology reduces noise output by as much as 75 percent, so you do not disturb the household or the neighbours. 

The cut height is easy to adjust and offers seven choices, from 25 to 80mm. 

Another Bosch feature that most appreciate is their ErgoSlide handles. They are comfortable and easy to adjust. This makes the mower versatile and it can be used by anyone. 

One more feature they offer is their LeafCollect system. The blade will shred or collect leaves. Some times of the year, this comes in very handy. It is also great at edges. You get a lot of bang for your buck with this machine and the value for money is impressive. 

Pros:

Cons: 

NEXUS NX46SP NX46SP-18 Petrol Lawn Mower with Briggs & Stratton 500E Series Engine 

Best Petrol Mulching Mower
NEXUS NX46SP NX46SP-18 Petrol Lawn Mower with Briggs & Stratton 500E Series Engine 
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key features:

This is a steady and sturdy option. The NX46SP NX46SP-18 is a robust and durable option at a fair price. It has a generous 46cm cutting width so will take care of larger lawn areas with ease. The 140cc Briggs & Stratton engine has plenty of power. 

The deck is steel making it tough and rust-resistant. It is easy to change between the six cutting positions ranging from 28 to 92mm. 

You have a choice of mulching, rear or side discharge, or collection in the large 60L bag. 

It comes with a 2-year warranty and you need to purchase SAE30 4-stroke engine oil separately. While you get some great features, a powerful dependable engine, and great durability, this machine is still affordable. 

Pros:

Cons: 

How to Buy the Best Mulching Lawn Mower

If you want to mulch the lawn as you cut, you need to decide on the best lawn mower for the job. Consider these important factors before investing in the best mulching lawn mower. 

Power 

To get a fine mulch you need a fair amount of power. A less powerful motor will not cut the grass blades small enough to make quality mulch. 

Naturally, if your lawn area is large or has steep slopes you will also need more power.

Power Source

Your main options are petrol, corded electric and cordless. All have advantages and disadvantages:

Petrol

Pros:

Cons:

Corded electrical

Pros:

Cons:

Cordless 

Pros:

Cons:

Another option is robot lawn mowers. While these do not generally have a mulching feature, they cut regularly so can still be used for mulching. Once set up, they are easy to use and require very little effort. 

Mulching Mechanism

Not all lawn mowers that offer mulching work in the same way. Some are specifically designed to mulch. The blade design, settings and other aspects make this an inbuilt feature. Other mowers need a mulching plug. This is easy to fit and allows for effective mulching by blocking the exit channel so the fine grass clippings remain on the lawn. 

Note that some mulching lawn mowers come with the mulching plug while with some models it is an additional purchase and therefore an extra cost. 

Build Quality and Materials 

This will impact the durability of your mulching lawn mower. Steel or alloys are harder and tougher but tend to be heavier. Modern plastics used by some manufacturers are lighter and still durable. The quality of the workmanship is also an important factor to consider. 

Warranty

A good warranty is a sure sign that the brand has faith in the quality of the mower. It will give you peace of mind that if something goes wrong you will be looked after. 

Mulching Mower vs Regular Mower 

Advantages of Mulching 

We have discussed the benefits of mulching but to break it down:

Disadvantages of Mulching 

How to Mulch Correctly

Frequently Asked Questions

What is a mulch plug on a lawn mower? 

On compatible lawn mowers, a mulch plug is inserted to close the chute to the grass bag.

What is the best mower height for mulching grass?

The first rule is to never cut more than one-third of the grass height in one go. For effective mulching, set the height to roughly 4 to 5cm. 

Conclusion

The Hyundai GardenTek stood out as our best lawn mower for mulching. It is a good combination of value, durability, power, and features. 

Now you know what to look for in the best mulching lawn mowers and some of the leading options, you can safely invest in the one that is best for your needs. 

If you have any questions or comments, please let us know below. 

Best Rotary Lawn Mowers For a Thick Lawn Look in 2023 Reviewed

Rotary mowers are the most popular of all types of lawn mowers. They come in a variety of configurations from push, ride-on, self-propelled, roller and manual. 

Large lawns require mowers with sufficient battery time and corded electric or petrol mowers. 

Smaller lawns require smaller rotary mowers that are easy to control and get into small spaces between garden beds.

best rotary lawn mowers uk

Our TOP Rotary Mowers Picks

Lasso Brag

Best Rotary Lawn Mowers

Hyundai 139cc Self Propelled Petrol Roller Lawnmower 

Best Rotary Mower With Roller
Hyundai 17″/43cm 139cc Self-Propelled Petrol Roller Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The Hyundai 139cc self-propelled mower has a 430mm / 17″ cutting width making it ideal for small to medium lawns.  This motor is extremely fuel efficient and provides low fuel consumption.

The large 45L grass collector box minimises the number of times you must stop and empty the collection box.

Foldable handles make it easy to adjust to your height allowing for a much more comfortable self-propelled steer. The foldable handles also make the Hyundai compact for easy transport and storage.

A split rear roller enables you to mow your lawn into the traditional striped British lawn often seen at sports grounds.

Lawn height can be set using the 5 cutting heights.

Pros

Cons

Black+Decker Electric Lawn Mower BEMW472BH

Best Electric Rotary Mower
BLACK+DECKER Electric Lawn Mower, 10-Amp, Corded (BEMW472BH)
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The Black+Decker Electric Lawn Mower BEMW472BH is a lightweight corded electric mower with a 38 cm blade. 

Starting the mower is easy by using a push button.

The blade has enhanced clipping collection wings improving the grass collection by up to 30%.

Powered by a 10 Amp electric motor allows you to power through difficult grass.

Setting the height for your lawn is a simple task adjusting it into 6 positions ranging from 1 inch to 3 inches.

Black+Decker offers this mower with 2 comfortable bike handlebar design grips. These grips decrease friction and boost mobility.

You can also choose a pivot handle which is similar to the bike handle with a further pivot point halfway down the handle. This increases the convenience of pushing the mower from lower corners.

Grass collection in the steel skeleton and mesh 45 L grass box makes it ideal for smaller lawns.

Pros

Cons

Greenworks 40V Cordless (3-In-1) Push Lawn Mower

Best Cordless Rotary Mower
Greenworks 40V Cordless Push Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

Cordless lawn mowers let you mow your lawn without the hassle of having to track the cord and having to move the cord consistently.

This can take the form of petrol-powered or battery-powered configurations.

The Greenworks 40V push mower is powered by batteries and comes standard with 2 batteries (4.0Ah and 2.0Ah) to provide up to 60 minutes of run-time when both batteries are fully charged.

Batteries are included in the purchase price.

It is easy to start with the push button and a safety lever that must be depressed before starting.

The 48 cm cutting width enables you to mow even large lawns quickly. For a perfect finish, the cutting height can be set to 7 pre-selected heights using a single lever.

Greenworks’ 3-in-1 design allows you to mulch cuttings, discharge the cuttings on the side of the mower, or into a rear grass bag.

This lawn mower is virtually maintenance-free as it uses no petrol or oil and therefore produces no emissions.

Confidence in their product allows Greenworks to offer a 3-year tool limited warranty as well as a 3-year battery warranty. The batteries are limited in compatibility and are only compatible with G-MAX 40V Battery Models 29462 and 29472.

Pros

Cons

Hyundai 196cc Petrol Lawnmower

Best Petrol Rotary Mower 
Hyundai 196cc Petrol Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The powerful 196cc Hyundai 4-stroke petrol engine is easy to start with recoil pull start and is self-propelled.

Hyundai provides advanced petrol technology resulting in low fuel consumption.

A 51 cm cutting width makes this lawn mower ideal for medium to large lawns. To get an even length across your lawn there are 6 adjustable cutting heights.

The mulching option makes for an effective collection of cuttings into the large 70 L grass collector bag.

A foldable handle converts the petrol lawn mower into a compact size that is easy to transport and store. Peace of mind is offered by the Hyundai 3-year platinum warranty.

Pros

Cons

Mountfield HP42 Four-Wheeled Push Rotary Mower 41cm (2021 Model)

Best Push Rotary Mower
Mountfield HP42 Four-Wheeled Push Rotary Mower 41cm (2021 Model)
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

This four-wheeled push rotary mower is powered by a STIGA 123cc petrol engine. It is light and nimble making it easy for anyone to use. 

A 41cm cutting width will make any small to medium-sized lawn a breeze to mow while collecting the cutting in a large 60 L textile grass collector. Cuttings are mulched to provide optimum space usage in the grass box.

Lawn height can be set to 6 different heights for ultimate control over the length of the lawn.

Pros

Cons

Greenworks G40LM41K2X Cordless Battery Powered Lawn Mower

Best Self-Propelled Cordless Lawn Mower
Greenworks G40LM41K2X Cordless Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This mower comes standard with a 50 L Grass Bag, 2x 2Ah Lithium 40V Batteries, and 1x Charger. 

Only 1 battery is used at a time while the second battery is charging to increase the range of the lawn mower.

Every battery can mow up to 250 m2, therefore you can mow a large lawn of 500 m2 without any concern.

The mower can be set to 5 different heights between 25mm and 80mm.

Cuttings are collected in the grass box or through the 2-In-1 mulching plug.

Pros

Cons

Flymo EasiMow 300R Electric Rotary Lawn Mower 

Best Small Rotary Lawn Mower
Flymo EasiMow 300R Electric Rotary Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The Flymo EasiMow 300R Electric Rotary Lawn Mower may be small, but the powerful 1000W motor enables you to tackle lawns that are in urgent need of maintenance.

It is aimed at smaller gardens hence the smaller cutting width of 30 cm and a 30 L grass box.

The electric cord is 10 m long providing ample freedom and flexibility to get into all nooks and crannies.

A dual lever handle makes the lawn mower flexible enough to be operated with one hand at a time without sacrificing manoeuvrability.

Pros

Cons

Worx WG743 40V Power Share 

Lowest Cutting Rotary Lawn Mower
Worx WG743 40V Power Share
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

The Worx WG743 patented Intellicut technology, Torque On Demand, increases the power output as the grass gets thicker making it easier to cut a variety of conditions.

When grass gets thinner the power can be turned lower, thereby reducing battery power consumption.

There are 6 cutting heights that can be set using the single-lever adjustment.

The Worx WG743 cut-to-edge design allows you to cut closer to fences thus reducing the trimming required on the edges.

Furthermore, a battery charge indicator ensures you know exactly how much power you have available to complete mowing the lawn.

The Full Bag indicator notifies you when the grass box must be emptied taking the guesswork out of the disposal of the cuttings.

Storage is made easy with a collapsible handle. This also assists in the transportation of the mower in a car.

A Dual-Port Charger allows both batteries to be charged simultaneously.

Pros

Cons

Rotary ride on mower

NEXUS NX42SP Self-propelled Petrol Lawn Mower

Best For a Medium Lawn
NEXUS NX42SP Self-propelled Petrol Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Everyone with a large lawn desires a ride on lawn mower to take the stress and sweat out of pushing a lawn mower in the heat.

One such lawn mower is the NEXUS NX42SP petrol lawn mower which is powered by a reliable Briggs & Stratton 300E Series engine.

The adjustable ergonomic handlebar on the NEXUS NX42SP offers settings to three heights and it is foldable, minimising the storage space required.

Height can be set to 6 height-of-cut positions that require two levers to be adjusted.

Cuttings are collected in the rear with a 2-in-1 Cutting System which includes Rear Discharge and Collecting of clippings.

Pros

Cons

Frequently Asked Questions 

Rotary or hover mower?

Rotary and hover mowers use the same cutting technology using a rotating cutting disc. However, the difference is in the way that it is manoeuvred over the lawn.

Rotary mowers have wheels that allow you to push it on the lawn, or steer it if it is self-propelled, while hover mowers generally float on a cushion of air that is created below the rotary blade.

Both types are available in electric, battery-powered and petrol-driven motors.

Rotary lawnmowers are generally more suitable for larger lawns that are level and require little manoeuvrability.

The hover mower is more manoeuvrable and easier to steer in any direction required. This is ideal for smaller gardens with many undulations, substantial slopes, or areas near water.

Cylinder vs rotary mower

Cylinder and rotary lawn mowers work on completely different technology. 

A cylinder lawn mower generally has between five to twelve exposed blades in the front end of the mower that traps the grass between the blade and the bottom plate of the mower. This creates a scissor-like cutting of the lawn. Generally, the cutting box is located at the front near the blades.

Cylinder lawn mower blades rotate forwards and backwards depending on the direction it is pushed. It is ideal for well-maintained lawns but struggles on lawns that have high or thick grass.

Rotary lawn mowers have a single high-speed rotating blade at the bottom of the mower and are normally covered by the base of the mower.

This cuts the lawn at the desired level due to the high speed of the blade sending the grass out the back into the grass box.

What is a rotary mower used for?

Rotary mowers contain an extremely sharp horizontal blade located in the deck of the lawn mower. This is generally driven by a powerful electric, petrol or battery-driven motor that spins extremely fast and chops the grass on contact.

Cuttings are discarded into a grass box making it easy to keep the lawn clean from cut grass. Rotary motors are the most popular lawn mowers and approximately 95% of mowers purchased fall into this category.

How to Buy the Best Rotary Mower

Here are a few considerations one should think about before investing in a rotary mower:

Stripes or not?

If you want to mow stripes on your lawn, you’ll need a rotary lawn mower with a roller at the back. 

The roller flattens the grass in the direction that the lawn mower is moving. Returning in the opposite direction will flatten the grass the other way, hence the difference in the way the two cuts look.

The shape of the lawn

Irregularly shaped lawns with loads of indentations in the garden will fare better using a hover mower as it is easier to control in multiple directions due to the air cushion below the mower.

However, irregularly shaped lawns require several short movements to mow the lawn in tough spaces.

The weight

Heavy lawn mowers can become quite laborious to move across the lawn, especially if they hover. This can become rather tiresome if you keep swinging it from side to side. The air pocket may reduce the weight somewhat, but you still must manoeuvre it from side to side.

Rotary lawn mowers with wheels are generally easier to move around without becoming too heavy after a while. 

Slopes

Lawns with many slopes and undulations will do well with hover lawn mowers or self-propelled rotary mowers than with push rotary lawn mowers. 

Conclusion

Our choice for the best overall rotary lawn mower is the Hyundai 17″/43cm 139cc Self-Propelled Petrol Roller Lawnmower as it is self-propelled, easy to use, easy to assemble, sturdy, has low fuel consumption and eases your mind with a 3-year Hyundai warranty.

Please drop us a comment or any questions you may have in the section below. 

How to Add Sharp Sand on Lawn to Improve Drainage

Standing water on your lawn isn’t just unsightly, poor drainage can cause multiple problems such as drowning your plants and creating a breeding ground for pests that will cost you a lot of money in the long run.

A water-logged lawn is a recipe for pest and fungal infestations, poor grass growth and weeds. To get ahead of these problems, improve your lawn drainage with lawn sand. Mow the lawn short, aerate the soil and pour a few bags of sharp sand on the lawn. Make sure to spread the sand evenly over the whole lawn. 

Read on to learn more about when, how and why sand improves lawn drainage.

waterlogged lawn

Why Should You Use Sand To Improve Your Lawn’s Drainage?

If you’re looking to improve drainage on your lawn, sandy soil is the best type to use. Sand allows water to drain through quickly due to the size and characteristics of the grains. Sandy soils have large air pockets between the grains which allows a lot of water to pass through quickly whereas other soil types like clay are denser and hold onto water much more readily. 

When water collects on your lawn, it will fill up all the air pockets in the soil. When this happens, little or no oxygen will infiltrate the soil drowning the roots of your grass. This could lead to yellowing lawns that might die altogether. 

When sand is added, it will help water to penetrate the soil faster. This means that air pockets in the soil will empty fast enough for the roots of the grass to survive. The course grains also allow the water to drain below the root line much faster, keeping your grass healthy but well-watered. 

Keep in mind that sand and clay soils don’t mix well. If you have a garden with clay soil, mixing in the sand will create a substrate that resembles concrete. This will lead to impenetrable soil that doesn’t support a lot of plant life. 

If you have clay soil in your garden, it’s best to simply work organic matter in to improve drainage. The organic matter will stop the clay from clumping together which will help to open up air pockets in the soil for water and air to move through. This method takes a bit longer to be effective, but it works well in the long term. 

You can use worm castings, potting soil, garden compost, grass clippings, manure and leaves to achieve this effect. The best part, organic matter also helps your grass and other garden plants to grow by providing them with the nutrients they need. 

raking top dressing

Image credit: @robertkhoushabeh

Is Sand Good For Improving Lawn Drainage?

Depending on the soil type of your garden, sand can greatly improve the health of your lawn. The particles in the sand are large enough to break up soil clumps to allow water to pass through while also aerating the soil. The aerated soil in turn allows for healthier root growth by allowing plants to access more oxygen in the soil. 

Make sure not to use sand with clay soil. You will create a substance similar to concrete which is very hard and nearly impenetrable. If you have clay soil, use organic matter such as compost, worm castings or leaves to break up the soil and allow water to drain away faster. 

When To Use Sand For Lawn Drainage

The best time of year to spread sand on your lawn is in early autumn or spring. This will allow your lawn to grow through the sand before the weather takes a turn for the worst. It’s especially important if you want to overseed your lawn. The seeds will have time to germinate and grow before frost or extreme heat will slow down growth. You might even be able to mow a few times. 

For the best drainage, you should sand your lawn annually. Top dressing can take years to be fully effective and needs to be topped up annually. 

How To Use Sand To Improve Drainage In Your Garden

To improve the drainage of your lawn, follow these steps: 

1. Mow the lawn

It’s best to mow before adding sand to your lawn. A shorter lawn will more readily let the sand through and will also make it easier to aerate the soil. 

2. Aerate the soil

Aerating means creating tiny air pockets in the topsoil under your grass. You can do this by using an aeration fork, garden fork or aeration boots. It’s best to start the aeration process from one edge of your lawn and work your way to the other edge until every part of your lawn has been aerated. 

Aeration stimulates root growth, increases drainage and helps nutrients to penetrate the soil. 

areating shoes

Image credit: @suburban_homestead

3. Topdress the lawn

Topdress your lawn by spreading sand about 1.3cm (½ inch) thick over the whole lawn. Once done, use a rake to brush the sand into the grass. 

4. Reseed your lawn

Once the sand is brushed in as well as possible, scatter new grass seeds on top to replace any damaged grass that died from waterlogging. Make sure to lightly water the lawn every day to allow the seeds to germinate.

5. Apply fertiliser

Sand adds no nutritional value to your grass. For this reason, you will need to add some fertiliser. Compost, worm castings and grass cuttings make excellent fertilisers to aid in grass growth. Fertiliser also helps to improve drainage if used correctly. For the best result, you can mix fertiliser with the sand before adding it to your lawn, but you can also spread a thin layer on top. 

Does Aerating The Lawn Help Drainage?

Aerating your lawn will definitely help with drainage issues. You can aerate your lawn by making small, yet deep holes using aerating boots, a garden fork or an aerating fork. The holes will help the water to drain into the soil instead of forming a puddle on the surface. 

Conclusion

If you see standing water on your lawn, it’s best to take action immediately. Standing water can damage your lawn beyond repair causing the grass to drown and die off. It also makes the grass vulnerable to pests, diseases and other problems. 

Improve the drainage of your lawn by using either sand or compost. Sand works best on loamy soils and compost on clay soils. Before adding topsoil, make sure to mow the lawn and aerate the soil. Now you’re ready to work in the sand. 

Keep in mind that it can take a few years for your drainage issue to be completely solved. Just keep doing what you’re doing. 

Happy gardening!

Best Cordless Lawn Mowers for Convenient Grass Cutting UK 2023

What are the best cordless lawn mowers and are they a good option?

Battery technology has made huge strides in the last decade. As an alternative source of energy, it is cheaper, quieter, cleaner and renewable.

The cordless lawn mowers on this list are all powered by batteries. Compared to petrol mowers, they need little or no servicing.

best cordless lawn mower uk

Our TOP Cordless Mowers Picks 

Lasso Brag

Best Battery Lawn Mowers

Here are our top recommendations for the best cordless lawn mowers that are available now:

  1. EGO LM1903E-SP
  2. Metabo Cordless
  3. LawnMaster Cordless
  4. Mountfield Electress
  5. Bosch Cordless 
  6. Murray Cordless
  7. Einhell GE-CM
  8. Greenworks G40LM41K2X

EGO LM1903E-SP

Best Self-Propelled Cordless Lawn Mower
EGO LM1903E-SP
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This mower has a self-propelled option so you don’t have to push, just steer. While not cheap, it is less expensive than some of the cordless mowers out there and delivers as much – if not more – value for money.

EGO’s lithium-ion battery is 40% stronger than other batteries in its class. Its proprietary Arc design dissipates heat more efficiently than the traditional brick shape. Automatic, variable-speed cutting means that the motor slows down and speeds up depending on the terrain.

This mower is light and manoeuvrable enough for small gardens. At the same time, its power makes it suitable for both professional gardening services and the owners of large properties. The brushless motor goes a long way towards eliminating wear and tear, ensuring that this mower is going to last. It also reduces noise and improves efficiency. 

It comes with a generous 5-year domestic-use warranty on the mower, a 3-year domestic-use warranty on the battery, and a 1-year professional-use warranty on both the mower and the battery, but you have to register to qualify.

Pros:

Cons: 

Metabo RM 36-18 LTX BL 36 (601716850) Cordless lawn mower

Best Budget Cordless Lawn Mower
Metabo RM 36-18 LTX BL 36
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This lightweight, inexpensive mower is ideal for small gardens. It has built-in lawn combs for accurate edge work. The Metabo comes replete with carry handles and a double bow folding push handle making it easy to store when not in use.

If the mower fails to perform as advertised in the first 30 days, Metabo will replace it free of charge. Should it be found to be defective in materials or workmanship within 3 years, they will replace or repair it. 

If any of their lithium-ion 18V or 36V Ultra-M batteries (2.6Ah or higher) or any of their chargers fail in the first three years because of defects in the workmanship or materials, Metabo undertakes to replace them, regardless of how many cycles of charge and discharge they’ve been through.

Pros:

Cons:

LawnMaster 48V 41cm Cordless Lawn mower

Best Cordless Lawn Mower for Stripes
LawnMaster 48V 41cm
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This mower uses innovative technology to do the job of a much bigger, heavier mower. It makes up for its price tag by including 4 MX lithium-ion batteries and 2 rapid chargers that reduce the recharge time to one hour.

Other features include a mulching facility, grass combs, and a rear roller to produce the striped finish so beloved by homeowners.

A battery management system automatically adjusts the power to match prevailing conditions, increasing output when the grass is long or wet and decreasing it during lighter cutting. The battery management override allows you to control the power output manually while a string of LED lights shows the percentage of battery charge remaining.

The domestic use warranty covers the battery and charger for 1 year while the mower itself is covered for 2 years. For commercial use, the warranty period is 30 days.

Pros:

Cons:

Mountfield Electress 34 Litre Cordless Lawnmower

Best Cordless Lawn Mower for Medium-sized Gardens
Mountfield Electress 34 Litre Cordless Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Economically priced, lightweight, and manoeuvrable, this cordless mower has everything you need to maintain a small lawn, whether you live in a townhouse or a semi-detached, it is a popular choice. 

The weight makes it nimble and nifty. The six cutting height options should work for most gardens and the 34cm cut width is ideal for a smaller lawn. 

It comes with a 2-year manufacturer’s warranty on the battery, charger, and mower.

Pros:

Cons:

Bosch Cordless Lawnmower AdvancedRotak 36-850

Best Cordless Lawn Mower for Large Gardens
Bosch AdvancedRotak 36-850
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This is the muscle car of cordless mowers. Everything is bigger on the Bosch: the lawn coverage, battery output, capacity, the number of cutting heights, and the cutting width.

Like everything Bosch makes, this mower is one tough customer: built to last and capable of tackling anything you throw at it. It’s a purpose-built machine from a name-brand company famous for its power tools, the extra expense offset by exceptional design, features, and ergonomics.

In case you were in any doubt, it even comes with a proprietary LeafCollect blade specifically designed to shred and dispose of leaf matter. So, if your lawn is in proximity to, say, oak or loquat trees, this mower is definitely worth some close scrutiny.

It’s a handsome beast, striking in appearance. It’s not often you can say that about a lawn mower. 

It has a 2-year warranty, 3 if you register. 

Pros:

Cons:

Murray 2 x 18 V (36 V) Lithium-Ion 44 cm Cordless Lawn Mower

Best Cordless Lawn Mower for Overall Garden Maintenance
Murray 2 x 18 V (36 V) Lithium-Ion 44 cm
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

If the Bosch had a little brother, it would be the Murray. While somewhat more expensive than other mowers in its class, the inclusion of a leaf blower and a cordless hedge trimmer that work off the same batteries as the mower make it an integrated system that takes care of all of your cutting, mowing, and trimming needs.

The warranty is impressive. You get a 5-year limited warranty on the mower, and 3 on the battery and charger.

Pros:

Cons:

Einhell GE-CM

Best Cordless Lawn Mower for Small Gardens
Einhell GE-CM 18/30 Li-Solo Power
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

It has an onboard power management system that automatically monitors and adjusts the mower’s operational performance.

A similar technology is employed by Einhell chargers to adjust the charge cycle, ensuring optimal performance and extending battery life as far as possible.

The Einhell Power X-Change system is designed so that all rechargeable batteries and chargers are interchangeable with any products in the Power X-Change range.

It should be noted that Einhell is a close competitor to Bosch and makes a variety of power tools – everything from vacuum cleaners to angle grinders.

Another inexpensive option for people living in semi-detached housing, townhouses, and other small properties.

The warranty is a fantastic 10 years. Registration is all that is required. 

Pros:

Cons:

Greenworks G40LM41K2X

Best Self-Propelled Cordless Lawn Mower
Greenworks G40LM41K2X Cordless Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Since grass is an excellent fertiliser, an optional onboard mulching function spreads the cuttings over the lawn instead of catching them in the collection bag.

This is a robust mower designed for big lawns. It comes with a 2-year domestic warranty. 

Pros:

Cons: 

How to Buy the Best Cordless Mower

Here are some things to consider when buying a cordless mower:

Battery Charge and Capacity 

This is in direct relation to the size of the lawn you want to cut measured in square metres (m²). If the specs say that a mower is designed to cut 500m², that means that it will cut 500m² on a single charge.

Since all batteries decline in performance over the course of their lifetimes, it makes sense to prefer mowers that come with batteries that are high-capacity and deliver the strongest charge.

It is worthwhile remembering that, in general, fast-charging shortens a battery’s lifespan and fails to achieve full capacity, although in recent years this deficit has been offset by ‘smart-charging’.

Smart-charging takes into account the type of battery, what it’s made of, and how it’s put together. This is why most manufacturers of cordless equipment make their own brand of rechargeable battery. The charger’s programmed microchip controller takes advantage of these custom-built batteries to ensure optimal performance and an extended lifespan.

Some owners of cordless mowers complain that their brand-new out-of-the-box mower can’t cut the advertised area on a single charge; that they have to stop and either replace the spent battery with one that has been freshly charged or wait an hour or two (depending on whether or not they have a rapid charger) until the battery has been recharged.

This complaint is based on a misconception, one that we will deal with fully in the section on cutting height.

Coverage

Coverage is how large a lawn it will cut on a single charge. If the mower is rated for 800m² and your lawn is only 250m², chances are it’s going to complete the task regardless of how long the grass is or how uneven the terrain is. Consider too that you might find yourself moving to a larger property at some point, in which case you’ll come prepared!

Weight

Weight speaks to ease of use and manoeuvrability. It also speaks to storage. 

Because cordless mowers don’t have combustion engines and lots of moving parts, you can literally hang them on the wall when they’re not in use, rather than parking them awkwardly in a corner of the garage where you have to move them every time you’re looking for something but can’t because the car is in the way so you have to move the car first but can’t because you have to fetch the keys first. (These little frustrations, I feel, are exactly what shortens your lifespan.)

Note: If the weight and the strength needed to move it is an issue for you, you might want to consider a self-propelling mower, like the EGO, first on our list.

Cut width

The wider the cut width, the sooner you’re finished. But keep in mind that you might prefer a narrower cut width for strips of grass between, say, a flowerbed and a stone path. Bigger isn’t always better.

Cutting Height

As any lawn care specialist will tell you, and a Google search will confirm, if you want the best outcome – a beautiful, thick, soft, luscious, healthy, springy lawn – you cut it progressively, in stages, not all at once.

If your grass is 5cm long and you cut down to 1cm in one go, you’re going to damage it. There is no lawn mower blade in the world sharp enough to cut that much grass cleanly without ripping it up and tearing it. This becomes obvious when you see the frayed edges and bald spots that result from aggressive mowing.

Rather, your strategy when dealing with an overgrown lawn should be to mow it a couple of times, each time cutting it shorter by an increment of a few mm down to the required height. 

The ancillary benefits to this approach are manifold: your mower’s mulching facility can now use the shorter grass to fertilise the lawn and, because there’s less of it, the mulch doesn’t smother the lawn by blocking out the sun. It also means that you don’t have to bother with how big the grass bag is or ever having to empty it because the cuttings are already spread out the grass, nourishing it.

Warranty

The warranty is a sure indication of the company’s confidence in its product. 

Where cordless mowers are concerned, the warranty varies widely between manufacturers. Some provide a separate warranty for the mower and the battery or batteries while others may suggest terms but leave it up to the retailer to decide what they’re comfortable with. In this case, you have the opportunity to negotiate the terms yourself.

To be clear, with regard to cordless mowers, the warranty that really counts is the one that applies to the battery. Batteries are complex and it’s only natural that a faulty one will roll off the assembly line from time to time. The fault might not be apparent at first and only become manifest in the course of time, so a warranty is essential to your peace of mind.

The mower itself is unlikely to need attention. They’re made for the most part of specifically engineered polymer plastics that will probably be around a long time after you and I are fertilising the lawn in Shady Acres Memorial Park.

If the motor is of the brushless variety, the only servicing it will ever need is the occasional blade sharpening (unlikely if you follow the mowing strategy suggested above) and whatever maintenance requirements (light cleaning) are contained in the handbook. 

Cordless mowers don’t have spark plugs to retime, fuel pumps that wear out, or engines that burn petrol to produce what are basically tiny controlled explosions in the combustion chamber.

Frequently Asked Questions

Which is better, a battery or petrol lawn mower?

Battery is better in every way. Petrol lawn mowers are loud, dirty, and expensive: battery mowers are quiet, clean, and cheap. Petrol mowers need regular servicing and, because they have more moving parts, there’s more to go wrong.

What is the best voltage for a cordless lawn mower?

In a cordless mower, the makes of battery are not interchangeable. You can’t put a Bosch battery in an Einhell mower and vice versa. This is because manufacturers’ batteries are tool-specific. 

They are designed to work with a limited number of models within each range to achieve optimal performance. The ‘best voltage’ for any particular model of mower is whatever the manufacturer says it is. And they should know: they designed, built, and tested it. 

How long does it take to charge a lawn mower battery?

Rapid chargers take roughly an hour while regular chargers take two or more.

How long do lawn mower batteries last?

This depends on how often you mow. Once your lawn has been cut to the desired height, a weekly trim is all you need to keep it immaculate. If you follow my advice, your batteries should last at least two years.

What does brushless mean on an electric mower?

Brushed motors run on Alternating Current (AC) which is the same as mains electricity. Brushless motors run on Direct Current (DC), the kind supplied by batteries.

Simply put, a brushless motor means that there are no brushes to wear out, which is why the operational lifespan of a brushless motor is so much longer than the brushed variety.

Conclusion

If you enjoy messing around with oil and petrol, if the 100-decibel roar of a small combustion engine is music to the ears of both you and your neighbours, if the stink of exhaust fumes is like the finest French perfume, don’t buy a cordless lawn mower. 

If, however, you like getting the job done quickly and cleanly, with no muss and no fuss, go cordless or even robotic. It has all of the benefits and none of the deficits.

If you have any comments or questions, please let us know below.  

Self Propelled Lawn Mowers Explained: How they work & compare to others

Designed to make lawn maintenance easier and more efficient, a self-propelled lawn mower can take the hard work out of keeping your garden looking its best.

Many garden owners in the UK are unaware of the benefits of using a self-propelled lawn mower, or how they differ from traditional push mowers. That’s why we’ve put together this guide to help you better understand what a self-propelled lawn mower is, and how it can benefit you and your garden. We’ve also listed our top recommended self-propelled mowers in this guide here.

Self Propelled Lawn Mowers Explained: How they work & compare to others 4

How Does a Self-Propelled Lawn Mower Work?

Self-propelled lawn mowers are powered by a small internal combustion engine, typically running on gasoline or electric power. The engine powers a transmission system that transfers power to the mower’s wheels, enabling it to move forward without requiring significant effort from the user.

The self-propulsion feature is typically controlled by a lever or button located on the mower’s handle. By adjusting the speed control, users can set the pace at which the mower moves forward, allowing for greater control over the cutting process. Some self-propelled lawn mowers also include adjustable speed settings, allowing users to choose between different speeds based on the terrain, grass type, or personal preference.

The self-propulsion feature of a lawn mower provides a number of benefits:

Whether you’re a seasoned gardener or a newcomer to lawn maintenance, a self-propelled lawn mower can make a big difference in the quality and ease of your lawn care routine.

Types of Self-Propelled Lawn Mowers

Self-propelled lawn mowers come in a variety of types, each with its own set of features and benefits. The most common types of self-propelled lawn mowers include:

Front-Wheel Drive Lawn Mowers:

As the name suggests, front-wheel drive lawn mowers are designed with the propulsion system located in the front of the mower.

This type of self-propelled lawn mower is ideal for flat or slightly sloped lawns, as they provide good traction and manoeuvrability on even terrain.

Rear-Wheel Drive Lawn Mowers

Rear-wheel drive lawn mowers are designed with the propulsion system located in the rear of the mower.

This type of self-propelled lawn mower is ideal for hilly or uneven terrain, as it provides better traction and stability on inclines and bumpy surfaces.

All-Wheel Drive Lawn Mowers

All-wheel drive lawn mowers feature a propulsion system that powers all four wheels of the mower, providing optimal traction and stability on a variety of terrain types.

This type of self-propelled mower is ideal for larger lawns or challenging terrain, as it offers superior manoeuvrability and control in any conditions.

When choosing a mower like this, it’s important to consider the type of terrain you’ll be mowing, as well as your personal preferences for speed, manoeuvrability, and overall performance.

Benefits Of Self Propelled Lawn Mowers

There are many benefits to using a self-propelled lawn mower, including:

1. Reduced Physical Exertion

One of the primary benefits of using a self-propelled lawn mower is that it reduces the amount of physical exertion required during mowing. This is particularly beneficial for individuals with physical limitations or those who have larger lawns to mow.

2. Improved Efficiency

Self-propelled lawn mowers are designed to move forward on their own, which means that users can focus on the cutting process rather than pushing the mower around the yard. This can lead to improved efficiency and precision when mowing, resulting in a more even and well-manicured lawn.

3. Better Performance on Challenging Terrain

Self-propelled lawn mowers are designed to provide better traction and stability on challenging terrain, such as hills or uneven surfaces. This can make it easier to mow your lawn without worrying about slipping or losing control of the mower.

4. Time-Saving

Using a self-propelled lawn mower can save time and effort compared to using a traditional push mower. It can make lawn care easier, more efficient, and less physically demanding.. You can cover more ground in less time with a self-propelled mower, allowing you to complete your lawn care tasks more quickly and efficiently.

Maintenance Tips for Self-Propelled Lawn Mowers

Like any lawn mower, self-propelled models require regular maintenance to keep them running smoothly and extend their lifespan. Here are some maintenance tips to keep in mind:

1. Change the Oil

It’s important to change the oil in your self-propelled lawn mower regularly to keep the engine running smoothly. Check your owner’s manual for specific instructions on how often to change the oil.

2. Replace the Air Filter

The air filter in your lawn mower helps prevent dust and debris from entering the engine. Over time, the filter can become clogged, which can reduce the mower’s performance. Check your owner’s manual for instructions on how to replace the air filter.

3. Sharpen the Blade

A dull mower blade can damage your lawn and make it more susceptible to disease. Make sure to sharpen the blade at least once a season to ensure a clean cut.

4. Check the Spark Plug

The spark plug in your mower ignites the fuel in the engine. Over time, the spark plug can become fouled or worn, which can lead to problems starting the mower. Check the spark plug regularly and replace it if necessary.

5. Clean the Deck

Grass clippings and debris can build up on the underside of the mower deck, which can reduce the mower’s performance and cause rust. After each use, make sure to clean the deck thoroughly to remove any build-up.

Comparison: Self-Propelled vs. Push Lawn Mowers

While self-propelled lawn mowers offer many benefits, they may not be the best choice for everyone. Here are some factors to consider when comparing self-propelled mowers to traditional push mowers:

1. Cost

Self-propelled lawn mowers are generally more expensive than push mowers. If you’re on a tight budget, a push mower may be a better option.

2. Physical Exertion

Push mowers require more physical exertion to operate, which may not be ideal for individuals with physical limitations or those with larger lawns to mow.

3. Terrain

Self-propelled lawn mowers are better suited for challenging terrain, such as hills or uneven surfaces. If your lawn is relatively flat, a push mower may be sufficient.

4. Lawn Size

Self-propelled lawn mowers are generally more efficient for larger lawns, as they can cover more ground in less time. For smaller lawns, a push mower may be more practical.

5. Noise and Emissions

Gas-powered mowers, whether self-propelled or push, can be noisy and emit exhaust fumes. If you’re concerned about noise or air pollution, an electric mower may be a better choice.

Ultimately, the choice between a self-propelled and push lawn mower comes down to personal preference and the specific needs of your lawn.

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. How do I start a self-propelled lawn mower?

To start a self-propelled lawn mower, first, make sure the fuel tank is filled and the oil level is correct. Then, engage the blade control and pull the starter cord while holding down the operator presence control bar.

  1. How fast do self-propelled lawn mowers go?

The speed of self-propelled lawn mowers can vary depending on the model. Some models have fixed speeds, while others have variable speeds that can be adjusted to match the operator’s walking pace.

  1. What is the difference between front-wheel drive and rear-wheel drive self-propelled lawn mowers?

Front-wheel drive self-propelled lawn mowers are designed for manoeuvrability, making them ideal for use on flat terrain. Rear-wheel drive self-propelled lawn mowers are better suited for hilly terrain or for mowing thick, tall grass.

  1. How often should I sharpen the blade on my self-propelled lawn mower?

It’s recommended to sharpen the blade on your self-propelled lawn mower at least once a season, or more frequently if you mow frequently or have a large lawn.

  1. Can I use a self-propelled lawn mower on wet grass?

It’s generally not recommended to use a lawn mower, whether self-propelled or push, on wet grass. Wet grass can be more difficult to cut and can cause the mower to clog or leave clumps of grass on the lawn.

  1. How often should I change the oil in my self-propelled lawn mower?

The frequency of oil changes can vary depending on the model and usage. Check your owner’s manual for specific instructions on how often to change the oil.

 

Best Petrol Strimmers for Large and Overgrown Lawns UK 2023

Which petrol strimmers are best?  Is the petrol strimmer a good option?

Anyone maintaining a garden for more than five minutes realises that a lawn mower will only get you so far and even hedge clippers have their limits. Beyond that, they just don’t cut it. What you need is a strimmer: a powered trimmer with a rapidly-spinning nylon cutting cord.

As you can imagine, strimmers come with a bewildering array of options and accessories: loop, bicycle and bullhorn handlebars; support straps and harnesses; hedge trimmers, brush cutters and even actual chainsaws.

This article will provide you with all the information you need to decide which strimmer meets your needs, whether or not you’re on a budget.

Our TOP Picks

Lasso Brag

The Best 8 Petrol Strimmers

  1. IKRA IBF 31-4
  2. Webb WELT26
  3. Einhell GC-BC 31-4 S
  4. Tenwell AOSOME 5-in-1
  5. Wolf PowerKing Big Horn 2-in-1
  6. Arebos ECO 5-in-1
  7. Stanley STR-750A
  8. FUXTEC Professional 2-in-1

IKRA IBF 31-4

Best Petrol Strimmer for Allotments
IKRA IBF 31-4 Petrol Brush Cutter Trimmer
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This IKRA is a prime example of the choices you need to make. It’s a strimmer but it’s also a brush cutter. When you’ve finished mowing the lawn, a strimmer will clean up the edges the mower couldn’t quite reach but, If you’re reclaiming a corner of your garden that has suffered years of neglect, a brush cutter will clear away small branches, very tall grass, and those tough, thick-stemmed weeds that populate vacant lots. Switching between the thread spool and the thickness knives is very easy.

The IKRA has a 4-stroke engine, more than enough power to cope with anything you could reasonably expect to encounter.

The IKRA’s weight (just under 9kg) is typical of most strimmers. This doesn’t sound like much but after half an hour your back starts to take the strain, which is why a harness is essential. To this end, the IKRA comes with a double shoulder strap and hip protection. 

The IKRA’s warranty covers you for 2 years domestic use with the receipt or a copy thereof.

Pros:

Cons: 

Webb WELT26

Best Lightweight Petrol Strimmer
Webb WELT26
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

At 4.6kg, the Webb WELT26 is one of the lightest strimmers on the market, so much so that many users found the support strap unnecessary.

The longer shaft length offsets the weight of the motor so that the strimmer’s pivot point is at the loop handle, making it very easy to control and manoeuvre.

Webb designed the 26cc 2-stroke engine for fuel economy, high performance, and minimal vibration.

This strimmer is best suited to domestic use: trimming hedges and shrubs, around walls, fences, the edge of lawns, and the base of tree trunks.  Although it could probably handle a lot more, it’s not a brush cutter in the accepted sense of the term.

The WELT26’s warranty is good for 2 years.

Pros:

Cons: 

Einhell GC-BC 31-4 S

Best 4-Stroke Petrol Strimmer
Einhell 3436500 GC-BC 31-4 S
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

The Einhell GC-BC 31-4 S bills itself as a petrol scythe which sounds like an overstatement until you realise that it has a 45cm cutting width.

It also has a high-quality twin-line spool with a jogging system that automatically adjusts the thread.

A perennial complaint about the Einhell strimmer is its harness which many users find fiddly and awkward. There is, however, an easy fix that applies to all strimmers, not just the Einhell. The trick is to adjust the harness before putting it on. 

Fill the petrol tank then suspend the strimmer from a ceiling beam by its hanging hook. Adjust the position of the hook so that the strimmer leans forward slightly. Put on the harness and move the handlebar to a comfortable position. Now, when you’re trimming, the strimmer will incline downwards and still be manoeuvrable. 

The warranty for this tool is 2 years from the date of purchase.

Pros:

Cons: 

Tenwell AOSOME Multifunction 5-in-1

Best 5-in-1 Petrol Strimmer
AOSOME Multi Function 5 in 1 Garden Tool
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

The Tenwell AOSOME is the Optimus Prime of strimmers. For one thing, it weighs almost twice as much as other strimmers. For another, it comes with a range of attachments that turn it from a strimmer to a brush cutter, a hedge trimmer, and a chainsaw pruner.

This is the strimmer you need to tend a complex garden with hedges, trees, shrubs, lawns, and flower beds. It transforms easily from one tool to another without the need for tools, the screws on other strimmers having been replaced by knobs and quick-release connectors. A 1m-long extension brings high branches and tall features within reach.

The Tenwell AOSOME carries a 3-year warranty.

 Pros:

Cons: 

Wolf PowerKing Big Horn 2-in-1 

Best Value Petrol Strimmer
PowerKing 2 in 1 Petrol Multi Tool
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Compared to the other strimmers out there, Wolf is practically giving this one away. In light of the fact that this is a brush cutter as well as a strimmer, the Big Horn is literally twice the value at half the price.

The motor is a recoil-start 52cc 2-stroke petrol engine. That’s more than some motorcycles. The crankshaft is fully supported to ensure reliability and long life and the controls are integrated into the bullhorn handles.

The warranty on the Big Horn is good for 2 years.

Pros:

Cons: 

Arebos ECO 5-in-1

Best Strimmer for Large Gardens
Arebos ECO 2in1 Petrol String Trimmer | Lawn Trimmer
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

If the Tenwell AOSOME is Optimus Prime, then the Arebos Eco is the Ultra Magnus of strimmers.

Most of the user reviews for this product report resounding success while a handful speak of abject failure, which makes me think that the latter group is guilty of breaking the first commandment of tools in general: Respect the Hardware.

You don’t drive a brand-new car off the lot and start doing handbrake turns. Machines need to be broken in. Give them small tasks to begin with, get used to their eccentricities and foibles and then ramp up to the big stuff. 

Whatever frustrations you encounter, console yourself with the fact that this unit costs half of what the upmarket brands are charging for what is essentially the same thing.

The Arebos Eco is a powerful, well-built machine with a stepless regulator so there’s no ‘changing gears’ from one speed to the next. You can run it as fast or slow as you want.

Its warranty lasts 3 years from the date of purchase.

Pros:

Cons: 

Stanley STR-750A

Best Strimmer for Home Use
STANLEY STR-750A Petrol Grass Trimmer
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

In case you didn’t know, Stanley’s full nomenclature is Stanley Black & Decker. The two companies merged in 2010.

Stanley Works was founded in 1843, so it’s safe to assume that they know a thing or two about power tools.

They clearly know something about motors because they’ve developed their own proprietary brand, the JETForce3, specifically designed for more power, lower fuel consumption, and reduced emissions.

By the same token, their recoil starter, the ICE Starter 3, is built to start in 2 to 3 pulls, even in cold weather.

Like all Stanley Black & Decker tools, the STR-750A was designed with the home consumer in mind, not the professional. It’s meant for normal domestic use. Anything else is going to require extra servicing. It’s also going to shorten its lifespan.

This tool is covered by a 2-year limited warranty. Stanley Black & Decker does not assume responsibility for parts affected by normal wear and tear.

Pros:

Cons: 

FUXTEC  FX-PS152 Professional 2-in-1

Best Petrol Strimmer Under £200
FUXTEC FX-PS152 Professional 2-in-1
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This tool is both a strimmer and a brush cutter.

FUXTEC has redesigned the cylinder and piston to reduce wear and tear and extend the life of the engine.

The drive shaft has also been revised. Now it is mounted on oil dampers to reduce vibration.

The FUXTEC Easy Starter system preloads a spring when you pull the starter cord, storing up energy and releasing it at the right moment.

The warranty for this tool lasts 2 years from the date of purchase.

Pros:

Cons: 

What’s the best petrol strimmer to buy?

The Webb WELT26 is the best petrol strimmer to buy based on our extensive testing, research and analysis. It is lightweight, quick, economic with fuel use, and ideal for domestic use.

How to Buy the Best Petrol Strimmer

Here are some things to consider when buying a petrol strimmer:

Application Suitability 

Buying a strimmer to suit your needs starts with assessing those needs.

If you’re only concerned with trimming the edges of lawns and flower beds, strips of grass too narrow for a lawn mower, and around the bases of shrubs, tree trunks and potted plants, then a basic, entry-level strimmer is all you need.

If there’s a hedge involved, you’re going to need a strimmer with a hedge trimmer attachment. If you try to use a strimmer on its own, chances are your hedge is going to look like you bought it from the agricultural equivalent of a thrift shop (see the FAQ below).

There is a second option: good, old-fashioned hedge clippers. If you want a perfect finish with clean cuts all the way around, hedge clippers are the way to go. 

Of course, this only applies if the hedges you want to trim are relatively small. A long, tall hedge will take a while and give your triceps the kind of workout not even a gym can provide. In which case you’re better off with a hedge trimmer attachment.

By the same token, if you plan on clearing an unkempt section of your yard, you’re going to need a strimmer with a brush cutter attachment. Brush cutter attachments use a spinning steel blade rather than the strimmer’s nylon thread.

Comfort 

If you’re tall or short, you’re going to need a strimmer with an adjustable shaft. Otherwise, the balance is going to be off and a strimmer is not going to hang right.

Equally important are wide, padded harness straps. Plain narrow straps don’t offer the same support, don’t stay in place, and cut into your shoulders.

Bump Feed or Automatic Line Feed

An automatic line feed pushes out the line as cutting wears it away. A bump feed mechanism pushes out the line when you tap the thread head on the ground.

Both systems have advantages and disadvantages. In general, the bump feed comes out on top. It’s a simpler mechanism so there’s less to go wrong and it lets the user control the length of the line. However, if you’re tempted to extrude too much line, that can lead to tangling issues, a problem that doesn’t come up with automatic line feeders.

Warranty

The warranty shouldn’t be less than two years and should cover any defects in manufacture.

Protect Yourself!

Strimmers, hedge trimmers and brush cutters spray grass, leaves, twigs and bits of wood in every direction. From a health and safety perspective, it is absolutely essential that you protect yourself. To ensure that a spot of gardening doesn’t turn into a trip to A&E, you need the following:

Frequently Asked Questions

Should I buy an electric or petrol strimmer?

A couple of years ago it was still possible to make a case for the petrol strimmer. With breakthroughs in battery technology, the gap has narrowed until now the benefit of a petrol strimmer only applies to professional lawn care specialists, who use their strimmers for hours on end every day.

Can you use a petrol strimmer on wet grass?

Grass should never be cut wet. Not only will it put undue strain on your strimmer, but it will also tear and rip the grass rather than cutting it. It might even damage the grass enough to produce ugly brown bald patches.

How to store a petrol strimmer?

Wait until the engine is cool then empty the petrol tank. Put the petrol cap back on and try to start the engine. Keep trying until the engine no longer ‘coughs’. Store the strimmer in a lockable cupboard or hang it on a wall out of reach of children.

Can I trim a hedge with a strimmer?

No, for two reasons. The nylon thread on a strimmer isn’t sharp enough to cut cleanly so the end result will be ragged and uneven and may even damage the hedge. Also, the head shield can no longer protect you from flying debris once you’ve lifted it above waist height.

Conclusion

The best option is a 2-in-1 or 5-in-1. That way you have a cheap, quick, easy way of giving your garden that final polish with enough left over to cope with the unforeseen.

Best Petrol Hedge Trimmers for Powerful Sculpting (UK 2023)

Petrol hedge trimmers are perfect for a large garden with dense hedges. Their powerful long blades make trimming large thick hedges easy, and if you have tall shrubs, long-reach petrol hedge cutters are available to avoid the hazards of using ladders.

With a petrol hedge trimmer, you are not limited to a power source or cables getting in the way, allowing you to move freely; plus, you don’t have to worry about battery capacity or recharging of the battery as with cordless hedge cutters.

There are many different types of petrol hedge trimmers in the UK market. We will look at the best petrol hedge trimmers to guide you in selecting the unit most suited to your requirements.

Our Top Picks

Best Overall Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Best Lightweight Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Best Value for Money Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Best Petrol Hedge Trimmer for Thick Branches
Best 4-stroke Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Great Value and Powerful Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Best Long Reach Hedge Trimmer
Best Multi-tool Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Best Overall Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Best Lightweight Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Best Value for Money Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Best Petrol Hedge Trimmer for Thick Branches
Best 4-stroke Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Great Value and Powerful Petrol Hedge Trimmer
12/18/2023 10:09 pm GMT Lasso Brag

Best Petrol Hedge Cutters

  1. Makita EH7500W 2-stroke Petrol Hedge Trimmer
  2. Mcculoch HT 5622 2-stroke Petrol Hedge Trimmer
  3. Einhell GE-PH 2555A 2-stroke Petrol Hedge Trimmer
  4. Husqverna 122HD60 2-stroke Petrol Hedge Trimmer
  5. Honda HHH 25D 75E 4-stroke Petrol Hedge Trimmer
  6. Mountfield MHT 2322 2-STROKE Petrol Hedge Trimmer
  7. Hyundai HYPT5200X 52CC Long Reach Petrol Pole Hedge Trimmer
  8. Parker Brand 52cc Petrol Multi Function 5 in 1 Garden Tool

Listed below are what we consider to be the eight Best Petrol Hedge Trimmers.

Makita EH7500W Petrol Hedge Trimmer

Best Overall Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Makita EH7500W 22.2cc 75cm Hedge Trimmer
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

We rate the Makita EH7500W as the UK’s best overall petrol hedge trimmer. Makita has a reputation for producing quality tools, and this trimmer is lightweight, efficient, and versatile while being constructed to Makita’s high-quality standards.

The Makita EH7500 is powered by a 2-stroke, 22cc motor, which, although slightly smaller the most motors used for petrol hedge trimmers, runs at twice the speed of similar engines at 4390 rpm.

This engine runs rich for a 2-stroke using a 50:1 fuel-to-oil mix, leading to a cleaner run. To comply with the latest emission laws,

Double reciprocating blades are nickel plated to reduce wear from abrasion and will last longer than blades made from regular steel.

In addition, the 75cm length of the blade will enable you to work quickly, and you will be able to trim reasonably tall hedges without needing a ladder. The teeth are spaced to cut branches up to 21.5mm.

An anti-vibration system whereby the motor is mounted on four dampening springs inside the housing absorbs the vibrations from the engine to reduce fatigue on the user’s grip.

The rear handle can rotate to 5 pre-set positions depending on the angle you want to hold the trimmer, from 0, 45, and 90 degrees in either left or right directions.

A thumb switch rotates the handle to the required position, and there is a switch on either side of the handle to accommodate left- and right-handed users.

Pros:

Cons:

Mcculoch HT 5622 2-stroke Petrol Hedge Trimmer

Best Lightweight Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Mcculloch HT 5622 Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The Mcculoch HT 5622 petrol hedge trimmer is designed for cutting hedges in the most comfortable way possible; thus, it is lightweight at only 5.2kg and easy to manage.

A 2-stroke 22.7CC engine powers this unit and uses a 50:1 fuel-to-oil ratio, and the resistance of the pull cord starter has been reduced by 40%, making it easy to start.

The Mcculoch HT 5622 has standard steel blades with a dual actual cutting blade motion. The length of the blade is 56cm with a cutting gap of 22mm, although cutting branches with a maximum diameter of 19mm is recommended.

The control handle is 90 degrees adjustable, allowing you to make horizontal and vertical cuts easily. In addition, the front handle is U-shaped to allow you to vary your grip.

Pros:

Cons:

Einhell GE-PH 2555A 2-stroke Petrol Hedge Trimmer

Best Value for Money Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Einhell GE-PH 2555A Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The Einhell hedge cutter is the best for value and performance due to its fair and competitive price and durability. It has a good engine, blade length, and enough power to get through thick branches and has the same features as many other petrol hedge trimmers

The Einhell GE-PH 2555A petrol hedge trimmer is powerful, robust, and ideal for trimming hedges, shrubs, and bushes. The low-vibration quality 2-stroke 25cc engine has a Quick-Start system, easy-to-reach primer, and auto choke that enables quick starting after a period of inactivity.

This Einhell hedge trimmer has a control handle that can rotate 90 degrees in either direction, allowing for easier control and comfort, irrespective of the cutting situation. In addition, the engine is mounted on anti-vibration brackets to reduce fatigue.

The 61cm blades are laser cut and then sharpened using diamonds to grind the edges to perfect sharpness for single passes and quick work. With a 19mm blade gap, branches of a maximum of 19mm thickness can be cut.

Pros:

Cons:

Husqverna 122HD60 2-stroke Petrol Hedge Trimmer

Best Petrol Hedge Trimmer for Thick Branches
Husqvarna 122HD60 21.7 Hedge Trimmer
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The Husqvarna 122HD60 is a high-end petrol hedge trimmer with a strong and quiet running engine that professional landscapers often use for handling challenging garden cleanup chores, such as trimming large overgrown hedges or slashing through stands of tree saplings.

SmartStart ignition is designed to start the engine with less effort than most engines of this size and it is easy to pull the recoil cord to get the engine going.

The durable dual-action stainless steel cutting blade oscillates at 4050 cuts per minute and is significantly faster than most 59cm-long blades. The oscillating speed combined with the powerful petrol engine is why this trimmer effectively cuts through thick branches.

An anti-vibration system makes it comfortable for longer without getting tired, and the handle rotates to multiple angles to enable easy trimming at all positions.

Pros:

Cons:

Honda HHH 25D 75E 4-stroke Petrol Hedge Trimmer

Best 4-stroke Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Honda HHH 25D 75E - Double Blade Hedgetrimmer
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The HHH 25D 75E is fitted with one of Honda’s 25cc mini four-stroke GX25 petrol hedge trimmer engines and is one of the first four-stroke petrol hedge trimmers on the market.

Unlike the two-stroke engines, this four-stroke runs on unleaded fuel, so you don’t have to mix petrol with oil. As a result, they are environmentally friendly, quieter, cheaper to run than most two-stroke engines and easy and quick to start.

A unique 4-way Anti-Vibration clutch reduces vibration. An ergonomic hand grip and a three-positon rotating handle that can be swivelled through 180 degrees ensure exceptional manoeuvrability and comfortable use even when used for long periods.

This Hoda HHH 25D 75E is the perfect machine for keeping overgrown bushes and hedges clean and tidy in large parks and gardens. The double-bladed 72cm long blades with a blade gap of 36mm are suitable for heavy trimming and shaping of hedges.

Pros:

Cons:

Mountfield MHT 2322 2-STROKE Petrol Hedge Trimmer

Great Value and Powerful Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Mountfield MHT 2322 Petrol Hedge Trimmer
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The MHT 2322B hedge trimmer is an easy-to-start 22.5cc 2-stroke engine with a 50:1 petrol-to-oil ratio ideal for most gardens and will make light work of overgrown hedges in any garden.

The double reciprocating blades with a cutting length of 56 cm will trim most hedges, and with a blade gap of 27 mm, it can cut through thick branches easily. In addition, there is a Blade Protection System for cutting close to walls and hard surfaces.

With a weight of 5.6kg and a choice of three grip positions, the MHT 2322 is easy to use and comfortable for long periods.

Pros:

Cons:

Hyundai HYPT5200X 52cc Long Reach Petrol Pole Hedge Trimmer

Best Long Reach Hedge Trimmer
Hyundai 52cc Long Reach Petrol Pole Hedge Trimmer/Pruner
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features

The Hyundai HYPT5200X is a 52cc long-reach petrol hedge trimmer with strong cutting power on tall, hard-to-reach hedges. When fully extended, it can reach from two to three metres and can be increased with the one-metre extension shaft that is included.

With a lightweight aluminium shaft and low vibration, the HYPT5200X is a comfortable hedge trimmer for tall hedges, even for extended periods. The three poles can be separated quickly and are easy to transport.

A 52cc 2- stroke engine provides sufficient cutting power to the 40cm double-sided reciprocating blades to tackle the most demanding, hard-to-reach hedges and branches up to 20mm in diameter. The 14-position / 270-degree pivot head allows you to trim at multiple angles.

The padded front handle allows multiple grip positions at different angles and heights. In addition, an anti-vibration system provides a comfortable working position while cutting and shaping tall hedges.

Pros:

Cons:

Parker Brand 52cc Petrol Multi Function 5 in 1 Garden Tool

Best Multi-tool Petrol Hedge Trimmer

Key Features

The Parker Brand 52cc Multi Function 5 in-1 Garden Tool is a multi-tool ideal for heavy-duty garden maintenance. Powered by a 2-stroke 52cc petrol engine that is easy to start, this tool will make light work of even the toughest grass, weeds, and branches.

This unit consists of the following five tools:

A lightweight design guarantees user comfort and allows a wide range of tasks to be done with one machine. In addition, a body harness is supplied for safe and comfortable operation.

Pros:

Cons:

How to Buy the Best Petrol Hedge Trimmers

Before deciding on which petrol hedge trimmer to purchase, consider the size, height, and density of the hedges, you intend to trim.

Standard Petrol Hedge Trimmer

If the hedges you intend to trim are 6ft or less high, then a standard petrol hedge trimmer will be more than adequate.

Long-reach Petrol Hedge Trimmer

if you have taller hedges over 6ft or even if they are more challenging to reach, then a long-reach petrol hedge trimmer will give you that extra reach without needing a ladder, making your task safer and more comfortable.

It must be noted that these long-reach trimmers tend to be heavier but usually come with a body harness to make carrying and manoeuvring the extra weight more comfortable.

Multi-tools

Multi-tool trimmers come with multiple attachments for grass cutting, brush cutting, a chainsaw, and an extension shaft to provide you with the tools for all your gardening functions in one compact package.

Petrol Engine

Most petrol hedge trimmers will have a 2-stroke 23 to 25cc engine that typically runs on a petrol-to-oil mix ratio of 40:1 or 50:1. It is always recommended to check the manufacturer’s recommendation.

Some long-reach and multi-tool models use 2-stroke 52 cc engines to provide more power. All these 2-stroke engines start best with the choke out, prime the pump, and a quick pull of the handle.

Some petrol hedge trimmers use a 4-stroke engine that uses only unleaded petrol, not a petrol-to-oil mix.

Petrol Hedge Trimmer Blades

Petrol hedge trimmer blades do the cutting and the bulk of the hard work, therefore, you must select a hedge trimmer with the trimmer blades best suited for the hedges you will be trimming.

There are two essential elements to consider when choosing the correct trimmer blade:

Blade Length

Long blades will speed up the cutting, as you can cut more in a single sweep of the trimmer; plus, you will have more reach when dealing with taller shrubs and hedges. On the other hand, a longer blade will be heavier and more challenging to handle.

The most common measurements are 45cm and 60 cm.

Blade Gap

The spacing of the teeth (Blade gap) will determine the thickness of the branches that can be cut through and will be directly proportional to the trimmer’s power. A small motor cannot cut through a thick stem.

It is essential to consider what thickness of stems or branches you will need to cut. With larger spacing comes a larger motor, stronger teeth, and increased cost, but if you have thick hedges, choosing a smaller unit is pointless as you will keep stopping and starting due to the trimmer jamming.

Blade Sharpness

The sharper the blade, the better, and the less vibration you feel in your arms and hands. Trimmers with laser cut or diamond ground blades are available that are sharper and will last longer.

Petrol Hedge Trimmer Handles

There are usually two handles on a petrol hedge trimmer. The rear handle at the back of the trimmer helps you control the engine part, while the top handle allows you to balance and direct the trimmer.

Some trimmers have what are known as “wrap-around handles” that allow you to rotate and hold the trimmer at various angles, making it easier and more comfortable to use.

Safety

A hand guard will help prevent debris from being thrown back toward the user. Another safety feature is a safety switch on both handles so that the trimmer cannot start unless both handles are gripped.

Tip Protector

The tip protector is located at the end of the cutting head to protect the blades from damage in case you accidentally hit a hard surface while trimming.

Frequently Asked Questions

Which is better, an electric or petrol hedge trimmer?

There are positive and negative aspects to both types of hedge trimmers. Which style is best for you will be dependent on the trimmer that best suits your requirements

Electric Hedge Trimmer

Advantages

Disadvantages

Petrol Hedge Trimmer

Advantages

Disadvantages

How to Service a Petrol Hedge Trimmer

Daily checks and Routines

  1. Hedge trimmer blades must be cleaned directly after using them to prevent tree sap build-up that can lead to the blades becoming dull. Ensure that cutter blades are always sharp.
  2. Check the cutting blades to ensure they are moving smoothly, and adjust the screws if they are not.
  3. Test the bolts and screws to see if they are tightened properly
  4. Check the rubber and plastic parts to ensure they are in good order and are not torn or split.

Further Checks and Maintenance

  1. Make sure the air filter is clean. The filter can be cleaned by removing it and using compressed air to blow out the debris.
  2. If the air filter is filthy and cannot be adequately cleaned, replace it.
  3. It is suggested that the petrol be drained from the tank at least once yearly. If the hedge trimmer has not been used for three months or more, drain the tank and refill it before using it again.
  4. At the same time that the fuel is changed, the spark plugs should be removed and cleaned or replaced if needed.

Regular checks and maintenance will ensure that your hedge trimmer keeps working correctly.

How much does a Commercial Petrol Hedge Trimmer weigh?

Petrol hedge trimmers tend to be heavier than corded or cordless models; weights can vary from 5.2 to 7.6 kg. Pole hedge trimmers can weigh up to 9kg.

What kind of petrol does a petrol hedge trimmer use?

The 2-stroke petrol hedge trimmer uses a mixture of unleaded regular petrol and 2-stroke engine oil at ratios of 40:1 or 50:1.

The 4-stroke petrol hedge trimmer uses unleaded petrol only.

Conclusion

Petrol hedge trimmers are ideal for many applications, ranging from light trimming to tackling thick growth.

Petrol hedge trimmers are more powerful than electric or corded models enabling you to achieve a faster work rate.

By considering the important factors mentioned in this guide, you should be able to choose the best model for your needs.

The Best Petrol Lawn Mowers in 2023: Quality for Every Budget

While electric, cordless, and even robotic lawn mowers are becoming more popular, there is always a place for a good petrol lawn mower. In this guide, we’ll take a look at the best petrol mowers, explain what to look for when making your investment in the best petrol lawn mower, and take you through the details of the best non electric lawn mowers to buy now. 

Our TOP Picks

Lasso Brag

Best Petrol Lawn Mowers

Here are our top picks for the best petrol lawn mower models available right now. 

  1. Mountfield HP41 Petrol Lawnmower
  2. Hyundai 16″/40cm 79cc Petrol Lawnmower
  3. Einhell GC-PM 40/1 Petrol Lawnmower
  4. Yard Force 40cm Hand Push Petrol Lawnmower
  5. Sprint 2691794 4 
  6. Murray EQ200 Petrol Lawn Mower 20SP Self-propelled Petrol Lawn Mower
  7. NEXUS NX42SP Self-propelled Petrol Lawn Mower
  8. RocwooD Petrol Lawn Mower

Mountfield HP41 Petrol Lawnmower 

Best for Ease of Use
Mountfield HP41 Petrol Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Do you have a small garden, 250m² or less? If so the HP41 is a good option to consider. We gave it the top spot for the best petrol lawn mower overall. 

 It is compact and lightweight making it easy to move around. The HP41 starts with ease and has a 123cc engine, more than enough power for a smaller garden. 

You get a range of five cutting positions from 25 to 70mm so you can achieve the perfect height for your needs. 

Mountfiled has a good reputation and most users are happy with the aftersales service. It is a robust and reliable petrol lawnmower with a 40L grass collecter which should be fine for smaller gardens. Some people, however, would prefer a bit more power. 

Pros:

Cons:

Hyundai 16″/40cm 79cc Petrol Lawnmower

Best For Small Gardens
Hyundai 16"/40cm 79cc Petrol Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Also light and nimble, yet surprisingly tough, is this option from Hyundai. It takes the top spot as the best petrol mower for small gardens.

 It weighs in at a mere 19kg and is a breeze to operate. The engine capacity is only 79cc so if you have slopes or need to cut long or wet grass, it might not have as much power as you want. For a flat patch of lawn, it is a winner. 

The cutting width is 40cm, it is easy to start and does not guzzle fuel. This makes it economical to use and also means less noise than a larger petrol engine. 

The 40L grass bag makes cleaning up quick and easy. There are 6 height options from 25 to 75mm for a lush perfect lawn all year round. The foldable handles and light compact design make it easy to store when not in use. 

It comes with a 3-year warranty for domestic use. This mower offers good value for money in its class. The safety features are good including Operator Presence Control (OPC). Setting up could not be easier and it comes with everything you need to get going. 

Pros:

Cons: 

Einhell GC-PM 40/1 Petrol Lawnmower 

Best For Reliability
Einhell GC-PM 40/1 Petrol Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

A solid and reliable option for small to medium lawns up to 800 m² is the GC-PM 40/1 Petrol Lawnmower by Einhell. You get a lot of bang for your buck with this model and it should last you many years if well-maintained. 

Despite only having an engine capacity of just under 80ccs, it delivers 1.2kW with a high RPM (revolutions per minute) The 4-stroke engine handles well. It is a walk-behind petrol lawn mower.

You only get three height options ranging from 30 to 60mm and the cut width is 40cm. The grass container is a durable textile design and has a 45L capacity. For convenience, it has a level indicator so that you when it is time to empty. 

This is also one of the best budget petrol lawn mower options on the market.

Pros:

Cons:

Yard Force 40cm Hand Push Petrol Lawnmower GM R40

Best For Comfort
Yard Force 40cm Hand Push Petrol Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

One of the features that stand out on the Yard Force 127cc Mower is comfort. It is ergonomically designed and has soft grip handles. The power is decent at 127cc and this is a popular choice for lawns up to 400m².

It is an easy-start petrol lawn mower and is easy to operate. The cutting height is easy to adjust through five options from 25 to 75mm. The mower comes with a 45L grass bag. 

Pros:

Cons:

Sprint 2691794 420SP Self-propelled Petrol Lawn Mower

Best Self-Propelled
Sprint 2691794 420SP Self-propelled Petrol Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

There is a lot to appreciate about this model. Firstly, it is self-propelled. That means less effort for the user. It also has a tough alloy steel casing so can handle a few knocks. The cutting width is a generous 42cm making quick work of your lawn,

The engine is a Briggs & Stratton which is known for reliability and performance. The mower comes with a 2-year warranty. 

Another handy feature is that you can choose between the large 60L grass bag or use the rear discharge setting. The cutting height is easy to adjust and you have 6 options for the perfect finish. 

It is adjustable and comfortable with an ergonomic design. It also folds away for ease of transport and storage. The mower comes with a 2-year warranty. It wins top honours for the best petrol self propelled lawn mower.

Pros:

Cons:

Murray EQ200 Petrol Lawn Mower

Best Lightweight
Murray EQ200 Petrol Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

The Murray EQ200 also comes with a quality Briggs & Stratton engine that offers power and reliability. 

The handles are also adjustable and comfortable to use. It folds away well making it easy to store. 

There are 6 cut height options giving you a good range according to your needs. 

The warranty is 2 years for consumer use. Oil (0.5 4-stroke SAE30) needs to be purchased separately before use. 

Pros:

Cons:

NEXUS NX42SP Self-propelled Petrol Lawn Mower

Best For a Medium Lawn
NEXUS NX42SP Self-propelled Petrol Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

Self-propelled always makes cutting the lawn a bit easier and the NX42SP by Nexus fits the bill. Coupled with a reliable and quality Briggs & Stratton engine as well as an alloy steel build, this mower should last you many years. For small to medium lawns, you can’t go wrong. 

This mower has a 41cm cutting width with an option of a grass collector or rear discharge. With six cutting height options you can find the ideal length according to the season and your taste. It is easy to change with the lever system. 

The handle can also be adjusted it is a comfortable machine to operate. It comes with a 2-year warranty. The grass box is a large 60L so this means fewer trips to empty it. 

Pros:

Cons:

RocwooD Petrol Lawn Mower Self-Propelled 41cm 

Best for Power
RocwooD Petrol Lawn Mower Self Propelled
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

You will get plenty of power from the 132cc RockwooD 41cm mower. It is self-propelled to make life even easier. The alloy steel ensures a robust construction that will give you years of mowing. It has a 4cm cut width giving you speed and accuracy. 

It boasts an impressive choice of seven cutting height options, from 25 to 75mm. The grass box is 45L so more than enough for most small gardens. The design is compact and the handles fold back. This allows for easy storage.

Pros:

Cons:

How to Buy the Best the Best Petrol Mowers

When deciding on the best petrol lawn mower, there are a few important considerations: 

Engine capacity

This is essentially the power of the lawnmower. Now, while a small flat garden might not need much power, the more the better. Long grass, wet grass, and inclines all require more power. Never make the mistake of underestimating the amount of power you need. 

It is measured in CC or Cubic Centimeters. The larger is naturally more powerful.

Weight

Petrol lawn mowers are heavier than corded electric mowers and certainly heavier than cordless mowers. This is not necessarily a problem as many are easy to operate. If you have steep slopes you will be grateful for the power of a petrol mower. Slopes can always be landscaped for a dramatic look that does not need mowing. 

If weight is a concern, you might want to consider a hover mower

Self-propelled or Push

This will depend on the size of the lawn, the weight of the machine, and the person using it. Lawn mowers designed for larger gardens tend to be heavier to pack in more power and durability. For a small flat garden, a compact light model without this feature is easy enough to use. 

If it is used by someone with decreasing strength then a self-propelled model will be a better idea. It will save some of the hard work. 

Cut width

Cut width is a trade-off between cutting speed and agility. A larger cut width will cut a larger lawn faster while a smaller one will be more accurate. Base your decision on the size of your lawn area. 

Cut height

As the seasons change and weather patterns differ, how often you water and your cutting height needs might also change. It will also depend on the health of your lawn and the type of grass you use. 

Durability

One of the major advantages of petrol lawn mowers is that they tend to be tougher than their corded and cordless counterparts. The power of a petrol engine allows you to operate the machine with a similar effort. 

Many are made of steel alloy which can handle a bit more than a plastic deck. That being said, there are many models in all categories that have durable plastic casing. 

Maintenance

The one downside of petrol lawn mowers is that they need a bit more maintenance than the electric or cordless options. It is not a major task but the mower will need a service from time to time.

Warranty

A decent warranty is a sign that the company behind the mower has faith in its equipment. It will give you peace of mind should something go wrong.

Grass box

A grass box will save you from raking up after mowing. Invest in a lawn mower with sufficient capacity for the size of your lawn. This will save you a bit of time and effort.

Mulching Feature

Many lawn mowers include a mulching feature. This cuts the leaf blades finely and they can be left on the lawn surface. Over time they break down creating a natural fertiliser. 

This will enrich the soil for a lush verdant lawn. It is eco-friendly and saves time and money. You might want to consider a petrol lawn mower with mulcher functionality. 

Petrol Lawn Mower with Electric Start

This is a nice feature to have and saves a bit of effort. Most quality modern lawn mowers use a recoil start and start easily. 

Frequently Asked Questions

While researching and evaluating the best petrol mowers we came across a few FAQs that you might be wondering about yourself. 

Electric or Petrol Lawn Mower?

Both have advantages and disadvantages.

Electric

Pros:

Cons: 

Petrol

Cons:

How to service a petrol lawn mower

 The first thing you want to do is read the manual that comes with your machine. While the basics are the same on all petrol lawn mowers some aspects are slightly different. 

Using the correct tool, remove the spark plugs and inspect them. This will also ensure your safety while you complete the service. Clean the plugs and replace them when the service is complete. If they are corroded or in poor condition, it is best to replace them. 

Drain the remaining petrol in the tank. This should be done monthly and especially before storing the lawn mower in the colder months when not in use. 

Drain the engine oil.

Clean the entire machine are remove all grass and debris that may be clogging it up. This should be done after every mow. The areas where the mower takes in air are especially important to keep clean so pay attention to these areas.

Check all nuts and bolts, handles, wheels, and any other connections. Tighten where necessary. Inspect the air filters, clean them, and replace them if they are clogged or have started to perish. Ensure the blades are sharp and replace them if necessary. 

Replace the oil and be sure to check it is at the correct level. Refer to the instruction manual to confirm the ideal oil for your machine. 

Replace the fuel with fresh and correct fuel. 

What oil do I need for my petrol lawn mower?

Most 4-stoke petrol engines use SAE 30 oil. You can also use SAE 5W-30 and SAE 10W-30 synthetic oils. They are a bit more expensive but last longer and improve protection as well as performance. 

Will My Lawn Mower Run on e10 Petrol?

Most petrol mowers are more than happy with E10 petrol as well as unleaded E5, 95, and 98. What you want to avoid is any petrol that has more than 10% ethanol. 

Where to buy petrol for a lawn mower?

Most domestic lawn mowers use simple unleaded petrol. The larger industrial mowers often use diesel. You can purchase fuel from your regular petrol station. 

Two-stroke machines use the same fuel as four-stroke machines but remember you will need to add oil to the fuel according to the instruction manual. 

How Long Can You Leave Petrol in a Lawn Mower?

Most manufacturers recommend that you replace the fuel every month. If you store the lawn mower for the winter months, it is best to drain the fuel and replace it with fresh fuel when you start to use it again. Adding a fuel stabilizer will increase the time you can leave fuel in the lawn mower but if you plan correctly this should not be necessary. 

What Is the Ideal Cutting Width?

You want to get the correct size for your garden. Here are the suggestions:

If you have an intricate garden a smaller blade will be more acute. While it might take a bit longer to cut the results will be neater. 

For very large gardens, you might want to consider a petrol ride on lawn mower.

Conclusion

Deciding on the best petrol lawnmower can be a daunting task. We have explained the important factors to consider before making your investment. 

Look at the power, cutting width, weight, and other features to find the one that is best for your needs and your garden. Provided you get the correct size for your garden, you can’t go wrong with any of our best petrol lawn mower recommendations. 

We trust that you found that enlightening. Please drop us a line if you have any questions or comments. 

 The Best Secateurs for Easy Garden Pruning in 2023 Reviewed

A basic yet essential tool in any garden is a quality set of secateurs. There are many to choose from. They are certainly my most often used garden tool and I have been through many over the years. After this experience, and with some additional research, I have established the leading options. 

Selecting the wrong pruning secateurs will be frustrating and the results will not be what you need. We simplify the process by explaining how to choose the pair that is perfect for your needs. We will also detail 8 of the best choices and answer a few questions you might have. 

Before we get into the details, we rate the Professional Bypass Secateurs – SK5 Japanese Secateurs as the best pruning shears for the average gardener.

Our TOP Picks 

Lasso Brag

The Best Secateurs for Easy Garden Pruning

  1. Professional Bypass Secateurs – SK5 Japanese Secateurs
  2. Gonicc 8″ Professional Secateurs
  3. WISCOLS Secateurs
  4. TONMA Secateurs
  5. Kimura 8” Pro Garden Secateurs
  6. Niwaki Mainichi Secateurs
  7. BLACK + DECKER 8.5″ Bypass Pruner Secateur
  8. The Gardener’s Friend Ratchet Anvil Style Shears

Professional Bypass Secateurs – SK5 Japanese

Best Overall Secateurs 
Kingswood Green Professional Bypass Secateurs
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

One of the many things the Japanese are famous for is strong and extremely sharp blades. Given their history and experience, it should be no surprise that our first and top-rated product is the SK5 Japanese Bypass Secateurs. 

The carbon steel blades are sharp and durable. They can handle hard work and are light and easy to use. 

They are built with a quality metal alloy for strength and will last you many years. The grip is ergonomically designed and the secateurs are comfortable to use. The grip is non-slip silicone so they can be used in wet conditions. 

Despite the quality and performance they are well-priced and offer exceptional value for money. They come in an attractive and eco-friendly box so make a fantastic gift for your gardening friends. The aftersales service and backup are also notable on these Japanese secateurs. 

Pros:

Cons:

Gonicc 8″ Professional Secateurs Premium Titanium Bypass Pruning Shears 

Best Lightweight Shears
Gonicc 8" Professional Secateurs
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

The titanium build of the secateurs blades will ensure durability as well as accuracy and performance. Gonicc used Ultra-fine Polishing Technology for a super-sharp blade. 

The handles and body are drop forged so also tough. The handles are ergonomically designed so are comfortable to use and will not tire you out. They have a non-slip coating. 

An interesting feature is a sap groove. This helps the sap flow off as you work to prevent the shears from clogging up. The blade will arrive with a coating of anti-rust oil.

Depending on the tree you are cutting, these pruners can cut branches with a diameter of 1.9cm.

Pros:

Cons:

WISCOLS Secateurs 

Best Secateurs for Arthritic Hands
WISCOLS Secateurs
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features 

You really can’t go wrong with these quality shears. They tick all the right boxes. WISCOLS secateurs are especially suited to those with arthritic hands. This is due to the comfortable design, easy action, and padded non-slip grips. Other options for those that suffer from arthritis are electric secateurs or powered secateurs.

They are also one of the more affordable options on the market and are a top-selling option. 

These secateurs work with minimal effort allowing you to prune for longer without experiencing fatigue. They also feature a sap groove so that means less time cleaning them as you work. The blade has a low-friction coating which also adds to the ease of use.

The WISCOLS Secateurs are well-made from quality materials and should give you many years of service. It has a handy and easy-to-use lock mechanism. 

The blade is 8cm and can handle branches up to ¾ inches. They are versatile and can handle heavy work as well as softer plants or precision work such as bonsai or topiaries. 

Pros:

Cons:

TONMA Secateurs 

Best for Accurate Cutting
TONMA Secateurs [Made in Japan] 8 Inch Pruning Shears
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

While a utility product you cannot help but be impressed with the sleek stylish design. The most important factor is how well they function and these do not disappoint. They have plenty of power and sharp SK5 steel blades. You can expect a clean accurate cut

They are heavy-duty secateurs and will cut branches up to 1 inch with ease. The safety lock is of good quality and works effectively. 

The grip is designed to be comfortable but lacks an anti-slip coating. 

Something I always like to see is a lifetime warranty. That gives you faith that you will be looked after should anything go wrong. 

Pros:

Cons:

Kimura 8” Pro Garden Secateurs

Best for Versatility
Kimura 8” Pro Bypass Garden Secateurs
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features 

Another great Japanese set of secateurs is the Kimura 8” Pro Garden Secateurs, also with SK5 Steel blades. They can do fine work or cut branches up to 1 inch thick. 

As you would expect from the blady quality you get a sharp cut with minimal effort. They are heat treated to 60 HRC which toughens them up and they require less frequent sharpening than regular blades. 

The blades are also coated with PTFE for added protection and less friction as you cut. 

The handles are lightweight and comfortable. They have a PVC coating for extra comfort and this also prevents them from slipping. The build is aluminium and they are built to last and are rust resistant. 

The lock is easy to use and reliable. 

Kimura also offers a lifetime warranty for peace of mind. 

Pros:

Cons:

Niwaki Mainichi Secateurs

Best Ladies’ Secateurs
Niwaki Mainichi Secateurs
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features 

These are a popular option with good ratings and feedback. While they are not ideal for dead wood they will cut most of your plants and shrubs with ease. They are ideal for a diameter of 10mm. Many find them a great option as secateurs for roses. 

These elegant shears have vibrant yellow handles so they will be easy to find. The safety catch works well.

They sport quality SK5 carbon steel blades that are sharp and durable. While they are not heavy-duty secateurs they are perfect for most work around the garden and a good choice for the best secateurs for small hands. 

The few downsides are that the handles tend to get slippery when wet and they cost a bit more than the average secateurs. 

Pros:

Cons:

BLACK + DECKER 8.5″ Bypass Pruner Secateur 

Best Budget Shears
BLACK + DECKER 8.5" BYPASS PRUNER SECATEUR
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Key Features:

This is a trusted brand that comes in at an amazingly decent price. Despite the budget price, they have a lifetime guarantee. They look good and work incredibly well. The titanium blades are strong and non-stick. They have a cutting capacity of 3/4 inches.

The grips are soft and easy on the hands. The body is cast aluminium construction which is rugged and durable. 

The warranty is only 2 years and they are a bit heavier than most other options. 

Pros:

Cons:

The Gardener’s Friend Ratchet Anvil Style Shears

Best for Larger Branches

Key features:

If you want to cut larger branches or simply do not have the strength to cut too many medium stems, these should make life easier. The ratchet design means a bit less effort is needed to get the power you need. 

These are well-rated and popular ratchet anvil shears and are affordable. Let the design and mechanics do the hard work so you can enjoy the experience without the strain. 

They have rugged manganese steel blades that can handle heavy-duty cutting up to 1 inch in diameter. The body is aluminium so is light and will not rust. 

Pros:

Cons:

How to Buy the Best Secateurs 

When selecting the best professional secateurs for your needs, here are a few pointers. These will help you to make the best investment. 

Blade Material

This is critical. You want strength and durability. Quality materials such as Japanese SK5 Steel will last you well and remain sharp for longer than many other options. 

Grip

What you want is a comfortable grip and preferably one that is non-slip. Even if you use gloves, some grips can become slippery or uncomfortable after time. 

Size

This depends on the user and the type of work you want to do. Larger shears will generally have more cutting power but tend to be heavier and might not suit smaller hands. 

If you want to reach higher stems or branches you should look at long reach secateurs or telescopic secateurs. 

Weight

Naturally, as you prune or cut plants the weight of the secateurs will be a factor. While the stronger more powerful secateurs tend to be slightly heavier, many great ones are lightweight. 

Warranty

Some secateurs come with a lifetime guarantee which shows that the company has faith in the materials and the workmanship. You might pay a bit more but this will give you peace of mind in your investment. Some models, normally the budget options, come with a 1 or 2 year warranty. 

Frequently Asked Questions

In the process of evaluating the very best secateurs and the best pruning shears, certain questions came up quite often. Let’s take a look at some of the FAQs around the products:

Anvil vs Bypass Secateurs

There are several secateurs’ designs. Each one has unique features and advantages. Let’s take a closer look at what is available. This will guide you to invest in the one that is best suited to your needs. 

•Bypass Secateurs

These are the most common. Generally pointed, these are utility secateurs that work well for stems and branches around 10 to 15mm in thickness. 

The two blades work much like scissors, only with a bit more power and punch. When kept sharp they give a neat clean cut. They are better for green growth but can be used on slightly larger branches. 

•Anvil secateurs

As the name suggests, these are a bit more heavy-duty. Thicker and harder branches are no match for these tough shears. They are effective on dead wood, harder wood as well as thicker wood. 

They generally have a single sharp blade. 

•Ratchet Secateurs

Here you get the best of the above. They are easy to use and make use of ratchets to increase cutting power. This makes them ideal for tough stems and branches. Once you get used to the cut, release, and repeat action, they are a pleasure to operate, even on tough branches. 

What is the Difference Between Pruners and Secateurs?

They are essentially the same thing. In the UK, we tend to say secateurs while in the US and other areas, most people refer to them as pruners. While there are various designs the terms secateurs and pruners can be used interchangeably. 

How to Look After Secateurs

The main thing you want to do is keep them clean and sharp. More on those topics are below. Correct storage in a clean dry area is also important. 

How to Clean Secateurs

If you want your secateurs to perform well and last you many years you must keep them clean at all times. This is an easy process. 

You can use dishwashing liquid in warm water. Soak them for a few minutes and then scrub them with a brush or scouring pad. If they are really dirty, you can use steel wool but do not be too rough. 

Use an abrasive pad or cloth to scour the blades if necessary. Again, do not be too aggressive. Rinse them off and open them up. Dry them thoroughly. Ensure that they are dry before you close and store them. 

You can use a small amount of oil, vegetable oil, or purpose-designed tool oil to prevent rust and damage. Wipe off any excess oil. 

Do I Need to Disinfect my Secateurs? 

Viruses and fungi can be transferred to other plants if the secateurs have been used on infected plants. Simply disinfect with a household bleach such as sodium hypochlorite, a 2% solution is all that is needed. Again, ensure they are completely dry before you store them. 

Do you get left handed secateurs? 

You certainly do but you might have to do a bit of homework to find them. Many of the leading brands offer left handed options but they are a bit harder to find. Many lefties adapt to using them right handed. 

How to Sharpen Secateurs

The importance of using sharp secateurs can not be overstated. Even the very best secateurs will perform poorly when blunt. The process is the same as any cutting blade but the design does make it a bit more of a challenge. Some can be dismantled making the process easier. 

The secateurs must be clean before you start to sharpen them. See above. 

A sharpening stone is the most popular method. There are wet stones, oil stones, and diamond honing stones. 

You need to rub the blade on the stone. Most only have a sharp edge on one side. If not, you want to turn regularly to sharpen all sides. Getting the angle correct is important. 

You want to achieve the same bevel on both sides of the blade. This video will give you some insight into the entire process. 

What Secateurs do Professionals Use?

Budget is not a major concern for the professionals. Many get sponsored and are given endorsements, so their choice is not always the best. Most will go for the best quality they can get, tough, sharp, and effective. Their choice will vary and will also depend on the type of work they need to do. Most gardening pros will have a range of quality secateurs. 

What Secateurs Does Monty Don Use? 

As the host of Gardeners World, a prolific and successful author on all things gardening, and the man we know from the RHS Chelsea Flower Show, Monty Don clearly knows a thing or two about the best secateurs. His choice is the Niwaki Tobisho secateurs. 

Conclusion

Finding the ideal secateurs for your needs could be a challenge but we have given you the most important things to look out for when making your decision. We also give you an honest lowdown of some of the very best options available. 

There are few things more frustrating in the garden than poor secateurs or those that fall apart after a few months. Depending on your needs, you cannot go wrong with any of the above options. 

Look for blade quality, durability, a good grip, and comfort. Power is also important if you want to cut larger branches. 

If you have any questions or experience with these or other secateurs, we would love to hear from you in the comments below. 

Best Robotic Lawn Mowers for Automatic Grass Cutting UK 2023

Robot lawn mowers are still relatively new but they have a lot to offer, like our current favourite the Worx Landroid.We look at the best robotic lawn mowers, how to decide on the best one for your needs and answer a few questions you might have. 

Mowing can be a chore and often we simply do not have time. An automatic grass cutting machine takes all of the hard work out of keeping your lawn neat and tidy.

Once it is set up there is little you need to do. This will give you more time to appreciate your lawn and spend time with friends and family. 

Our Top Robotic Mowers Picks

Lasso Brag

Best Robot Lawn Mower to Buy in 2023

Here are 8 of the best autonomous lawn mower options:

  1. WORX Landroid M WR141E Robot Lawn Mower 
  2. Flymo EasiLife 250 GO Robotic Lawn Mower 
  3. Einhell Power X-Change 18V Robotic Lawnmower 
  4. Gardena Sileno city
  5. Yard Force Compact 400RiS Robotic Lawnmower 
  6. LANDXCAPE LX799 300m2 Robotic Mower
  7. Hyundai Robot Lawnmower
  8. Bosch Robotic Lawnmower Indego S+ 500 

1. WORX Landroid M WR141E Robot Lawn Mower 

Best for Medium Gardens
WORX Landroid M WR141E Robot Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

This option from WORX, the Landroid M WR141E, takes our top spot as the best robot lawn mower. With an 18cm cutting width, it will make quick work of lawns up to 500m2. 

It is easy to set up and simple to use unless you want to get into the more advanced settings and programming. You can do the setup or changes from an App or directly on the mower. 

One thing that sets this robot mower apart is the AIA technology. This makes it a smart mower and improves performance and power. The mowing pattern is a lot more intelligent than many other robot mowers so the results are neater and faster. It is also good on lawn edges. 

You can adjust the height from 20 to 50mm for a perfect finish all year long. The Landroid M WR141E is robust and reliable. 

WORX offers a range of handy modules you can add on if they are needed. This helps keep the price down so you only pay for what you need. The optional modules include Radio Link, ACS (Anti-collision system), Voice Control and find my Landroid. 

There are several other models in this line for smaller or larger gardens. 

Pros:

Cons:

2. Flymo EasiLife 250 GO Robotic Lawn Mower 

Perfect for a small garden up to 250m2 is the agile EasiLife 250 GO by Flymo. It is compact and light allowing it to easily move around even in tricky spaces as well as narrow passages. 

While it manicures your lawn it is super-quiet so will not disturb your household or any neighbours. It is adaptable and can change its schedule according to weather conditions. This is thanks to the FrostSense and LawnSense features. 

Despite being packed with advanced technology, it could not be easier to use. It has simple LEDs to guide control so there is no need for complicated programming. It does have a Bluetooth app to allow you to do more complex functions if you wish. The app also allows you to troubleshoot the mower should you encounter problems. 

Keeping it clean is a breeze as you can wash it down with a hose after use. It also has safety sensors. 

Pros:

Cons:

3. Einhell Power X-Change 18V Robotic Lawnmower 

Best Lawn Mower for Pet Owners with Sloped Gardens
Einhell Freelexo 1200 LCD BT Robotic Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

You can comfortably mow a lawn up to 1200m² with this tough Einhell Robotic Mower. It has an 18cm cutting width and a powerful 18V battery.

An impressive feature is that this is part of the Einhell X-Change line. This means that you can interchange the batteries with a range of other compatible Einhell garden and power tools. This is convenient and can save you money down the line. 

It has an easy-to-use LCD and keypad or can be controlled by Bluetooth using an intuitive app. 

If you have an irregular lawn or various zones the multi-zone mowing mode will take care of this challenge. Once set up it will work seamlessly between zones or tackle more complex shapes. 

The cutting height options range from 20 to 60mm. It has a PIN code and a warning signal to protect your investment from theft. 

The Einhell also has tilt and lift sensors for safety and a rain sensor. 

Pros:

Cons:

4. Gardena Sileno city

Best Lawn Mower for Complex Gardens
Gardena Sileno City 300 Robotic Lawn Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

This is a quality robust lawnmower that works hard in gardens up to 300 m². The cut width is 16 cm and the height positions are from 20 to 50mm. Gardena is a popular and highly-rated brand with a wide range to choose from. 

The Sileno city has a Bluetooth App with a range of roughly 10m. The app will allow you to control a range of features and settings. Installation is quick and easy thanks to the EasyConfig feature. 

You can expect a neat cut thanks to the smart SensorCut System. The mower works in the rain and can be hosed down after use for easy cleaning. It works well in narrow passages of lawn. The anti-theft feature will keep the mower safe. 

Pros:

Cons:

5. Yard Force Compact 400RiS Robotic Lawnmower 

For small to medium gardens up to 400m² Yard Force offers decent value for money with the 400RiS. It is light, compact, and nimble. It has a 16cm cutting width.

Thanks to the brushless motor you get a bit more life out of the Samsung 20V Lithium-Ion battery. 

You can operate it from a user-friendly app and it is WiFi enabled. What is great at this price range is the iRadar-Active Safety Ultrasonic Sensor. This feature allows for fairly accurate obstacle avoidance and collision detection. This helps to make it safer and more effective. 

Additional safety features tilt and turnover sensors. The 400RiS also has rain sensors and automatic charging meaning even less to worry about. 

You have a choice of cutting heights ranging from 20 to 55mm to get the perfect height for your needs. The blades are sharp for a neat clean cut. 

Pros:

Cons:

6. LANDXCAPE LX799 300m2 Robotic Mower 411

Best Robotic Lawn Mower for Small Gardens
LANDXCAPE LX799 300m2 Robotic Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

LANDXCAPE delivers an affordable option that is suitable for smaller gardens of 300m2 or less. It is an easy model to start and user-friendly to operate. An effective 3-blade cutting system allows for a neat and accurate cut. 

The mulching feature leaves fine lawn clipping on the surface. These can be left to form a natural fertiliser for a healthier greener lawn. 

It is a good choice if you have narrow paths and can handle these with ease. The mower will recharge automatically when necessary. 

The negatives are that it does not have WiFi connectivity and takes a while to recharge. 

Pros:

Cons:

7. Hyundai Robot Lawnmower, 625sq Metre

Best Robot Lawn Mower for Large Gardens
Hyundai Robot Lawnmower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

The compact Hyundai Robot Lawnmower is a mid-priced option that can handle lawns up to 625m2. This makes it ideal for medium to larger gardens. 

It sports a 22.2V Lithium Ion Battery and has a cutting width of 18cm. The brushless motor allows the battery to last longer and makes it quieter than the average robot mower. 

A good range of 7 cutting heights will allow you to achieve the ideal results according to the weather and your preference. 

The mulching feature is handy as it means no raking up and the clippings will break down and deliver nutrients to the soil.

It comes with a 2-year Hyundai warranty. 

Pros:

Cons:

8. Bosch Robotic Lawnmower Indego S+ 500 

Bosh is a trusted name in power tools and garden equipment. The Indego S+ 500 has a 19cm cutting width and an 18V battery. This robot mower is suitable for gardens up to 500 m². It has a bump sensor making it the ideal choice for tricky lawns that are not perfectly even and flat. 

The BorderCut feature creates neat edges. It can operate without a guide wire in narrow corridors as small as 75cm. It also has a mulching feature. 

It is easy to operate and works via an app function. It looks at the weather, maps out the lawn area, and you can input your preferences. This allows it to deliver an optimal mowing schedule. 

You can also connect to other smart devices using IFTTT.  You can use Google Assistant or Amazon Alexa for voice control. 

The only downside to this mower is that it is on the expensive side. 

Pros:

Cons:

How to Buy the Best Robotic Lawn Mowers

The best robotic lawn mower for your garden will take the effort out of keeping the lawn neat and tidy. A robot grass cutter requires little to no work once it is set up and is a pleasure to use. 

There are several things to consider before investing in the best automatic lawn mower:

Size of Lawn Area

This is one of the most important considerations when selecting a self-mowing lawn mower. You need to invest in one that can comfortably cover the size of your lawn area. 

If you are looking for the best robotic mower for 1 acre, a robot mower for 2 acres, or even the best robot lawn mower for 5 acres, you might have to look at the more industrial models on the market. 

Cutting Width

The cutting width will determine how much grass is cut with every pass so the size of your garden will determine the ideal cutting width. Too small and will take forever to cut a large lawn, too large and it will not be accurate and agile in a smaller garden. 

Battery Life

The longer the battery life the more work the auto lawn mower can do between charges. Good battery life will make it more efficient. 

Automatic Recharge

The great thing about automatic lawn mower robot models is they sense when the battery is running low and return to the docking station to recharge. You don’t have to lift a finger. 

Single and Multi-Zones

If you have a simple patch of lawn this is not an issue but for more complex gardens with various areas of grass, you will need one that has a multi-zone feature. This allows it to automatically move from zone to zone without any effort from you. 

Cutting Height

One needs to adjust the cutting height according to the type of grass you have, your preference, the seasons, and weather conditions. Some mowers have a very limited range of height settings while others give you more options.

Noise

A mowing robot is naturally quieter than a petrol lawn mower and even a corded electric mower. Due to the way they operate they even make less noise than most battery-powered mowers. This is a benefit as it will not disturb your household or your neighbours. 

Mulching

Mulching means cutting the grass blades into very small pieces. These can remain on the lawn and break down naturally. This process is basically like free fertiliser and will enrich the soil. The result, apart from not having to rake up grass, is a healthy verdant lawn. 

Communication Technolgy

Some lawn robot designs are fairly basic and are either programmed manually or with a simple display panel. The more sophisticated robotic cordless lawn mower models use a range of communication protocols such as WiFi and Bluetooth. This gives you a true remote control lawn mower and greater convenience. Apps allow you to control the mower from your mobile device making a smart mower. 

Ease of Set Up 

The hardest part about using a robot grass mower is the initial setup. This only needs to be done once and is generally quite simple. It involves setting up the docking station and laying the boundary wires. Most models come with everything you need. Once set up, you can relax and let the grass-cutting robot do all the hard work. 

Frequently Asked Questions

Are robot lawn mowers any good?

Yes, the modern ones are very good. Some early models were problematic but the technology, design, and batteries have improved dramatically over recent years. There are many good robot lawn mowers on the market. 

How do robot lawn mowers work?

They are battery-operated and (most) return automatically to a charging dock that is plugged into an electrical outlet. During the installation process, guide wires are laid at the edges of the lawn to tell it where to go and where not to go. You can program various features depending on your lawn and your preference. 

Robot lawn mower – where does the grass go?

Since automatic mowers cut more often they take off less grass than a conventional mower so grass clippings should not be an issue. If it has not worked for a while you might need to rake up the clippings and dispose of them. Some mowers have a mulching feature that leaves fine clipping on the lawn. These break down and feed nutrients into the soil. 

How big a yard can a robot lawn mower do?

This comes down to the cutting width and the power of the battery. You get models that cut small gardens of a few 100m² up to over 1800m². For much larger gardens you will need an advanced robot lawn mower specifically designed for large areas. 

How to prevent theft of robot lawn mower

Many mowers come with technology to protect them. These include alarms/alerts, lift sensors, PIN codes, and a GPS locator feature similar to those found on a mobile phone. You can also get an installation lock or a time lock device.

What happens if you put a robot mower on a lawn that’s too big? 

The majority of mowers cut in a random fashion. The battery, even the best ones, has a limited life. If the lawn is too big for the robot mower it will never be able to get to all areas of the lawn. You will find the area closer to the charging dock to be cut fairly well while the outlying areas cut very little if at all. 

How to program a robotic lawn mower

This largely depends on the technology the mower uses and what features you want to use. Some are pretty much plug-and-play once you have installed the guide wires and docking station. A Bluetooth app is one of the most common ways to program a robotic lawn mower. These apps are generally user-friendly and guide you through the process. Others use LEDs or a display panel.

How much is a robotic lawn mower?

They range in price from under £400 to north of £2000. It depends on the brand, size, technology, and features. 

Conclusion

If you wanted to know more about the benefits of robot lawn mowers you should now have everything you need to know. We also gave you some good tips on 8 of the best robot mowers on the market.

Give some thought to your lawn size, your lawn care need, and your budget. This will guide you to select the one that is best suited to your needs.

Please feel free to share this article and drop us a comment if you have any questions or points to discuss. 

 

Best Hover Mowers for UK Lawns in 2023 (Easiest Mowing)

Purchasing a hover lawn mower can be a daunting task but our experience and extensive research will simplify this process. We will guide you to select the best hover mower for your needs.

Hover mowers are a blessing as they are light, easy to move, can be used by anyone with minimal effort, and are simple to maintain. They are generally an affordable option. They are an awesome option for small to medium lawn spaces.

We rate the Flymo Turbo Lite 260 Electric Hover Lawn Mower as the best hover mower for most gardens.  It is easy to use, super light, great value for money and has decent power.

Our Top Picks

Lasso Brag

Best Hover Mowers to Buy in 2023

  1. Flymo TurboLite 260 Lightweight Hover Mower
  2. LawnMaster 33cm Hover Lawnmower
  3. Flymo Hover Vac 270 Hover Mower with Grass Box
  4. LawnMaster 1800W 36cm Electric Hover Mower
  5. BLACK + DECKER BEMWH551-GB Hover Mower
  6. Flymo SimpliGlide 330 Hover Lawn Mower
  7. Flymo XL500 Petrol Hover Lawn Mower Honda 160 cc Engine
  8. Mountfield Typhoon 30Li Cordless Hover Lawnmower

Let’s take a closer look at the features and benefits of our top-rated hover mowers

1. Flymo TurboLite 260 Lightweight Hover Mower 

Best Pick
Flymo Turbo Lite 260 Electric Hover Lawn Mower, 1400 W, 26 cm Cutting Width
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

This is a compact, extremely lightweight, and easy-to-use hover mower. We rate it at the top of our list and find it to be the best electric hover mower UK offers. Flymo is a trusted brand and is a market leader in the hover mower market.

Key Features:

This model is also available with a 25cm cutting width, the Turbo Lite 250. It has the same power and comes at a slightly lower price than the Turbo Lite 260.

2. LawnMaster 33cm Hover Lawnmower

Best For Small Gardens
Lawn Master 33cm 1500W Electric Hover Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

LawnMaster is another popular brand. This model is affordable and gives you 1500w of power. It is ideal for small gardens and can be used with ease by the young and old.

The LawnMaster 33cm Hover Lawnmower is comfortable to use thanks to handles covered in foam and a breeze to operate. It is undoubtedly one of the best small hover mower options available.

Key Features:

3. Flymo Hover Vac 270 Hover Mower with Grass Box

Best For Slopes & Steep Banks
Flymo Hover Vac 270 Electric Hover Lawn Mower, 1400 W, 27 cm Cutting Width, 15 L Grass Box


Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

The Hover Vac 270 delivers an excellent combination of power and weight making it ideal for small gardens even if they have a few slopes or banks. It also has a handy 15 L grass box that compacts the clippings for easy disposal.  We rank it as the best hover mower for steep banks.

Key Features:

4. LawnMaster 1800W 36cm Electric Hover Mower

Best For Medium Gardens

Another great option from LawnMaster is the 1800W 36cm Electric Hover Mower. It is our choice for the best hover mower for medium gardens. Although it has excellent power it is still amazingly light.

It also has the convenience of a grass box making it also one of the best hover mowers with grass box UK options. Another advantage is the 15m cable length which is more than the average 10m offered by most other options. This means less hassle with extension cords.

Key Features:

5. BLACK + DECKER BEMWH551-GB Hover Mower

Best Lawn Mower for Uneven Terrain
BLACK + DECKER BEMWH551-GB Hover Mower
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

BLACK + DECKER is a trusted brand that has become a household name. The BEMWH551-GB is a reliable and affordable option.

It is light and agile yet remarkably durable. It comes with 10 replacement blades. Although plastic, they are strong and effective.

Given the features and price of this option, we rate it as the best price hover mower. This is a winner for those wanting a quality mower on a budget.

Key Features:

6. Flymo SimpliGlide 330 Hover Lawn Mower

Best For Sloped Gardens

If you have a sloped or tricky garden, the SimpliGlide 330, with a powerful 1700W motor, is a good option. Despite the decent power is it still light and nimble and can be used by anyone, young or old. It is one of the best hover mowers for uneven ground.

Key Features:

This model is also available with a 30cm or 36cm cutting width. The latter will be suitable for medium lawns.            

7. Flymo XL500 Petrol Hover Lawn Mower Honda 160 cc Engine

Best For Large Gardens
Flymo XL500 Petrol Hover Lawn Mower Honda 160 cc Engine
Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

If you have a large garden, this is the one for you. It has a high-powered 160cc 4-stroke petrol engine and an impressive 51cm cutting width. We rate this as the best petrol hover mower UK has to offer. This falls into two categories as, given the cutting width and power, it is also the best hover mower for large gardens.

Given that it is made from alloy steel, it is robust and will last many years. This and the fact that it has a petrol engine makes it considerably heavier than the electric options. It is still easy enough to operate for the average person but if you are getting on in years, this is probably too heavy.

It is one of the few hover mowers that mulch the grass effectively. This will enhance your lawn by returning nutrients to the soil after the small clippings break down.

Key Features:

8. Mountfield Typhoon 30Li Cordless Hover Lawnmower

This is our choice for the best cordless hover mower. It comes with not 1 but 2 4Ah 20V batteries so you can swop them out when one runs out of juice. It is suitable for gardens up to 100m².

Being cordless, it is slightly more expensive than the corded electric options, but you have great freedom and no cables to worry about. It also has a decent cutting width of 30mm and is a cinch to use.

It is super light and can be used by anyone with ease.

Key Features:

Which Is the Best Flymo Hover Mower?

As you can see, we are big fans of Flymo hover mowers. We are not alone and they are a well-loved brand in this segment of the market. They were trailblazers in hover mowers and many other manufacturers have tried to emulate their style and design.

They are part of the Husqvarna group.

We stand by our top choice, the Flymo Turbo Lite 260 Electric Hover Lawn Mower. Provided you do not have a large garden, this is the best lightweight hover lawn mower. It comes in at an incredible price and could not be easier to use thanks to the weight and design.

That being said, different gardens might need an alternative style of hover mower. We have covered the best of the best and there is something for everyone.

How to Buy the Best Hover Lawn Mower

Before deciding on the best hover mower it is important to consider your needs. Here are the main things to look at before making your investment:

Garden size

Anything under 200m² would be considered a small garden, 200 to 350m² is medium, and more than 350m² is a large patch of lawn. This needs to be factored in when deciding on the hover mower you decide on.

Cutting width

The cutting width you need is determined by the size of your lawn area.

The recommendations are:

Power

Power is measured in watts (w) on electric mowers and cc (cubic centimeters) on petrol engines. Cordless mowers have batteries and these are measured in volts (v).

You want more power for larger gardens but more importantly, you need power for slopes and steep banks. Power is also needed when your grass is long or wet.

Power source

The two main options are corded electric or cordless mowers. Both have advantages and disadvantages.

Corded electric mowers

Pros:
Cons:

Cordless mowers

Pros:
Cons:

Weight

Low weight means the mower is easier to move and more agile. This is especially important in complex gardens with twists and turns. It makes it easier for the average person, even teens or the elderly to manoeuvre.

You will find that most corded electric and cordless hover mowers are ultra-light. The petrol options are somewhat heavier. On the upside, petrol mowers are more powerful and durable.

Build quality

Most hover mowers are plastic as they need to be light and easy to manoeuvre. Modern plastics are tough and durable. Most are made of polypropylene which is not only light but also flexible and tough.

If you invest in a quality brand and look after your mower you should not have any issues.

Height adjustment

With the changing seasons and, depending on the type of grass you have, you will want to adjust the cutting height from time to time. Most models allow for this.

Grass collection box

A grass box is a handy feature, particularly for larger areas. It saves you the time and effort of raking up and disposing of the cut grass. Only some models have this feature.

While most hover mowers do not mulch effectively, if you mow often, you can still leave the grass clippings on the lawn. They will break down over time and return nutrients to the soil to improve your grass.

Price

You will have to consider your budget when investing in a hover mower. There are many affordable options but those with more power and features will be more expensive.

Warranty and service

Look at the warranty on offer as well as reports on service from the manufacturer. A good warranty illustrates that the brand has faith in the quality, workmanship, and durability of its products.

Hover vs Rotary Mowers

Hover mowers have many advantages but are not for everyone. Here is the difference between the two options.

Advantages of Hover Mowers

Cons

How to Maintain and Care for your Hover Mower

Good maintenance will extend the lifespan and performance of your mower. Fortunately, hover mowers are easy to look after. Here is what you need to do.

 

Safety is important when maintaining your mower. I have heard many stories of people that have injured themselves when not practicing basic safety logic during maintenance.

The main thing is to ensure that the power to the mower is off. You should wear protective gloves.

Cleaning is best done as soon as you have finished mowing. Remove the grass box if the mower has one and tilt the mower onto its side. Clean with a dry cloth. Use a soft brush to clean all other areas that you cannot get to with the cloth.

Ensure you get all the grass and debris away from the air inlets and the motor. Then wipe again with a slightly damp cloth and then dry thoroughly. Return the mower to the upright position and wipe the top as well as the wheels.

Frequently Asked Questions

What is a large lawn?

A lawn that is larger than 350m² would be large.

Are hover lawnmowers good at mulching?

No, most do not have this feature. If you mow regularly and have sharp blades, this should not be an issue.

How long do the batteries last on a cordless mower?

This largely depends on the power of the battery, the amp hours, as well as the condition of the grass. Cordless mowers are only recommended for smaller areas, under 350m².

Can you adjust the height of a hover mower?

Some models have this feature but not all of them.

Can you create a striped lawn with a hover mower?

No, hover mowers do not have a rear roller so lack this feature.

Conclusion

There is little doubt that hover lawnmowers are great for small to medium gardens. They are light, easy to use, and a breeze to maintain.

We have given you the lowdown on some of the best options available and what to look for on a hover mower. There is something for all budgets and needs.

If you are looking for a hover mower you cannot go wrong with any of the above options. They are all highly recommended provided you select the one that suits your garden size.  

 

What Is the Best Time of Day to Cut Grass in UK? (When NOT to Mow)

Are you mowing your lawn at the right time? If not, you could be damaging the grass.

The time of day that you cut your grass matters. Mowing grass when it’s wet with dew or during the midday heat may harm it.

The best time of day to mow grass in the UK is mid-morning (between  8 and 10 am) or late afternoon (4 to 6 pm). During these hours, your lawn will be neither wet with dew nor stressed by the midday heat. That said, you may have to adapt your mowing schedule according to the weather.

Read on to find out more about the best and worst times of day to cut grass. We’ll also look at when you can legally mow the lawn in the UK.

best time of day to cut grass in uk

Image credit: @pittwatermowing

When can you start mowing the lawn in the morning?

You can start mowing the lawn as early as 8 am, provided it hasn’t rained during the night and the grass isn’t wet. Cutting grass earlier than that is not a good idea because the grass is wet with dew and can clog your mower. You’ll also leave tracks on the lawn.

In general, an acceptable time to cut grass is from 8 am on weekdays and 10 am at weekends. These hours provide optimal mowing conditions while allowing you to do your work without annoying your neighbours. That said, if the grass is still wet during mid-morning, you can leave the mowing until late afternoon.

What time can I legally mow the lawn?

According to the Environmental Protection Act 1990, mowing your lawn between 11 pm and 7 am is considered antisocial. While there are no specific regulations concerning lawn mowing times, mowing your lawn at night or before 7 am could result in a fine because of the resulting noise pollution.

Cutting grass during this interval isn’t healthy for your lawn either. The grass will be wet with dew, making a neat cut more difficult. And since it won’t have time to recover before the overnight dew falls over it, it can become more vulnerable to fungal diseases.

What’s the best time of day to mow the lawn?

Between 8 and 10 am is usually the best time of day to cut grass. By this time, the morning dew should have evaporated while the heat of the day hasn’t yet set in, allowing you to cut the grass without stressing it. The second-best time to mow the lawn is in the late afternoon, between 4 and 6 pm.

Mowing lawn in the sun isn’t a good idea as it stresses the grass while it tries to retain moisture. It may lead to it drying up and turning brown. It can also overheat your mower. Plus, working in the heat is no fun. It could even lead to heatstroke.

best time of day to mow the lawn

Image credit: @mikedaygm

What time should you NOT mow the lawn?

You don’t want to mow your lawn during the midday heat or in the evening as this can stress and damage it. Nor should you mow it between 11 pm and 7 am, as it may disturb your neighbours and get you fined. You also want to avoid cutting grass whenever it is wet.

The worst hours to mow your lawn are between 11 pm and 7 am, 11 am to 4 pm, and 6 to 11 pm. If you want to mow your lawn during these hours, it’s best to leave it until the following day, mid-morning or late afternoon is best.

What time can I cut my grass on a Sunday?

Avoid cutting your lawn on a Sunday so that you won’t disturb your neighbours. If you must cut the grass, do it after 10 am and before the midday heat sets in. For more flexibility, use a push-reel lawn mower or an electric robot mower. These produce less noise than conventional gas or electric mowers. See our guide on legal time to mow the lawn.

Can you cut grass in the sun?

Cutting grass in the sun is possible, but it’s important to consider a few factors. Mowing the lawn in sunny conditions has both advantages and disadvantages.

Advantages:

  1. Faster Drying: Sunlight helps to dry the dew or moisture on the grass, making it easier to mow and reducing the risk of clumping.
  2. Clear Visibility: Cutting grass in the sun provides better visibility, allowing you to see the cutting lines more clearly and ensuring a more even cut.
  3. Convenient Timing: Mowing during daylight hours can be more convenient for homeowners with busy schedules.

Disadvantages:

  1. Heat Stress: Mowing in the sun can expose both you and the grass to high temperatures. It’s important to stay hydrated and take breaks to prevent dehydration and overheating.
  2. Increased Grass Stress: Cutting grass during peak sun hours can subject the grass to stress, potentially impacting its health and growth.
  3. Risk of Scalping: If the grass is dry and brittle, there’s a higher chance of scalping the lawn, especially if the mower blades are set too low.

What Are Some Tips for Mowing in the Sun?

  1. Hydrate: Drink plenty of water before, during, and after mowing to stay hydrated.
  2. Protect Yourself: Wear sunscreen, a hat, and lightweight, breathable clothing to shield yourself from the sun’s rays.
  3. Set the Mower Height: Adjust the mower height to avoid cutting the grass too short, as longer grass can withstand heat stress better.
  4. Plan Your Timing: If possible, mow during the cooler parts of the day, such as early morning or late afternoon, to minimize heat stress on the grass.

What temperature is too hot to mow the lawn?

A temperature above 25°C is too hot for mowing the lawn. When it’s hot outside, the grass is busy photosynthesising and preserving moisture. Cutting it then can damage it without giving it time to recover. What’s more, the lawn mower may overheat, and you run the risk of suffering heat cramps, heat exhaustion or even heatstroke.

What is the best time of day to mow lawn in hot weather?

The right time to mow your lawn on a hot day is during the late evening, between 8 -10 pm, provided the grass isn’t wet. You can also cut the grass in the late afternoon between 4 and 6 pm after the heat subsides. This will give the grass time to recover from the stress of mowing before the overnight dew falls on it.

best time of day to mow lawn in hot weather

Image credit: @rj_garden_services

Is it better to leave grass longer in hot weather?

When mowing your lawn in hot weather, don’t cut off more than one-third of the grass length. Longer grass shades the soil beneath it and helps to preserve moisture. It enables it to cope better with the stress resulting from the heat and low humidity. Cutting summer grass too short may damage it.

The wrap up

In summary, the best time to mow your lawn is mid-morning or late afternoon. However, weather conditions may change this. You also need to be mindful of mowing your lawn during sociable hours.

If your grass is wet in the morning, defer cutting it until later in the day. Similarly, if it rains in the afternoon, leave the mowing until the next day.

You need to adapt your mowing times to the temperature and the weather. The one thing you don’t want to do is cut your lawn when it’s wet or during hot weather. You also want to refrain from cutting it in the evening as this doesn’t give it enough time to recover. Overnight dew can then increase the risk of fungal diseases.

In the end, you may want to plan your mowing with an eye on the weather forecast. That way, cutting the grass at the right time becomes easier.

6 Ways to Deter Badgers & Stop Them Digging Up Your Lawn

Having animals digging up your lawn is a pain, not least when the animal in question is a sizeable badger.

Badgers can be particularly ruthless in their hunt for food, turning over turf, digging holes and causing extensive damage to lawns and vegetable patches. 

Fortunately, there are several ways to keep these nocturnal diggers out of your garden. From applying homemade badger repellents and tidying up your garden to fitting electric fencing, keep reading to find out how to keep badgers out of your garden for good.

Do badgers dig up lawns?

Badgers are omnivorous animals, and although they’ll eat almost anything, their preferred diet is one of juicy earthworms and slugs, grubs like leatherjackets and chafers, and fruit and vegetables.

Badgers will dig through the soil in search of these delicacies, leaving a trail of disaster in the process. If badgers can’t easily access a garden, they’ll dig under hedges and fences or even break their way in by barging through fencing.

badger lawn damage

Badger lawn damage. Image credit: @gardeningat28_

Signs of badgers in your garden

It’s not only badgers that dig holes in the lawn, there are many other culprits. Although large, badgers are quiet visitors and, because they’re nocturnal, they aren’t always easy to spot. 

Badgers will usually enter gardens in search of food. It might be because their usual territory has been disturbed and they’re having to search further for food or it could be that your garden is included within their territory. 

Badgers live together in groups of around 4-7 individuals. These groups are known as clans and they’ll share one main sett and several smaller setts in their territory. Badger territories are large, between 70-120 hectares on average.

If you’re searching for evidence of badgers in the garden, these are the telltale signs:

badger lawn damage signs

Image credit: @hartfield.haven

badger paw print on the lawn

Image credit: @vandenberg.klaas

signs of badgers on the lawn

Image credit: @notjustgreenfingers

Are badgers dangerous?

Badgers aren’t dangerous to humans and are naturally wary creatures. Although they can be aggressive, badgers won’t attack unless they are provoked or trapped.

Badgers are unlikely to attack cats or dogs but they may hunt and eat small animals like rats, mice, rabbits, hedgehogs, frogs and toads.

What do badgers eat? Will feeding them save my lawn?

A badger’s diet mainly consists of earthworms and grubs. Badgers aren’t fussy eaters though and will eat fruit and vegetables, eggs, rodents, amphibians, insects, seeds and berries.

Badgers can also eat chickens if they’re particularly hungry and have been known to break into chicken houses. They’ll usually just take one bird but may return for more.

You can leave food out for badgers and it might distract them from eating your vegetables or scraping up the lawn, however, it will encourage them to visit your garden frequently.

How to stop badgers digging up the lawn

Badgers and their setts are protected by law in the UK and it’s illegal to hunt for or poison badgers or disturb badgers setts in gardens or woodland. This includes sending dogs into their dens. You can, however, try to deter badgers if they are damaging your garden.

Here are our top tips for deterring badgers and preventing badger damage to lawns:

1. Install badger-proof fencing

The best way to keep badgers out of your garden is to install a badger-proof fence. Badgers can easily climb low walls and fences and quickly dig underneath boundaries and hedges. They’re also incredibly strong, so a wobbly wooden fence is no match for them. 

Fencing will need to be sunk into the ground to a depth of at least 60cm and be at least 1.2 metres above the ground. You’ll also need to run at least 30cm of wire along the ground to stop badgers from digging underneath. The fence will need to be made from extra-tough wire mesh which is attached to strong wooden posts.

badger fencing

Image credit: @hampsvalleyboundaries

2. Put up an electric barrier

An electric fence is easy to set up around the perimeter of your garden and extremely effective at keeping badgers out. You can buy inexpensive electric barriers and they’re easy to move around if needed.

3. Apply a badger deterrent solution

If you don’t want to install a fence, you can try repelling badgers with natural deterrents. Badger deterrent urine is a popular solution and can be effective. Human male urine can be sprayed around the garden, fooling the badgers into thinking it’s another male’s territory. This isn’t the most pleasant solution and it’ll need to be re-applied frequently. Lion dung can also be scattered around the garden for the same effect.

Chilli powder can be used to deter badgers, or you can sprinkle crushed chillis like scotch bonnets around the garden, especially near badger entryways. Take care when handling hot peppers.

You can also try citronella oil, badgers, like most animals, detest the strong, citrussy smell.

4. Remove insect larvae from the lawn

Because badgers enter gardens in search of food, you can try to manage the population of insect larvae that lurk under the soil. Keeping your lawn healthy by removing moss and regularly mowing it will help to decrease the number of grubs in the soil. Regular aeration and lawn sand applications will help too. 

You can also apply seasonal nematodes which will target and kill the grubs, they’re completely safe to use and won’t harm badgers or pets.

insect larvae on grass

Image credit: @turfsolv

5. Use motion-activated sensors

Badgers will be frightened away by sudden noises or flashing lights. Installing a motion-activated floodlight can help to ward badgers off.

6. Take away any food sources

Because badgers are scavengers they’ll be attracted to piles of bird seed, nuts and other discarded food. Take care to clear away any food spills and put bird feeders well out of reach.

How to repair badger lawn damage

repairing badger lawn damage

Image credit: @davidb1950

Although badgers can cause a fair amount of damage to a lawn, you will be able to patch it up and a healthy lawn will make a fast recovery.

You can fix badger holes and scrapes by filling them will soil and reseeding. If badgers are targeting specific areas of your garden, you may be able to fence these areas off.

Visiting badgers can cause damage to your lawn and feast on your crops, but they are usually temporary visitors and they’ll eventually move on. Wild badgers have many benefits, they’re magnificent creatures to watch and they play an important role in the ecosystem. The large tunnels that badgers dig can provide homes for other, smaller mammals like foxes, rabbits and even otters.

FAQs

Why do badgers dig up my garden?

Badgers will dig through lawns in search of food. Sometimes they may begin to excavate a sett or dig shallow latrines (badger toilets).

Can badgers climb fences?

Yes, badgers can climb low walls and fences. A badger-proof fence will need to be at least 1.2 metres high.

Does human urine deter badgers?

Male human urine can be an effective badger deterrent. Badgers sense the territory of a larger creature and will think twice before entering.

Will Jeyes Fluid deter badgers?

This concentrated disinfectant has been used to deter badgers but we do not advocate its use due to the adverse effect on the environment. There are no approved chemical solutions for specifically deterring badgers and it’s illegal to use substances like bleach, creosote and diesel oil.

What to do if you encounter a badger?

Badgers are frightened of humans and most likely, will run away before you’ve had the chance to spot them. If you encounter an injured or trapped badger, don’t approach it, badgers can be aggressive. Instead, call a local animal rescue centre who will be able to advise.

Should You Cut Grass in Hot Weather? When Is It Too Hot for Mowing?

Is your lawn beginning to have a wild sway to it? You may be feeling the urge to give it a cut, but if it’s hot outside, hold back a little longer, or you may end up doing it more harm than good.

Cutting the lawn in hot weather is not a good idea as it stresses the grass without giving it time to recover. It also makes it more vulnerable to the drying effects of the heat. It’s better to wait until the evening or the following morning before powering up your mower.

Let’s take a closer look at the reasons why mowing your lawn in hot weather isn’t something you should do.

Cut Grass in Hot Weather

It’s best not to cut grass in hot weather. Image credit: @bibbys_home_and_garden

Is it OK to cut grass in hot weather?

Longer grass creates a microclimate beneath it that preserves moisture in the soil and helps the grass withstand the heat better.

Temperatures above 25°C are not ideal for mowing the lawn. You should definitely refrain from mowing your lawn when temperatures climb above 30°C.

In the UK, mowing the lawn during the heat of the day in June, July and August is not a good idea. During this time, when the weather can be hot, mowing the lawn can result in damage to the grass. If you experience hot weather in May or September, it’s better to put off mowing the lawn until the following morning.

What’s the best time of day to mow the lawn in hot weather?

As we’ve seen, you shouldn’t mow your lawn in hot weather. But if you absolutely must, you can do it early in the evening after sundown, with the blades at a high setting.

Mowing your lawn in the evening after the heat of the day lessens gives it time to recover during the night. Summer nights are usually warm, so that reduces the risk of moisture-induced diseases.

Alternatively, you can mow the lawn early in the morning, before 10 am at the very latest. However, the ensuing heat of day may still stress the grass. So, it’s not a good idea to do this very often.

mowing the lawn after sunset

Mowing the lawn after sunset is an option in hot weather. Image credit:@kddaddy12

Is it better to leave grass longer in hot weather?

The answer is a clear yes. Long grass slows down the loss of moisture by providing shade to the soil. This helps preserve the fresh green look of your lawn.

Even if you water your lawn regularly during the height of summer, it’s still a good idea to allow it to grow longer. This applies to all different types of grass. It helps keep the lawn healthy.

You may have to adjust your lawn mower cutting height. Move it to the highest setting to preserve as much of the grass blades as possible. 

What if I absolutely must cut the lawn in hot weather?

Cutting the lawn on a hot day is best avoided. As well as damaging the grass, you run the risk of getting an unhealthy dose of UV radiation or even suffering a heat stroke.

But if you absolutely must do it, set the mower blades to the highest setting. Also, make sure that the blades are sharp. This will help give the grass a clean, long cut that will enable it to retain moisture.

If you mow your lawn in hot weather, make sure to water it every two to three days. This will help it cope better with the thermal stress

Ideally, you want to start watering your lawn at this rate before cutting it too. Water it early in the morning, but avoid watering it directly before mowing as it can both damage it and create a health hazard if you’re using an electric mower.

mowing the lawn at the right time

Mowing the lawn at the right time is key to a healthy summer lawn. Image credit: @hollisterhousegarden

The wrap up

So, should you mow your lawn on a hot day? The bottom line is that you shouldn’t mow your lawn when it’s hot outside.

Cutting lawns in hot weather is likely to damage them by removing moisture, drying them out and making them vulnerable to the heat.

During the day in summer and any time the temperature climbs above 25°C, it’s likely too hot to mow the lawn. So have a little patience with the next cut!

In the end, taking good care of your lawn means sometimes leaving it as it is until the temperature is right for cutting.

Repairing Dog Damaged Lawn – Fix Urine Spots & Dead Grass

As a pet owner, your dogs are part of the family, but despite how much you love them, their urine can damage your lawn regardless of the sex of the dog. Urine damage from dogs is one of the leading causes of yellow spots on lawns leaving dog owners wondering how to revive grass from dog pee. 

So, will grass grow back after dog urine scalded it? The answer is yes, but it will take time. The fastest way to revive a dog damaged lawn is to water the spot thoroughly and reseed it or cover the area in topsoil before reseeding which will help to dilute the nitrogen in dog urine. Topsoil is safe for dogs. 

You may have heard that ketchup is an effective neutraliser for dog urine. Do not put tomato ketchup on your lawn. It will not prevent the grass from dying, in fact, you might make it worse. Don’t feed it to your dog either, you might end up at the vet with a sick canine. 

So why does dog urine kill grass and what can you do to stop it from damaging your lawn? Keep reading to find out. 

repairing dog damaged lawn

Don’t let your four-legged friend ruin your lawn. Image credit: @buzzpuppylove

Why does dog’s wee kill grass?

Dog wee is naturally high in an element called nitrogen. This chemical is an essential part of fertiliser, but when plants are exposed to too much nitrogen, it can do more harm than good. 

Normally, nitrogen will help your lawn to grow lush and beautifully green, but when nitrogen is too concentrated, like in dog urine, it can have the opposite effect. Concentrated nitrogen will burn the grass blades and the roots when it soaks into the soil. In some cases, it can be so bad that the grass actually dies leaving a bare patch of over-fertilised soil behind. No plants will grow on a dog-damaged lawn unless you do something about it or wait for nature to take its course. 

Fortunately, preventing dog urine from burning grass is fairly simple. Keep reading to find out how to prevent urine scalding and repair dog-damaged lawns. 

How to stop dog urine from killing grass naturally in UK

You can be a dog owner and have a beautiful lawn. How? Simply follow these 4 simple steps to prevent dog urine from damaging your lawn.

Step 1: Dilute the area

Before anything else, the easiest way to prevent dog urine from burning and killing your lawn with an overdose of nitrogen is to dilute the area with some water. Simply keep an eye on your dog to see where the doggy bathroom is, get out the hose pipe and thoroughly spray the area your dog peed on to dilute the concentration of nitrogen. If you do this every time, your dog’s urine can actually be good for your lawn and help it to grow lusher. 

dilute dog urine on lawn

Image credit: @ezclean_bioenzyme

Step 2: Sow hardy grass

Being a dog owner means it’s inevitable that your dog will urinate on your lawn. If you’re just starting your lawn, you might want to choose a hardy grass type that can withstand some abuse from your dog’s toilet habits. 

Perennial ryegrass is a great example of a hard-wearing grass. It’s fast-growing, recovers quickly and can withstand general wear and tear better than most. Keep in mind that there’s no such thing as grass that’s 100% resistant to urine damage. Over time, the damage will show if the proper precautions aren’t taken.

If you already have a lawn, you can reseed it with hardy grass to help it recover more quickly. Just remember that birds love grass seeds so you might need to seed more than you think to make up for the loss. 

Step 3: Train your dog

If you have the patience and time, training your dog to use a certain spot in the garden as a toilet is the best prevention method for your lawn. Another plus, you won’t need to search the whole lawn for a landmine or three before letting the kids out to play. 

Some people dedicate a paved area or a spot covered with gravel for their dog to use as a toilet. You can also dedicate a spot just off the lawn for your dog to use and place some artificial turf there to mark the area. Artificial grass is easy to clean by simply spraying it down. 

Training your dog to go in one spot might take some time, but it will definitely benefit you in more ways than one. It’s worth the effort, believe me. 

alternative doggy toilet

Offer an alternative doggy toilet. Image credit: @daily.danae

Step 4: Keep your dog off the lawn

Lastly, you always have the option to keep your dog off your lawn completely. Dedicate a paved area for your dog to use as a potty and fence the lawn so your pooch can never get to it. This way your grass will always be pristine. 

Some people also create indoor potties for their dogs, similar to a cat litter box. With a bit of googling, you’re sure to find a doggy litter box to satisfy their potty needs. Most of these have artificial turf on them to make them more inviting to your pooch. 

How to fix dog urine spots on the lawn

dog damaged lawn

It’s easy to repair a dog damaged lawn.  Image credit: @theplantgallery

Did your dogs already damage your lawn? No worries, there are a few things you can do to prevent further damage and to help the already damaged areas to recover. Let’s take a look:

For a quick fix: 

If you’re looking for a quick fix, the best way to help your lawn recover is to water the area thoroughly and place some sod over it. Voila, instant grass. Keep in mind that the grass might not take if the soil underneath is still too rich in nitrogen. You can add some topsoil to dilute the area and water thoroughly to further dilute it. You also need to make sure to get the same type of grass as your existing lawn to prevent it from looking patchy. 

For those with time:

If you want your lawn to recover properly, you will need to nurture it back to health. Here’s how:

Step 1: Water

Water any patches thoroughly to dilute the nitrogen in the soil. It’s best to do this twice a day for two to three days to make sure the area is sufficiently treated. 

Step 2: Prepare the area for planting

Rake up as much dead grass as possible to prevent further nitrogen from going into the soil due to grass breaking down into fertiliser. Add some extra fine ground limestone to the area in a thin layer, water it to help the limestone absorb and let it sit for a week. 

Step 3: Sow seeds

Place some topsoil over the previously treated areas and sprinkle a thin layer of grass seeds over the whole area. Gently water the area and take care not to wash the seeds away. Keep watering every day for a few weeks unless it rains to help the seeds sprout and grow into a new patch of lawn. 

dog urine spots on lawn

It wasn’t me… Image credit: @zoratheexplorerandhershadow

FAQs

Will grass grow back after dog urine?

Yes, but it takes time. You’ll either need to reseed the damaged areas or allow the healthy surrounding grass to eventually reclaim the damaged patches. This can take months. 

How can I grow grass where dogs run?

If you’re wondering how to grow grass where dogs run, it’s best to grow hard-wearing grass that can withstand the damage from lots of dog/foot traffic. Make sure to aerate the soil at least once a year, don’t overwater, mow regularly and fertilise as required. Doing all of this will help your lawn to stay healthy despite being trampled regularly. 

Is topsoil safe for dogs?

Topsoil is safe for dogs in small quantities, but if used to fix urine spots, it’s best to close off the area to your dog if you want it to recover faster. This will also prevent the dog from making it worse by urinating there again. 

Does female dog urine kill grass?

Female dog urine is no different to male dog urine and does just as much damage. The urine of both sexes contains a high concentration of nitrogen which is responsible for killing the grass. 

Does tomato ketchup stop dog wee from killing grass?

No, in fact, it might make it worse. Ketchup can be used to neutralise the area but it does not affect the nitrogen content. This means the grass will still die. Ketchup can also be harmful to your dogs if they eat too much of it, so better to be safe than sorry and stay away from ketchup on lawns.

Spring Lawn Feeding: When To Do It & Best Fertiliser

Are you new to lawn care? Don’t fret, it’s actually quite simple to care for grass. If you’re after a lush lawn, one of the things you might want to consider is lawn fertiliser. 

Lawn fertiliser is required to keep your lawn growing vigorously and helps it to recover after a harsh winter. The best time to use fertiliser is normally in mid-spring when the soil temperature reaches 13°C (55°F). 

Make sure the soil is moist before evenly distributing the minimum required amount of fertiliser. Water again to make sure the grass has ample moisture to absorb it. 

If you’re feeling hesitant to go for it, keep reading for more information on the best fertiliser for spring lawns and how to feed your turf properly. 

spring lawn feeding

A well-fertilised lawn is a happy lawn. Image credit: @arealgrassact

Should you fertilise the lawn at all?

Most lawns in the UK grow fairly well without the use of fertiliser. However, if you want your lawn to stand out above the rest, then fertilising at least once a month in the growing season will help to improve the health and appearance of your lawn. 

Giving your lawn the nutrients it needs will also help it to bounce back faster after winter. A well-cared-for spring lawn is hardier when it comes to resisting lawn pests and diseases as well. Fertiliser encourages dense growth that will not only help protect the delicate roots against harsh weather conditions but also make it very difficult for weeds to take hold. 

Now you’re probably wondering if going the natural “organic” route is better or if commercially available fertiliser will work just fine? The answer, it’s really up to personal preference. 

Organic vs commercial fertiliser

Choosing between organic and commercial spring lawn fertiliser depends on your point of view. Many gardeners opt to avoid commercial spring lawn fertiliser due to the negative impact it has on the environment when it ends up in streams and rivers. Let’s take a quick look at the differences between organic and commercial fertilisers:

Organic fertiliser

Organic fertilisers include all organic material that will break down on your lawn or in a compost heap. A good way to fertilise your lawn organically is by using a mulching mower. This type of lawn mower will chop the grass up into fine particles that can decompose on your lawn without smothering it. This technique is just as effective at providing nitrogen to your lawn as a commercial fertiliser. 

Nortembio Magnesium Sulphate Agro 2.5 Kg. Organic Garden Fertiliser.


Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

If you don’t like the idea of grass particles littering your lawn, you can also opt to create your own organic fertiliser from a compost heap or buy organic-labelled fertilisers. Keep in mind that store-bought organic fertiliser is usually much less effective than industrial refined fertiliser. They usually contain fewer essential nutrients like nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium. 

Non-organic fertiliser

Chemical lawn fertiliser is by far the most popular choice and is widely available at garden centres. Traditionally, this kind of fertiliser is proven to work despite the risks to the environment. Chemical fertilisers come in many varieties and can be adjusted to match the season for the best results. 

Elixir Gardens | Spring & Summer Lawn Food/Feed Fertiliser with added Iron + Magnesium


Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

Many chemical fertilisers are also adapted to specific plants. Some are generally made for flower beds while others are recommended for vegetable patches. In some cases, you can even get chemical fertilisers that feed the grass but kill and prevent weeds from growing. Pretty fancy, but not great if you live near a stream, river or other water sources. 

non organic lawn fertilizer

Image credit: @blackbrooks_gc

When to fertilise lawn in spring

The best time to fertilise the lawn in spring is around late March to April. Make sure to use lawn food for spring in the recommended quantities. 

Feeding your lawn in spring will help boost vigorous growth and prevent weeds and moss from growing. Keep in mind that it’s best to apply fertiliser when the soil is moist after a good watering, or if rain is expected. It’s also best to wait until the soil is at least 13°C in temperature before you fertilise a lawn in spring. 

Fertiliser can be reapplied in late spring when the lawn starts to lose its vigour. Make sure to use the minimum required amount of fertiliser to keep the lawn healthy. 

What’s the best spring lawn fertiliser?

healthy lawn after fertilizing

A healthy lawn after successful fertilising. Image credit: @bostonseeds

We all know that feeding our lawns in spring is essential if you want a lush green lawn, but how do you choose the best lawn feed for spring? Here’s what we recommend:

A multi-purpose lawn fertiliser that feeds and kills weeds is ideal for all types of turf. These fertilisers will provide your lawn with the essential nutrients it needs to grow lush in spring. It helps the grass to establish deep roots and it will also help to kill off existing weeds and prevent others from growing. The best time to apply this fertiliser is as soon as dandelions start to flower. 

You may prefer to apply a multi-purpose lawn fertiliser that’s safe for children and pets or an effective liquid lawn feed. If moss is a problem in your patch, we recommend a fertiliser that will target moss and boost the growth of your grass.

Westland SafeLawn Child and Pet Friendly Natural Lawn Feed 150 m2, Green, 5.25 kg


Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.
GUARD-EN-FORCE 1 KG TUB IRON SULPHATE LAWN FERTILISER, LAWN FEED and GRASS TONIC.


Check Latest Price »
We may earn a commission if you make a purchase, at no additional cost to you.

How to apply fertiliser in spring

how to apply fertiliser in spring

Image credit: @theturfcrew

Fertilising your lawn is much easier than you think. You don’t need any special equipment to do it, you can simply use your hands. Applying fertiliser by hand, however, can make it tricky to evenly spread the lawn feed over your turf. 

Generally, it’s better to use a spreader to make sure your fertiliser is evenly distributed for consistent growth. There are many different kinds of spreaders to choose from. Shoulder and hand-held spreaders are usually best used on unusually shaped lawns. 

Mechanical spreaders are great for large lawns where you’ll need a large amount of fertiliser. Rotary spreaders literally fling fertiliser across your lawn and drop spreaders allow fertiliser granules to drop through small holes at the bottom of the tray. 

If you have a few areas that need a bit of extra attention, you can use liquid fertiliser sprayers. 

Try to feed your lawn directly after mowing. Doing so will allow the grass to absorb more nutrients and grow more vigorously before the next mow. Don’t be tempted to fertilise just before mowing. It is possible for a mower to pick up the fertiliser before the grass has had the chance to absorb any nutrients from it. 

Another thing to keep in mind is not to leave fertiliser on dry turf. Grass needs moisture to absorb nutrients. Fertiliser that lies on dry soil might also burn your grass. Water the grass a day or two before you plan to apply lawn fertiliser and again after applying it. Watering the grass lightly after fertilising will wash away any residue from the grass blades.

Remember to read the instructions on the packet as well. Too much fertiliser will do more harm than good. It will leave your lawn scorched and yellow if you overdo it. It’s always best to stick to the minimum required amount. 

How often should you weed and feed your lawn?

It’s best not to apply weed and feed products more than twice a year. If you don’t wait long enough between treatments, dangerous chemicals can build up in the soil killing off all vegetation.

In some cases, the weeds are just too vigorous and lawn treatment can fail. You can reapply the weed and feed treatment 6 to 8 weeks after you started the first treatment. Just make sure to not use it again until next spring!

7 Ways to Stop Rabbits Digging Up Your Lawn

As magical as having wild rabbits visiting your garden can be, it’s not quite so enchanting if they’re digging up areas of turf and grazing on your lush lawn.

If you’ve found rabbit holes in your garden, or are fed up with rabbit lawn damage, there are several ways to deter these cute but sometimes destructive creatures from your garden.

From clearing your garden and removing rabbit hiding spots, to using repellents and installing barriers, keep reading to discover the best ways to rabbit-proof your patch.

Do rabbits dig up lawns?

Rabbits are natural-born diggers. The most populous species, the European rabbit, lives in a complex underground system of tunnels known as a warren. The warren includes several entrances, allowing the rabbits to quickly reach safety when needed. 

Digging is an instinctive behaviour for rabbits, they don’t just dig to create tunnels, they’ll also dig to mark their territory, to reach food or to uncover a cool piece of earth to rest on.

It isn’t just rabbits that make holes in the lawn, check out our list of other possible culprits.

Signs of rabbits in your garden

If you suspect that bunnies are bingeing on your lawn and surrounding plants but haven’t actually spotted any, these are the telltale signs of rabbit visitors:

rabbit on grass

Image credit: @jasonmules

Why do rabbits dig up my lawn?

Digging is a natural rabbit activity and they’ll dig and scrape to seek food, mark their territory and create tunnels. They may also tunnel under a fence to reach other areas like a vegetable garden.

There are a few reasons why rabbits dig up the lawn; they may be making a new tunnel, sometimes they create ‘false’ warrens to trick predators, and female rabbits may dig shallow holes in which to hide their young while they feed.

Rabbit activity is more likely in gardens that back onto fields, farms, woodland or open grassland.

rabbit lawn damage

Rabbit lawn damage. Image credit: @landguardpestcontrol

What do rabbits eat? Will feeding them save my lawn?

Rabbits love to eat grass, weeds like clover and dandelions, soft shoots, some flowers and even twigs – especially apple, birch and poplar. Anyone with a vegetable garden will know how partial rabbits are to soft lettuce and of course, carrots too.

If you’ve ever owned domestic rabbits, you’ll know that they need a constant supply of either grass or hay. Rabbits need to eat regularly as it’s essential for their digestive system and it also helps to keep their teeth (which grow continuously) in check. 

Rabbits will graze for around 8 hours a day and a lush lawn provides a perfect bunny banquet. It can be tricky to stop rabbits eating your lawn – providing alternative tasty food may deter them for a little while – but they’ll soon go back to it. 

rabbit grazing

Image credit: @thewildlifetrusts

How to stop rabbits from digging holes in lawn

Fed up with a holey patch? The good news is that it’s possible to keep rabbits out of your garden, you’ll need to make the lawn unappealing to them or use a barrier to keep them out.

Here’s how to stop rabbits digging up the lawn:

1. Tidy up your lawn

An overgrown, untidy lawn is irresistible to rabbits. Keeping your lawn in top shape will help to deter rabbits. Rabbits have many predators and aren’t drawn to large, clear areas with nowhere to hide.

2. Remove hiding spots

Wild rabbits are skittish and will bolt at the slightest noise or movement. A lawn surrounded by bushy grasses and large shrubs provides ample hiding places. Although it’s not practical to remove all the prized plants from your garden, you can help to deter rabbits by keeping shrubs tidy, trimming back any low branches and cleaning up wherever you can.

3. Try natural rabbit repellents

Like most animals, rabbits dislike the smell of garlic, vinegar, chilli, bloodmeal and onions. You can concoct mixtures from these items and spray them liberally around the edges of the lawn to keep rabbits out. You can also soak cotton wool balls in vinegar and place them in hole-punched, lidded jars to deter rabbits. 

You can buy animal deterrent sprays and granular repellents which can be applied to plants or scattered around the edges of lawns. Repellents will need to be applied every few days and after heavy rainfall.

natural rabbit repellent

Image credit: @casualgarden

4. Apply a rabbit predator urine deterrent

If you’re looking for a chemical solution for stopping rabbits from digging up the lawn, fox urine can be effective against rabbits, squirrels and even cats. A natural solution, it won’t harm any animals and many gardeners find it an effective solution for keeping rabbits away. Fox urine spray works by emitting pheromones that are offensive to rabbits. 

5. Grow rabbit-repelling plants around your lawn

Rabbits are partial to many ornamental garden plants, but there are many that they will leave alone. A well-kept lawn bordered with peonies, foxgloves, daffodils, alliums, rosemary and (sometimes) lavender won’t be too appealing to rabbits.

My pet rabbits will happily nibble on our lavender plants, especially tender new shoots (and also our alliums..) so you may need to experiment a little.

6. Use an ultrasonic rabbit deterrent

Ultrasonic deterrents work by emitting a high-frequency noise that’s inaudible to humans, but irritating to rabbits and other small furries. Many are solar or battery powered and some even include flashing lights.

Ultrasonic deterrents aren’t suitable for use if you have outdoor pet rabbits or guinea pigs as they’ll be affected by the noise.

7. Create a rabbit-proof barrier

The most effective way to stop rabbits from digging up the lawn is by creating a physical barrier. Rabbits are incredible diggers so you’ll need to ensure that any rabbit-proof fencing is deep enough to stop them from burrowing underneath and wide enough to stop them from going around it.

You’ll need to use a wire mesh for the fence as rabbits will quickly gnaw through plastic. The fence needs to be at least 60cm high, with 30cm buried beneath the ground to stop the rabbits from digging their way underneath.

rabbit barrier

Image credit: @flintvineyard

How to repair rabbit lawn damage

If rabbits have succeeded in leaving holes in your lawn, it’s quite easy to repair them. Shallow rabbit damage to lawns can be fixed by filling in any holes with soil and seeding.

FAQs

Why do wild rabbits dig holes in the lawn?

All rabbits dig, it’s a natural, instinctive behaviour. Rabbits may dig to create tunnels, find food, mark territory and dig shallow trenches to protect their young.

Can rabbits eat lawn clippings?

No, rabbits shouldn’t eat lawn clippings as they quickly begin to ferment when cut due to the heat of the mower blades.

Will lawn pesticides kill rabbits?

Many garden chemicals are toxic to rabbits and if your lawn has been sprayed, unless it’s all-natural, it won’t be safe for wild rabbits.

Does red fox urine repel rabbits from lawns?

Yes, fox urine can be an effective rabbit deterrent. You’ll need to apply it regularly for the best effect and reapply after heavy rain.

When to Aerate a Lawn: Best Time to Hollow Tine a Lawn in UK

Sometimes, all your lawn needs is a breather. Aeration gives it just that. It allows the grass easy access to oxygen, water and nutrients, while also reducing soil compaction and improving drainage.

But as with most things, there’s a right time to begin lawn aeration. So, when’s that for UK gardeners?

The best time to hollow tine UK lawn is in spring and autumn. The grass is growing vigorously and can handle a bit of aeration stress. Plus, the soil is moist and easy to work with. For the best results, aerate warm-season turf in spring and cold-season turf in autumn.

how to aerate a lawn

Image credit: @fourseasons.permagreen

Why aerate a lawn?

Aerating your lawn can boost all your other lawn care efforts. This way, when you so much as water or feed your lawn, the nutrients penetrate deep into the soil.

Aeration also reduces soil compaction, which may otherwise lead to unsightly bumps. Plus, it loosens the soil, improves drainage and keeps weeds and moss at bay.

In short, aeration is the key to a healthy, lush and thriving lawn. It does involve some work, granted. But it’s well worth it.

When is the best time to aerate the lawn?

The best time of the year to aerate lawn is in spring and autumn. That’s when the grass is growing vigorously and can quickly recover from the stress of aeration.

So, should you aerate in spring, or is autumn a better time? If you’re wondering when should lawns be aerated, it depends on the type of turf grass you have.

For warm-season turf, like buffalo and Bermuda, aerate your lawn in spring. For cool-season turf, like bluegrass and fescue, autumn aeration is ideal.

Now, a word on when to spike a lawn in spring and autumn.

When to aerate in spring

In spring, you can aerate your lawn between March and May. Spring aeration will give your lawn a little boost and help it green up faster. You can use a chisel tine aerator since springtime doesn’t usually bring with it that much compaction.

Should you aerate your lawn in March? You can aerate your lawn as early as March, but it depends on the weather. If the ground is still hard after winter, wait until April.

When to aerate in autumn

In autumn, late September and November are ideal for hollow tine aeration. Autumn aeration will strengthen the root system while also providing an excellent bed for overseeding.

In autumn, use a hollow tine aerator. It’s more invasive but necessary to aerate your lawn after a whole year’s stress.

hollow tine aerator

Image credit: @bobbysbarrow

Is there a bad time to aerate your lawn?

Avoid aerating your lawn in winter or during the peak of summer. Hot weather and dry soil can make it difficult to remove soil plugs. Similarly, hard and frozen soil is nearly impossible to penetrate.

What’s more, your lawn is going into dormancy during these times. Aeration could end up harming the grass instead of helping it grow.

How often should you aerate your lawn?

Aerate your lawn once annually in springtime or autumn, take your pick. Aerating just once a year is enough to keep your lawn lush and healthy.

But how often to aerate a lawn if you have clay soil with heavy foot traffic? If that’s the case, you can consider aerating twice a year.

On the other hand, if your lawn has sandy soil with little to no foot traffic, aerating every two years is best.

How to aerate a lawn

Aerating your lawn might sound like work. But it’s just an afternoon project once you’ve mowed and watered your lawn.

Step 1 – Mow your lawn and remove debris

Before you aerate, evenly mow your lawn. Mowing will allow the aerator to easily reach the ground. Keep the blades 1 to 2 inches above the ground so you don’t scalp the grass entirely.

Remove the grass clippings. Also, rake any debris like fallen leaves and sticks. This will ensure that nothing obstructs the path of the aerator.

lawn mower on a stripped lawn

Image credit: @cgs_clive

Step 2 – Water your lawn

Water your lawn a few days before aerating. Moist and soft soil is easy to work with. Your hollow tine aerator will easily pull out plugs of soil.

Step 3 – Start aerating

Whether you’re using a manual hollow tine aerator or an electric one, the process will be similar. Use the aeration tool or machine to plug out soil from the ground.

Go from side to side to ensure you get plenty of holes. Target compaction-prone areas, especially those with heavy foot traffic.

Once you’re done, don’t worry about the soil plugs left on your lawn. They will break up on their own. You can then rake them into your lawn for a natural, easy top dressing.

aeration machine

Image credit: @sandersongroundcare

The wrap-up

Over time your lawn can succumb to foot traffic, heavy machinery and even the whims of the weather. This can result in soil compaction, poor drainage and eventually, a sad-looking lawn.

That’s when aeration comes into the picture. It will loosen the soil and help your lawn thrive. Remember that the right timing is everything.

So, as a recap, what’s the best month to aerate lawn?

In spring, aerate your lawn between March and May. In autumn, aerate between September and November.

There you have it. Now, with the best time of year to aerate the lawn in mind, go and do your lawn a favour. Or mark your next lawn aeration day in your gardening calendar. When it comes to aeration, timing matters!

Garden Style Ideas

garden styled with a wooden gazebo
Upgrade your garden with these simple tips

A well-maintained garden is not only visually appealing but also creates a tranquil and relaxing atmosphere for you and your family. If you’re looking to upgrade your garden, there are several simple tips you can follow to enhance its beauty and functionality. In this article, we will explore some practical ideas and resources to help […]

best trailing plants for winter hanging baskets
9 Best Trailing Plants for Evergreen Winter Hanging Baskets

If you’re keen to add some evergreen interest to a dull winter garden, discover our pick of the best trailing plants for a winter hanging basket.

close up of woman potting geranium flowers
12 Best Bedding Plants for a Colourful Garden

Most bedding plants are a breeze to grow and care for. You can grow blocks of similar-hued bedding plants in clusters or mix and match different plants for colour, texture, and pattern.

why do people use flower pot heaters
Are Terracotta Flower Pot Heaters Safe or Dangerous?

There are many online videos and tutorials detailing ways to heat your space in an emergency using tealight candles and a flower pot.
This article will explain the dangers of flower pot heaters and why you should think twice before using them.

Garden Accessory Ideas

Garden Activities & Events Ideas

what to do in the garden in september
What to Do in the Garden in September: 18 Gardening Jobs to Do Now

September is a time for harvesting, tidying, and preparing the garden and greenhouse for the cooler, more tumultuous months ahead.

what to do in the garden in july
What to Do in the Garden in July: 10 Gardening Jobs to Do Now

Gardening in July is a busy time; jobs include deadheading plants that can bloom again, mowing and fertilising your lawn, harvesting vegetables and fruit trees, and keeping an eye out for pests.

june garden jobs
What to do in the Garden in June – 22 Gardening Jobs to do Now

From sowing salad crops and pruning fruit trees to planting delicious vegetables and harvesting the first of your strawberries, June is a productive month in the gardening calendar.

march lawn care
Lawn Care in March: Can You Mow, Feed or Scarify? (Where to Start)

March is the perfect month to kickstart your lawn care routine. The earth is waking up a little, the days are getting noticeably longer and you can start prepping your winter-stressed lawn.